Search Images Maps Play YouTube News Gmail Drive More »
Sign in
Screen reader users: click this link for accessible mode. Accessible mode has the same essential features but works better with your reader.

Patents

  1. Advanced Patent Search
Publication numberCN1274921 A
Publication typeApplication
Application numberCN 99108464
Publication date29 Nov 2000
Filing date15 Jun 1999
Priority date25 Jan 1995
Also published asCA2167549A1, CN1136550C, CN1138734A, CN1144186C, CN1154091C, CN1154092C, CN1154093C, CN1213407C, CN1239285A, CN1239286A, CN1239287A, CN1239288A, CN1239294A, CN1239295A, CN1240290A, CN1240295A, CN1241770A, CN1241771A, CN1241772A, CN1243348C, DE69627232D1, DE69627232T2, DE69630522D1, DE69630522T2, DE69630534D1, DE69630534T2, DE69630782D1, DE69630782T2, DE69630783D1, DE69630783T2, DE69630790D1, DE69630790T2, EP0726564A1, EP0726564B1, EP0829858A2, EP0829858A3, EP0829858B1, EP0829859A2, EP0829859A3, EP0829860A2, EP0829860A3, EP0829861A2, EP0829861A3, EP0829861B1, EP0829869A2, EP0829869A3, EP0829952A2, EP0829952A3, EP0829952B1, EP0838811A2, EP0838811A3, EP0840300A2, EP0840300A3, EP0840301A2, EP0840301A3, EP0840309A2, EP0840309A3, EP0840309B1, EP0852379A2, EP0852379A3, EP0852379B1, EP0853313A2, EP0853313A3, EP0901119A2, US5729511, US5796703, US5828054, US5875158, US5878015, US6034364, US6058081, US6087644, US6122232, US6243336, US6266306, US6278665, US6317391, US6418097
Publication number99108464.0, CN 1274921 A, CN 1274921A, CN 99108464, CN-A-1274921, CN1274921 A, CN1274921A, CN99108464, CN99108464.0
Inventors伦道夫S克鲁珀, 马文B戴维斯, 戴维E刘易斯, 库尔特W格特鲁尔, 戴维L谢尔, 伦纳德斯J格拉森斯
ApplicantDva公司
Export CitationBiBTeX, EndNote, RefMan
External Links: SIPO, Espacenet
Ringing-reduced oscillator and CD system using the same
CN 1274921 A
Abstract  translated from Chinese
一种Colpitts(柯匹兹)型振荡器,它包括:一晶体管,它具有发射极,基极和集电极;一负载电阻,它具有大于预定最小电阻值的电阻值;和一电压源,用以提供大于预定最小值的电压,其中负载电阻串联连接在集电极和电压源之间,由此当写入脉冲提供给振荡器时减缓振荡器的振铃。 One kind Colpitts (KE Pittsburgh) type oscillator, comprising: a transistor having an emitter, base and collector; a load resistor having a resistance value greater than a predetermined minimum resistance value; and a voltage source, with to provide a voltage greater than a predetermined minimum value, wherein the load resistance connected in series between the collector and the voltage supply, whereby oscillator ringing is slowed when write pulses are supplied to the oscillator.
Claims(59)  translated from Chinese
1.一种Colpitts(柯匹兹)型振荡器,它包括:一晶体管,它具有发射极,基极和集电极;一负载电阻,它具有大于预定最小电阻值的电阻值;和一电压源,用以提供大于预定最小值的电压,其中负载电阻串联连接在集电极和电压源之间,由此当写入脉冲提供给振荡器时减缓振荡器的振铃。 A Colpitts (KE Pittsburgh) type oscillator, comprising: a transistor having an emitter, base and collector; a load resistor having a resistance value greater than a predetermined minimum resistance value; and a voltage source for providing a voltage greater than a predetermined minimum value, wherein the load resistance connected in series between the collector and the voltage supply, whereby oscillator ringing is slowed when write pulses are supplied to the oscillator.
2.如权利要求1所述的振荡器,其中所述振荡器还包括:一负载电路,它包括所述负载电阻;一分裂式电容槽路,连接在所述集电极和地之间跨过所述发射极和所述集电极;一槽路电感,与所述负载电路串联连接在所述集电极与所述电压源之间,由此在将写入脉冲提供到所述负载电阻与所述槽路电感之间的接点上时减缓振荡器的振铃。 2. The oscillator of claim 1, wherein said oscillator further comprises: a load circuit, which comprises the load resistance; a split capacitor tank connected between said collector and ground across the said emitter and said collector; a tank inductance, connected in series with said load circuit between said collector and said voltage source, whereby the write pulses are supplied to the load resistor and the above the tank to slow oscillator ringing on the contacts between the inductor.
3.如权利要求2所述的振荡器,其中所述负载电路还包括一电感。 3. The oscillator of claim 2, wherein said load circuit also includes an inductance.
4.如权利要求1、2或3之一所述的振荡器,其中所述电压源提供大于5伏的电压,由此达到增大的RF调制幅度和减少的振荡器振铃。 One oscillator 1, 2 or 3, wherein as claimed in claim, wherein said voltage source provides a voltage greater than 5 volts, so as to achieve an increased RF modulation amplitude and decreased ringing oscillator.
5.如权利要求1所述的振荡器,其中所述振荡器还包括一电容,串联连接在所述集电极和地之间,并且并联在所述发射极和所述集电极之间。 5. The oscillator of claim 1, wherein said oscillator further comprises a capacitor connected in series between said collector and ground, and connected in parallel between the emitter and the collector.
6.如权利要求5所述的振荡器,还包括一负载电感,它与所述负载电阻串联连接。 6. The oscillator of claim 5, further comprising a load inductance, which is connected in series with the load resistor.
7.如权利要求6所述的振荡器,其中所述写入脉冲被提供到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的接点处。 7. The oscillator of claim 6, wherein the write pulses are supplied to the junction of the load resistance and the load inductance.
8.如权利要求5、6或7之一所述的振荡器,其中所述电容包括一分裂式电容槽路。 8. An oscillator 5, 6 or 7, wherein one of preceding claims, wherein said capacitor comprises a split capacitor tank.
9.如权利要求1所述的振荡器,其中所述振荡器还包括:一分裂式电容槽路,它串联连接在所述集电极和地之间,并且并联跨过所述晶体管的所述发射极和所述集电极;和一槽路电感,与负载电阻串联连接在所述集电极与所述电压源之间,由此在将写入脉冲提供到所述负载电阻与所述槽路电感之间的接点上时减缓振荡器的振铃。 Wherein a split capacitor tank, which are connected in series between said collector and ground, and in parallel across the transistor: 9. The oscillator of claim 1, wherein said oscillator further comprises the emitter and the collector; and a tank inductance, with the load resistance connected in series between said collector and said voltage source, whereby the write pulses are supplied to the load resistance and the tank circuit mitigate oscillator ringing when the contact between the inductor.
10.如权利要求5或6所述的振荡器,其中所述电压源提供大于5伏的电压,由此达到在振荡器的输出中增大的RF调制幅度及其最小化的振铃分量。 10. The oscillator according to claim 5 or claim 6, wherein said voltage source provides a voltage greater than 5 volts, thereby achieving the increase in the output of the oscillator in the RF modulation amplitude and a minimized ringing component.
11.如权利要求2或9所述的振荡器,其中所述分裂式电容槽路包括与第二电容串联连接的第一电容,所述第一电容并联跨过所述晶体管的所述发射极和所述集电极; 11. The oscillator according to claim 2 or claim 9, wherein said split capacitor tank comprises a first capacitor and a second capacitor connected in series, said first capacitor in parallel across said emitter of said transistor and the collector;
12.一种用在光驱系统的组件,所述组件包括:一激光器;一写入脉冲源;和一Colpitts型振荡器,它包括:一晶体管,它具有发射极,基极和集电极;一负载电阻,它具有大于预定最小电阻值的一电阻值;和一电压源,用以提供大于一预定最小值的电压,负载电阻串联连接在集电极和电压源之间,当将写入脉冲提供到振荡器时减缓振荡器振铃,并且所述写入脉冲与所述振荡器的输出组合,以产生提供给所述激光器的输入信号。 12. A drive system for use in the assembly, said assembly comprising: a laser; a source of write pulses; and a Colpitts type oscillator, comprising: a transistor having an emitter, a base and a collector; a load resistor, having a resistance value greater than a predetermined minimum resistance value; and a voltage source for providing a voltage greater than a predetermined minimum value, the load resistance connected in series between the collector and the voltage supply, when the write pulses are supplied mitigate oscillator ringing when the oscillator, and the output of the write pulse in combination with the oscillator to produce the input supplied to said laser signal.
13.如权利要求12所述的组件,其中所述振荡器包括一负载电路,所述负载电路包括所述负载电阻,并且所述负载电路还包括一与负载电阻串联连接的电感。 13. The assembly of claim 12, wherein said oscillator comprises a load circuit, said load circuit comprises the load resistance and the load circuit further comprises an inductor connected in series with the load resistance.
14.如权利要求12所述的组件,还包括与所述负载电阻串联连接的负载电感。 14. The assembly of claim 12, further comprising a load resistor connected in series with the load inductance.
15.如权利要求14所述的组件,其中所述写入脉冲被提供到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的接点上。 15. The assembly of claim 14, wherein the write pulses are supplied to the load and the contact resistance between the load inductance.
16.如权利要求12、13、14或15之一所述的组件,还包括一分裂式电容槽路,它串联连接在所述集电极和地之间,并且并联跨过所述发射极和所述集电极。 16. The assembly 12, 13 or one of claim 15, further comprising a split capacitor tank, it is connected in series between said collector and ground, across the emitter and the parallel and The collector.
17.如权利要求12、13、14或15之一所述的组件,其中所述电压源提供一大于5伏的振荡器电压,由此达到在振荡器的输出中增大的RF调制幅度和与其相关的最小化振铃分量。 12, 13 or 17. The assembly according to one of claim 15, wherein said voltage source provides a voltage of 5 volts greater than the oscillator, thereby to achieve in the oscillator output and an increased RF modulation amplitude associated minimized ringing component.
18.如权利要求16所述的组件,其中所述分裂式电容槽路包括与第二电容串联连接的第一电容,所述第一电容并联跨过所述晶体管的所述发射极和所述集电极。 18. The assembly of claim 16, wherein said split capacitor tank comprises a first capacitor and a second capacitor connected in series, said first capacitor in parallel across said emitter of said transistor and said collector.
19.如权利要求15所述的组件,还包括在传导路径上的铁氧体珠,将所述写入脉冲引导到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的所述接点上。 19. The assembly of claim 15, further comprising a ferrite beads on the conductive path, the write pulse directed to the junction between the load resistance and the load inductance is on.
20.一种使用如权利要求1所述的Colpitts型振荡器的光盘系统,所述系统包括:一聚焦机构和一跟踪机构,由一反馈回路控制;一电子电路,产生伺服误差信号,用以实现所述聚焦机构和所述跟踪机构的校正;一激光器;和一写入脉冲源。 20. A use as claimed in claim 1, wherein the Colpitts type oscillator optical disc system, said system comprising: a focusing mechanism and a tracking mechanism controlled by a feedback loop; an electronic circuit that generates a servo error signal for achieve said focusing mechanism and said tracking correction mechanism; a laser; and a source of write pulses.
21.如权利要求20所述的光盘系统,其中所述振荡器还包括一分裂式电容槽路,它串联连接在所述集电极和地之间,并且并联跨过所述发射极和所述集电极,并且还包括一负载电感,它与所述负载电阻串联连接在所述发射极和所述电压源之间,由此在将写入脉冲提供到所述负载电阻与所述负载电感之间的接点上时减缓振荡器的振铃。 21. The optical disc system of claim 20, wherein said oscillator further comprises a split capacitor tank, it is connected in series between said collector and ground, and in parallel across the emitter and the collector, and further comprising a load inductance, in series with said load resistor connected between said emitter and said voltage source, whereby the write pulses are supplied to the load resistance and the load inductance mitigate oscillator ringing on contact between.
22.如权利要求21所述的光盘系统,其中所述分裂式电容槽路包括与第二电容串联连接的第一电容,所述第一电容并联跨接在所述晶体管的所述发射极和所述集电极之间。 Said emitter and 22. The optical disc system of claim 21, wherein said split capacitor tank comprises a first capacitor and a second capacitor connected in series, said first capacitor connected in parallel across the transistor between the collector.
23.一种使用如权利要求1所述的Colpitts型振荡器的光盘系统,它包括一光学组件;一激光源,能够发送光通过所述光学组件;一物镜分组件,用以将来自所述激光源的光引向所述光学组件和各信息存储介质之间;一物镜,设置在所述物镜分组件中;一致动器组件,它悬挂所述物镜分组件,用以使所述物镜分组件相对于所述致动器组件进行相对运动;一光检测器,设置在从各介质返回的光路上,所述光检测器用以测量从各介质所接收的返回光;一第一伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在跟踪方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一第二伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在聚焦方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一写入脉冲源;一第一电子装置,用以控制所述第一和第二伺服电机;一电机,用以使各介质相对于所述物镜分组件移动,所述电机具有用以支撑各介质的一支撑组件;一第二电子装置,响应所述光检测器的输出信号,用以将载于由各介质返回的所述光中的信息解码;一第三电子装置,使所述激光源能够在第一强度下发射光,用以将各介质上的信息编码,并且在第二强度下发射光,以读出在各介质上所编码的信息;一数据接收装置,用以接收可存储在各介质上的数据;一数据编码装置,它响应于所述数据接收装置,用以以预定格式表示要存储的所述数据,所述数据编码装置还用来将数据传送给所述第三电子装置;一磁场发生器,用以在各介质的一部分上产生磁场,并用以同所述第三电子装置和所述激光源一起来写入并清除各介质上的信息;一装盘组件,用以可移动地将各介质定位在所述电机的所述支撑组件上;和一伺服误差检测装置,它包括所述光检测器,所述伺服误差检测装置与所述第一电子装置相连接,用以确定所述返回光超过一预定值的时刻,所述写入脉冲与所述振荡器的输出组合,以产生提供给所述激光源的输入信号。 23. A use as claimed in claim Colpitts type oscillator optical disk system 1, which includes an optical assembly; a laser source capable of transmitting light through said optical assembly; an objective lens subassembly for from the Light directed laser source between the optical assembly and a respective information storage medium; an objective lens, disposed in said objective lens subassembly; and an actuator assembly which suspension said objective lens subassembly, for moving said objective lens assembly relative to the actuator assembly for relative movement; a photodetector, disposed on the optical path returning from each of the medium, the light detector for measuring the received return light from the respective medium; a first servo motor, for moving the objective lens subassembly in a tracking direction relative to said actuator moving assembly; a second servo motor, for moving the objective lens subassembly in a focusing direction relative movement to said actuator assembly; a source of write pulses; a first electronic means for controlling said first and second servo motor; a motor for moving the respective medium relative to said objective lens subassembly, said motor having means for supporting the respective a media support assembly; a second electronic device, responsive to said photodetector output signal, to be contained in each of the optical information medium to decode the returned; a third electronic device, said laser source capable of emitting light at a first intensity to encode information on the respective medium, and emits light at a second intensity to read out the encoded information of each medium; a data receiving means for receiving an data stored on the respective medium; a data encoding means, responsive to said data receiving means for representing the data in a predetermined format to be stored, said data encoding means also for transferring data to the first Three electronic device; a magnetic field generator for generating a magnetic field on a portion of the respective medium and used with the third electronic means and said laser light source together write and clear information on the respective medium; a loading assembly , for removably positioning the respective medium on said support assembly of said motor; and a servo error detecting means including said photodetector, said servo error detecting means and said first electronic device relative connection, for determining the return light exceeds a predetermined value of time, the output of the write pulse in combination with the oscillator, to generate the laser source is supplied to an input signal.
24.如权利要求23所述的光盘系统,还包括与所述负载电阻串联的负载电感。 24. The optical disc system of claim 23, further comprising a load resistor in series with the load inductance.
25.如权利要求24所述的光盘系统,其中所述写入脉冲被提供到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的接点上。 25. The optical disc system according to claim 24, wherein the write pulses are supplied to the load resistance and the load on the junction between the inductor.
26.如权利要求23、24或25之一所述的光盘系统,还包括一分裂式电容槽路,它串接在所述集电极和地之间,并且并联跨过所述发射极和所述集电极。 26. The optical disc system 23, 24 or one of claim 25, further comprising a split capacitor tank, it is connected in series between the collector and ground, and in parallel across the emitter and the above the collector.
27.如权利要求26所述的光盘系统,其中所述分裂式电容槽路包括与第二电容串联连接的第一电容,所述第一电容并联跨接在所述晶体管的所述发射极和所述集电极之间。 Said emitter and 27. The optical disc system of claim 26, wherein said split capacitor tank comprises a first capacitor and a second capacitor connected in series, said first capacitor connected in parallel across the transistor between the collector.
28.如权利要求27所述的光盘系统,还包括在传导路径上的铁氧体珠,将所述写入脉冲引导到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的所述接点上。 28. The optical disc system according to claim 27, further comprising a ferrite beads on the conductive path, the write pulses directed onto said junction of said load resistance and the load inductance.
29.一种使用如权利要求1所述的Colpitts型振荡器的光盘系统,它包括:一光学组件;一激光源,能够发送光通过所述光学组件;一物镜分组件,用以将来自所述激光源的光引向所述光学组件和各信息存储介质之间;一物镜,设置在所述物镜分组件中;一致动器组件,它悬挂所述物镜分组件,用以使所述物镜分组件相对于所述致动器组件进行相对运动;一光检测装置,设置在从各介质返回的光路上,所述光检测装置用以测量从各介质所接收的返回光;一第一伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在跟踪方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一第二伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在聚焦方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一第一电子装置,用以控制所述第一和第二伺服电机;一电机,用以使各介质相对于所述物镜分组件移动,所述电机具有用以支撑各介质的一支撑组件;一第二电子装置,响应所述光检测装置的输出信号,所述第二电子装置用以将载于由各介质返回的所述返回光中的信息解码;一第三电子装置,使所述激光源能够在第一强度下发射光,用以将各介质上的信息编码,并且在第二强度下发射光,以读出在各介质上所编码的信息;一数据接收装置,用以接收可存储在各介质上的数据;一数据编码装置,它响应于所述数据接收装置,用以以预定格式表示要存储的所述数据,所述数据编码装置还用来将数据传送给所述第三电子装置;一写入装置,同所述第三电子装置一起来提供用以将信息写入各介质上的写入脉冲源;一装盘组件,用以可移动地将各介质定位在所述电机的所述支撑组件上;和一伺服误差检测装置,与所述第一电子装置和所述光检测器相连接,用以确定所述返回光超过一预定值的时刻,所述写入脉冲与所述振荡器的输出组合,以产生提供给所述激光源的输入信号。 29. A method of using an optical disc system Colpitts type oscillator according to claim 1, comprising: an optical assembly; a laser source capable of transmitting light through said optical assembly; an objective lens subassembly for from the said laser light source is directed between the optical assembly and a respective information storage medium; an objective lens, disposed in said objective lens subassembly; and an actuator assembly which suspension said objective lens subassembly, for moving said objective lens subassembly with respect to the actuator assembly for relative movement; a light detecting means, disposed on the optical path returning from each of the medium, the detecting means for measuring the light received from the respective medium return light; a first servo motor, for moving the objective lens subassembly in a tracking direction relative to said actuator moving assembly; a second servo motor, for moving the objective lens subassembly in a focusing direction relative the actuator assembly movement; a first electronic means for controlling said first and second servo motor; a motor for moving the respective medium relative to said objective lens subassembly, said motor having a support for supporting the respective medium assembly; a second electronic means responsive to an output signal of said light detecting means, said second electronic means for the medium contained in each of the return light returning from the information decoding; a third electronic device, so that The laser light source capable of emitting light at a first intensity to encode information on the respective medium, and emits light at a second intensity to read out the encoded information of each medium; a data receiving means for to receive data can be stored on each medium; a data encoding means responsive to said data receiving means for storing a predetermined format to said data, said data encoding means also for transferring data to a said third electronic means; a writing means, with said third electronic means together to provide for writing information to the respective write pulse source medium; a loading assembly for removably positioning the respective medium positioned on said support assembly of said motor; and a servo error detecting means coupled to said first electronic means and said light detector for determining the return light exceeds a predetermined value of time, the writing said combined pulse output of the oscillator to produce the laser source is supplied to an input signal.
30.如权利要求29所述的光盘系统,还包括一与所述负载电阻串联连接的负载电感。 30. The optical disc system of claim 29, further comprising a load inductance and the load resistor connected in series.
31.如权利要求30所述的光盘系统,其中所述写入脉冲被提供到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的接点上。 31. The optical disc system according to claim 30, wherein the write pulses are supplied to the load resistance and the load on the junction between the inductor.
32.如权利要求29、30或31之一所述的光盘系统,还包括一分裂式电容,它串联连接在所述集电极和地之间,并且并联跨过所述发射极和所述集电极。 29, 30 or 32. An optical disk system according to one of claim 31, further comprising a split capacitor, which are connected in series between said collector and ground, and in parallel across the emitter and the collector electrodes.
33.如权利要求32所述的光盘系统,其中所述分裂式电容槽路包括与第二电容串联连接的第一电容,所述第一电容并联跨接在所述晶体管的所述发射极和所述集电极之间。 33. The emitter and the optical disk system according to claim 32, wherein said split capacitor tank comprises a first capacitor and a second capacitor connected in series, said first capacitor connected in parallel across the transistor between the collector.
34.如权利要求33所述的光盘系统,还包括在传导路径上的铁氧体珠,将所述写入脉冲引导到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的所述接点上。 34. The optical disc system according to claim 33, further comprising a ferrite beads on the conductive path, the write pulses directed onto said junction of said load resistance and the load inductance.
35.一种使用如权利要求1所述的Colpitts型振荡器的光盘系统,它包括:一光学组件;一激光源,能够发送光通过所述光学组件;一物镜分组件,用以将来自所述激光源的光引向所述光学组件和各信息存储介质之间;一物镜,设置在所述物镜分组件中;一光检测装置,设置在从各介质返回的光路上,所述光检测装置用以测量从各介质反射的返回光,所述返回光总量具有与其相关的一峰值;一致动器组件,它悬挂所述物镜分组件,用以使所述物镜分组件相对于所述致动器组件进行相对运动;一第一伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在跟踪方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一第二伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在聚焦方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一第三伺服电机,用以使所述致动器组件在所述跟踪方向上相对于各介质移动;一第一电子装置,用以控制所述第一、第二和第三伺服电机;一电机,用以使各介质相对于所述物镜分组件移动,所述电机具有用以支撑各介质的一表面;一第二电子装置,响应所述光检测装置的输出信号,用以将载于由各介质返回的所述返回光中的信息解码;一第三电子装置,使所述激光源能够在第一强度下发射光,用以将各介质上的信息编码,并且在第二强度下发射光,以读出在各介质上所编码的信息;一数据接收装置,用以接收可存储在各介质上的数据;一数据编码装置,它响应于所述数据接收装置,用以以预定格式表示要存储的所述数据,所述数据编码装置还用来将数据传送给所述第三电子装置;一写入装置,同所述第三电子装置一起来提供用以将信息写入各介质上的写入脉冲源;一装盘组件,用以可移动地将各介质定位在所述电机的所述表面上;一伺服误差检测装置,与所述第一电子装置和所述光检测装置相连接用以确定所述返回光超过所述峰值一半的时刻;及一壳体结构,用以使光盘系统的各部件相互相对地定位,所述写入脉冲与所述振荡器的输出组合,以产生提供给所述激光源的输入信号。 35. An optical disk system using the Colpitts type oscillator according to claim 1, comprising: an optical assembly; a laser source capable of transmitting light through said optical assembly; an objective lens subassembly for from the said laser light source is directed between the optical assembly and a respective information storage medium; an objective lens, disposed in said objective lens subassembly; a light detecting means, disposed in an optical path from the respective medium return, said photodetection means for measuring the reflected light returning from the respective medium, the total amount of the return light having a peak associated therewith; actuator assembly which suspension said objective lens subassembly, for moving the objective lens subassembly relative to said The actuator assembly for relative movement; a first servo motor, for moving the objective lens subassembly in a tracking direction relative to said actuator moving assembly; a second servo motor, for moving the objective lens subassembly in the focusing direction with respect to the actuator assembly movement; a third servo motor for moving the actuator assembly in the tracking direction relative the respective medium moving; a first electronic means for controlling said first, second, and third servomotors; a motor for moving the respective medium relative to said objective lens subassembly, said motor having a surface for supporting the respective medium; a second electronic means responsive to said light detecting means output signal for each of the medium will be contained in the return light returning from the information decoding; a third electronic device, said laser source capable of emitting light at a first intensity to encoding information for each medium, and emits light at a second intensity to read out the encoded information of each medium; a data receiving means for receiving data may be stored on the respective medium; a data encoding apparatus responsive to said data receiving means for storing a predetermined format to said data, said data encoding means also for transferring data to said third electronic means; a writing means, with the third electronic means together provide for writing information to the respective write pulse source medium; a loading assembly for removably positioning the respective medium on said surface of said motor; a servo error detection means, with said first electronic means and said light detecting means are connected for determining the return light exceeds half the peak time; and a housing structure for the optical disc system of the various components are positioned opposite to each other , a combination of the write pulse and the output of the oscillator to produce the laser source is supplied to an input signal.
36.如权利要求35所述的光盘系统,还包括一与所述负载电阻串联连接的负载电感。 36. The optical disc system of claim 35, further comprising a load inductance and the load resistor connected in series.
37.如权利要求36所述的光盘系统,其中所述写入脉冲被提供到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的接点上。 37. The optical disc system according to claim 36, wherein the write pulses are supplied to the load resistance and the load on the junction between the inductor.
38.如权利要求35、36或37之一所述的光盘系统,还包括一分裂式电容槽路,它串联连接在所述集电极和地之间,并且并联跨过所述发射极和所述集电极。 38. The optical disc system 35, 36 or one of claim 37, further comprising a split capacitor tank, it is connected in series between said collector and ground, and in parallel across the emitter and the above the collector.
39.如权利要求38所述的光盘系统,其中所述分裂式电容槽路包括与第二电容串联连接的第一电容,所述第一电容并联跨接在所述晶体管的所述发射极和所述集电极之间。 Said emitter and 39. The optical disc system of claim 38, wherein said split capacitor tank comprises a first capacitor and a second capacitor connected in series, said first capacitor connected in parallel across the transistor between the collector.
40.如权利要求39所述的光盘系统,还包括在传导路径上的铁氧体珠,将所述写入脉冲引导到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的所述接点上。 40. The optical disc system of claim 39, further comprising a ferrite beads on the conductive path, the write pulses directed onto said junction of said load resistance and the load inductance.
41.一种使用如权利要求1所述的Colpitts型振荡器的光盘系统,它包括:一光学组件;一激光源,能够传送光通过所述光学组件;一物镜分组件,用以将来自所述激光源的光引向所述光学组件和各信息存储介质之间;一物镜,设置在所述物镜分组件中;一致动器组件,它悬挂所述物镜分组件,用以使所述物镜分组件相对于所述致动器组件进行相对运动;一光检测器,设置在从各介质返回的光路上,所述光检测器用以测量从各介质所接收的返回光;一第一伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在跟踪方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一第二伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在聚焦方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一写入脉冲源;一第一电子电路,用以控制所述第一和第二伺服电机;一电机,用以使各介质相对于所述物镜分组件移动,所述电机具有用以支撑各介质的一支撑组件;一第二电子电路,响应所述光检测器的输出信号,用以将载于由各介质返回的所述光中的信息解码;一第三电子电路,使所述激光源能够在第一强度下发射光,用以将各介质上的信息编码,并且在第二强度下发射光,以读出在各介质上所编码的信息;一数据接收器,用以接收可存储在各介质上的数据;一数据编码器,它连接到所述数据接收器,用以以预定格式表示要存储的所述数据,所述数据编码器还用来将数据传送给所述第三电子电路;一磁场发生器,用以在各介质的一部分上产生磁场,并用以同所述第三电子电路和所述激光源一起来写入并清除各介质上的信息;一装盘组件,用以可移动地将各介质定位在所述电机的所述支撑组件上;和一伺服误差电路,与所述第一电子电路和所述光检测器相连接,用以确定所述返回光超过一预定值的时刻,所述写入脉冲与所述振荡器的输出组合,以产生提供给所述激光源的输入信号。 41. A method of using an optical disc system Colpitts type oscillator according to claim 1, comprising: an optical assembly; a laser source, capable of transmitting light through said optical assembly; an objective lens subassembly for from the said laser light source is directed between the optical assembly and a respective information storage medium; an objective lens, disposed in said objective lens subassembly; and an actuator assembly which suspension said objective lens subassembly, for moving said objective lens subassembly with respect to the actuator assembly for relative movement; a photodetector, disposed on the optical path returning from each of the medium, the light detector for measuring the received return light from the respective medium; a first servo motor , for moving the objective lens subassembly in a tracking direction relative to said actuator moving assembly; a second servo motor, for moving the objective lens subassembly in a focusing direction relative the actuator assembly to move said actuator ; a source of write pulses; a first electronic circuit for controlling said first and second servo motor; a motor for moving the respective medium relative to said objective lens subassembly, said motor having means for supporting A support assembly for each medium; a second electronic circuit, responsive to said photodetector output signal for each of the light will be contained in the information returned by the decode medium; a third electronic circuit, so that the laser source capable of emitting light at a first intensity to encode information on the respective medium, and emits light at a second intensity to read out the encoded information of each medium; a data receiver for receiving Data can be stored on the respective medium; a data encoder, which is connected to said data receiver, a predetermined format for the data to be stored, the data encoder is also used to transfer data to the third electronic circuit; a magnetic field generator for generating a magnetic field on a portion of the respective medium, and for the third electronic circuits with the laser light source and a write and clear up information of each medium; a loading assembly for removably positioning the respective medium on said support assembly of said motor; and a servo error circuit, and said first electronic circuit and the light detector is connected for determining the return Optical time exceeds a predetermined value, the output of the write pulse in combination with the oscillator, to generate the laser source is supplied to an input signal.
42.如权利要求41所述的光盘系统,还包括一与所述负载电阻串联连接的负载电感。 42. The optical disc system of claim 41, further comprising a load inductance and the load resistor connected in series.
43.如权利要求42所述的光盘系统,其中所述写入脉冲被提供到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的接点上。 43. The optical disc system 42 according to claim, wherein the write pulses are supplied to the load resistance and the load on the junction between the inductor.
44.如权利要求41、42或43之一所述的光盘系统,还包括一分裂式电容槽路,它串联连接在所述集电极和地之间,并且并联跨过所述发射极和所述集电极。 41, 42 or 44. An optical disk system according to one of claim 43, further comprising a split capacitor tank, it is connected in series between said collector and ground, and in parallel across the emitter and the above the collector.
45.如权利要求44所述的光盘系统,其中所述分裂式电容槽路包括与第二电容串联连接的第一电容,所述第一电容并联跨接在所述晶体管的所述发射极和所述集电极之间。 Said emitter and 45. The optical disc system of claim 44, wherein said split capacitor tank comprises a first capacitor and a second capacitor connected in series, said first capacitor connected in parallel across the transistor between the collector.
46.如权利要求45所述的光盘系统,还包括在传导路径上的铁氧体珠,将所述写入脉冲引导到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的所述接点上。 46. The optical disc system of claim 45, further comprising a ferrite beads on the conductive path, the write pulses directed onto said junction of said load resistance and the load inductance.
47.一种使用如权利要求1所述的Colpitts型振荡器的光盘系统,它包括;一光学组件;一激光源,能够发送光通过所述光学组件;一物镜分组件,用以将来自所述激光源的光引向所述光学组件和各信息存储介质之间;一物镜,设置在所述物镜分组件中;一致动器组件,它悬挂所述物镜分组件,用以使所述物镜分组件相对于所述致动器组件进行相对运动;一光检测器,设置在从各介质返回的光路上,所述光检测器用以测量从各介质接收的返回光;一第一伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在跟踪方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一第二伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在聚焦方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一第一电子电路,用以控制所述第一和第二伺服电机;一电机,用以使各介质相对于所述物镜分组件移动,所述电机具有用以支撑各介质的一支撑组件;一第二电子电路,响应所述光检测器的输出信号,所述第二电子电路用以将载于由各介质返回的所述光中的信息解码;一第三电子电路,使所述激光源能够在第一强度下发射光,用以将各介质上的信息编码,并且在第二强度下发射光,以读出在各介质上所编码的信息;一数据接收器,用以接收可存储在各介质上的数据;一数据编码器,连接到所述数据接收器,用以以预定格式表示要存储的所述数据,所述数据编码器还用来将数据传送给所述第三电子电路;一写入部件,连接到所述第三电子电路用以提供一写入脉冲光源,由此所述写入部件能够将信息写入各介质上;一装盘组件,用以可移动地将各介质定位在所述电机的所述支撑组件上;和一伺服误差电路,与所述第一电子电路和所述光检测器相连接,用以确定所述返回光超过所述一预定值的时刻,所述写入脉冲与所述振荡器的输出组合,以产生提供给所述激光源的输入信号。 An optical assembly;; 47. A method as claimed in Colpitts type oscillator using optical disc system according to claim 1, comprising a laser source capable of transmitting light through said optical assembly; an objective lens subassembly for from the said laser light source is directed between the optical assembly and a respective information storage medium; an objective lens, disposed in said objective lens subassembly; and an actuator assembly which suspension said objective lens subassembly, for moving said objective lens subassembly with respect to the actuator assembly for relative movement; a photodetector, disposed on the optical path from the respective medium return, said photodetector for measuring return light received from the respective medium; a first servo motor, for moving the objective lens subassembly in a tracking direction relative to said actuator moving assembly; a second servo motor, for moving the objective lens subassembly in a focusing direction relative movement to said actuator assembly; a first electronic circuit for controlling said first and second servo motor; a motor for moving the respective medium relative to said objective lens subassembly, said motor having means for supporting the respective medium, a support assembly; a second electronic circuit, responsive to an output signal of the optical detector, said second electronic circuits to be contained in the optical medium is returned by the decoding information; a third electronic circuit, said laser source capable of emitting light at a first intensity to encode information on the respective medium, and emits light at a second intensity to read out the encoded information of each medium; a data receiver for receiving an data stored on the respective medium; a data encoder, connected to said data receiver, to be stored in a predetermined format of the data, the data encoder is also used to transfer data to the third an electronic circuit; a write part, connected to said third electronic circuit for providing a write pulse light source, whereby said writing member to write information on the respective medium; a loading assembly for removably to each media positioned on said support assembly of said motor; and a servo error circuit, and said first electronic circuit and said photodetector are connected, for determining the one of said return light exceeds a predetermined time value, a combination of the write pulse and the output of the oscillator to produce the laser source is supplied to an input signal.
48.如权利要求47所述的光盘系统,还包括一与所述负载电阻串联连接的负载电感。 48. The optical disc system of claim 47, further comprising a load inductance and the load resistor connected in series.
49.如权利要求48所述的光盘系统,其中所述写入脉冲被提供到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的接点上。 49. The optical disc system according to claim 48, wherein the write pulses are supplied to the load resistance and the load on the junction between the inductor.
50.如权利要求47、48或49之一所述的光盘系统,还包括一分裂式电容槽路,它串联连接在所述集电极和地之间,并且并联跨过所述发射极和所述集电极。 47, 48 or 50. An optical disk system according to one of claim 49, further comprising a split capacitor tank, which are connected in series between said collector and ground, and in parallel across the emitter and the above the collector.
51.如权利要求50所述的光盘系统,其中所述分裂式电容槽路包括与第二电容串联连接的第一电容,所述第一电容并联跨接在所述晶体管的所述发射极和所述集电极之间。 Said emitter and 51. The optical disc system of claim 50, wherein said split capacitor tank comprises a first capacitor and a second capacitor connected in series, said first capacitor connected in parallel across the transistor between the collector.
52.如权利要求51所述的光盘系统,还包括在传导路径上的铁氧体珠,将所述写入脉冲引导到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的所述接点上。 52. The optical disc system of claim 51, further comprising a ferrite beads on the conductive path, the write pulses directed onto said junction of said load resistance and the load inductance.
53.一种使用如权利要求1所述的Colpitts型振荡器的光盘系统,它包括:一光学组件;一激光源,能够发送光通过所述光学组件;一物镜分组件,用以将来自所述激光源的光引向所述光学组件和各信息存储介质之间;一物镜,设置在所述物镜分组件中;一光检测器,设置在从各介质返回的光路上,用以测量从各介质反射的返回光,所述返回光总量具有与其相关的一峰值;一致动器组件,它悬挂所述物镜分组件,用以使所述物镜分组件相对于所述致动器组件进行相对运动;一第一伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在跟踪方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一第二伺服电机,用以使所述物镜分组件在聚焦方向上相对于所述致动器组件移动;一第三伺服电机,用以使所述致动器组件在所述跟踪方向上相对于各介质移动;一第一电子电路,用以控制所述第一、第二和第三伺服电机;一电机,用以使各介质相对于所述物镜分组件移动,所述电机具有用以支撑各介质的一表面;一第二电子电路,响应所述光检测器的输出信号,用以将载于由各介质返回的所述返回光中的信息解码;一第三电子电路,使所述激光源能够在第一强度下发射光,用以将各介质上的信息编码,并且在第二强度下发射光,以读出在各介质上所编码的信息;一数据接收器,用以接收可存储在各介质上的数据;一数据编码器,连接到所述数据接收器,用以以预定格式表示要存储的所述数据,所述数据编码器还用来将数据传送给所述第三电子电路;一写入部件,连接到所述第三电子电路,用以提供一写入脉冲源,由此所述写入部件能够将信息写入各介质上;一装盘组件,用以可移动地将各介质定位在所述电机的所述表面上;一伺服误差电路,与所述第一电子电路和所述光检测器相连接,用以确定所述返回光超过一预定值的时刻;及一壳体结构,用以使光盘系统的各部件相互相对地定位,所述写入脉冲与所述振荡器的输出组合,以产生提供给所述激光源的输入信号。 53. A method of using an optical disc system Colpitts type oscillator according to claim 1, comprising: an optical assembly; a laser source capable of transmitting light through said optical assembly; an objective lens subassembly for from the said laser light source is directed between the optical assembly and a respective information storage medium; an objective lens, disposed in said objective lens subassembly; and a photodetector, disposed on the optical path from the respective medium returned to measure from Each medium return light reflected, the total amount of return light having a peak associated therewith; actuator assembly which suspension said objective lens subassembly, for moving the objective lens subassembly relative to said actuator assembly carried relative movement; a first servo motor, for moving the objective lens subassembly in a tracking direction relative to said actuator moving assembly; a second servo motor, for moving the objective lens subassembly in a focusing direction relative to move the actuator assembly; a third servo motor for moving the actuator assembly in the tracking direction relative the respective medium moving; a first electronic circuit for controlling said first, second, and third servomotors; a motor for moving the respective medium relative to said objective lens subassembly, said motor having a surface for supporting the respective medium; a second electronic circuit, responsive to said photodetector The output signal for each of the return will be contained in a medium return light for decoding information; a third electronic circuit, said laser source capable of emitting light at a first intensity for the each medium information encoding, and emits light at a second intensity to read out the encoded information of each medium; a data receiver for receiving data may be stored on the respective medium; a data encoder, is connected to the data receiver to be stored in a predetermined format of the data, the data encoder is also used to transmit data to the third electronic circuit; a writing means, connected to said third electronic circuit, for providing a source of write pulses, whereby said writing member to write information on the respective medium; a loading assembly for removably positioning the respective medium on said surface of said motor; a servo error circuit, connected to said first electronic circuit and said photodetector to determine the return light exceeds a predetermined time value; and a housing structure, the optical disk system for moving the respective members relative to one another positioned, the output of the write pulse in combination with the oscillator, to generate the laser source is supplied to an input signal.
54.如权利要求53所述的光盘系统,还包括一与所述负载电阻串联连接的负载电感。 54. The optical disc system of claim 53, further comprising a load inductance and the load resistor connected in series.
55.如权利要求54所述的光盘系统,其中所述写入脉冲被提供到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的接点上。 55. The optical disc system of claim 54, wherein the write pulses are supplied to the load resistance and the load on the junction between the inductor.
56.如权利要求53、54或55之一所述的光盘系统,还包括一分裂式电容槽路,它串联连接在所述集电极和地之间,并且并联跨过所述发射极和所述集电极。 56. The optical disc system 53, 54 or one of claim 55, further comprising a split capacitor tank, which are connected in series between said collector and ground, and in parallel across the emitter and the above the collector.
57.如权利要求56所述的光盘系统,其中所述分裂式电容槽路包括与第二电容串联连接的第一电容,所述第一电容并联跨接在所述晶体管的所述发射极和所述集电极之间。 Said emitter and 57. The optical disc system of claim 56, wherein said split capacitor tank comprises a first capacitor and a second capacitor connected in series, said first capacitor connected in parallel across the transistor between the collector.
58.如权利要求57所述的光盘系统,还包括在传导路径上的铁氧体珠,将所述写入脉冲引导到所述负载电阻和所述负载电感之间的所述接点上。 58. The optical disc system of claim 57, further comprising a ferrite beads on the conductive path, the write pulses directed onto said junction of said load resistance and the load inductance.
59.一种减少Colpitts型振荡器中振铃的方法,该振荡器包括一具有发射极、基极和集电极的晶体管,所述方法包括以下步骤:提供其电阻值大于一预定最小电阻值的负载电阻,所述负载电阻串联连接到振荡器晶体管的集电极;及将大于一预定最小值的电压提供到振荡器晶体管的集电极,由此达到在振荡器的输出中增大的RF调制幅度和与其相关的最小化振铃分量。 59. A method of reducing ringing in the Colpitts oscillator method, the oscillator comprises a having an emitter, base and collector of the transistor, the method comprising the steps of: providing the resistance value is greater than a predetermined minimum resistance value load resistor, the load resistor connected in series to the collector of the oscillator transistor; and the minimum value is greater than a predetermined voltage to the collector of the oscillator transistor, thereby to achieve in the oscillator output is increased RF modulation amplitude and minimize the associated ringing component.
Description  translated from Chinese
减少振铃的柯匹兹型振荡器及使用其的光盘系统 Pittsburgh Ko reducing ringing oscillator and the use of its optical disk system

本申请是申请日为1996年1月18日、申请号为96101465.2的分案申请。 This application is filed on January 18, 1996, Application No. 96101465.2 of divisional applications.

本申请是1993年8月11日申请的美国专利申请序号08/105,866的部分继续,它是1991年2月15日申请的美国专利申请序号07/657,155的继续,现为美国专利号5,265,079。 This application is part of 08 / 105,866 in the US Patent Application Serial No. 11 August 1993 continue to apply, it is the United States Patent Application Serial No. continue February 15, 1991 application 07 / 657,155, and now the United States Patent No. 5,265,079.

本申请涉及这样类型的数据存据系统,它包括一壳体,它具有用于接收可移动盘盒的开口,在用于保护盘的盘盒中可安放信息记录介质,特别是,本发明涉及一种系统,用于以高密度形式将信息迅速地编码写入到光盘上,并将所写信息读出并解码。 The present application relates to data storage systems of the type which comprises a housing having means for receiving a removable disk cartridge opening in the disc cartridge for protecting a disc may be mounted in the information recording medium, in particular, the present invention relates to A system for high density format will rapidly encoding information written to the optical disc, and the written information is read out and decoded.

随着数据处理系统和个人计算机广泛使用,对大容量数据存储器的需求不断增大,光学数据存储系统成为满足这种增长要求的日益通用的装置。 As data processing systems and personal computers are widely used, the demand for mass data storage continues to increase, the optical data storage systems are becoming an increasingly popular means for meeting this expanding demand of. 这些光学数据系统提供了可迅速地进行存取的大容量的相对低成本存储器。 These optical data systems provide can be quickly accessed relatively low-cost high-capacity memory.

在光盘系统中,可将编码的视频信号、音频信号或其它信息信号在盘的一面或两面上以信息轨道的形式记录在盘上。 In optical disc systems, coded video signals, audio signals or other information signals on one or both sides of the disc in the form of information tracks recorded on the disc. 光存储系统的核心是至少具有一激光器(或其它光源)。 Core optical storage system is at least one laser (or other light source). 在第一操作方式下,激光产生一高强度激光束,它聚焦在旋转存储盘信息轨道上的一个小点上,高强度激光束将材料记录表面的温度升高到其居里点以上,使得材料在该点下失去其磁性,并受到盘所在处磁场的磁化作用,由此,通过控制该环绕磁场或加偏置,并使盘在控制的磁场环境下冷却到其居里点以下,使信息以磁畴的形式被记录在盘上,称作记录介质上的“凹坑”。 In a first operating mode, the laser generates a high-intensity laser beam that is focused on the information track of a rotating storage disc of a small dot, high-intensity laser beam raises the temperature of the recording surface of the material is raised to above its Curie point, such that at this point the material loses its magnetic properties, and by the magnetic field where the magnetization of the disc, whereby, or biasing this surrounding magnetic field via the control, allowing the disc under the control of the magnetic environment is cooled below its Curie point, so that information in the form of magnetic domains are recorded on the disc, referred to as "pits" on the recording medium.

接着,当操作者需要重现或读出先前所记录的信息时,激光进入第二操作方式,在该方式下,激光产生低强度激光束,它再被聚焦在旋转盘的轨道上,该低强度激光束不会将盘加热到居里点以上。 Subsequently, when the operator desired to reproduce or read the previously recorded information, the laser enters a second operating mode, in this mode, the laser generates a low-intensity laser beam that is again focused on the tracks on the rotating disk, the low the intensity of the laser beam does not heat the disc above the Curie point. 然而,激光束会由于先前所形成的凹坑存在而以先前所记录信息的表示方式由盘表面反射,由此,使先前所记录的信息得到再现。 However, the laser beam due to the presence of the previously formed pits and representation of the previously recorded information from the disc surface reflection, whereby the previously recorded information may thereby be reproduced. 由于激光可以紧密地聚焦,从而使这种类型的信息处理系统具有高记录密度和所记录信息的精确再现的优点。 Since the laser may be tightly focused, so that this type of information processing system having a high recording density and accurate reproduction of the recorded information.

一种典型的光学系统部件包括具有插入口的壳体,使使用者可通过它将记录介质插入到驱动器中,该壳体可容纳与其它物件一道,机械和电气分系统,用以对光盘进行装载,读出,写入的卸载。 A typical optical system include a housing with an insertion port, so that the user can be inserted into the drive, the housing accommodates, among other items, the mechanical and electrical subsystems through which the recording medium to the disc loading, reading, writing unloaded. 这些机械和电气分系统的操作典型地在数据处理系统的专门控制之中,驱动装置与该系统连接。 These mechanical and electrical subsystems is typically within the exclusive control of the operation of data processing system to which the drive is connected to the system.

在使用盘盒的常用系统壳体内,在系统底板上典型地安装有用的使盘在其上旋转的转盘该转盘可包括一主轴,它具有磁铁,其上安装有盘毂以便使用,磁铁吸引盘毂,由此使盘保持在旋转所需位置上。 In the conventional system that uses disc cartridges housing, typically mounted on the system backplane useful rotation of the disc turntable on which the turntable may comprise a spindle having a magnet, on which a disc hub is mounted for use, the magnet attracts the disc the hub, whereby rotation of the disk held in the desired position.

在光盘系统中,如上所述,通过将所需磁场施加到在写入(记录或消除)操作过程中由激光加热的盘的至少部分上时,在写入操作过程中对盘施加磁偏置是必要的,因此,安装磁场偏置装置是必要的,在盘通过与主轴相联的磁铁而定位时,可方便地放于靠近盘表面的位置上。 In optical disc systems, as described above, by applying a magnetic field to the desired when writing (recording or eliminate) at least partially heated by the laser during operation of the disc, the write operation applying a magnetic bias to the disk is necessary, therefore, it is necessary to mount a magnetic field biasing device, and when the disk by a magnet associated with the spindle and positioning, can be conveniently placed in a position close to the disc surface.

在光学数据存储系统中使用的各种媒质或盘型可用来存储数字信息。 A variety of media or disc types are used in optical data storage systems for storing digital information. 例如,标准光盘系统可使用5 1/4英寸盘,这些光盘可放置或不放置在保护外壳或盒中。 For example, standard optical disc systems may use 5 1/4 inch disks, these discs may or may not be placed in a protective case or cartridge. 如果不将光盘固定安放在保护盒中,操作者便可用于从保护外壳中拿出盘,然后操作者便可用手将盘放在加载机构上,小心使用以防止盘表面的损坏。 If the disc is not fixedly mounted in a protective cartridge, an operator can be used to take out the disc from its protective casing, then the operator can manually placed on the disc loading mechanism, using care to prevent damage to the disk surface.

另外,为了既方便又保护,可将盘放在匣或盒内,其本身即可插入到驱动器的插入口中,然后被送到预定位置上,这些盘盒在计算机技术中是众所周知,盘盒是由盒的壳体组成,其壳体包含可在其上记录数据的盘。 In addition, in order to protect both convenient and can be placed on the disc tray or box, which itself can be inserted into the drive of the mouth, and then be sent to a predetermined position, the cartridge is well known in computer technology, the cartridge is by the cartridge housing, whose housing containing a disc on which data is recorded.

盘盒的装载当盘盒在驱动器外面时为了保护盘,盘盒典型地包括至少一个门或活门,它通常是关闭的,盒门可具有一个或多个与其相连的锁定件,相应的盘驱动装置包括一机构,可用以在将盒推入系统中时打开盘盒上的门或活门,这种机构可包括一门链,它与锁定件相连接,由此开启活门。 Disk cartridge is loaded when the cartridge when the outside in order to protect the disk drive, the disk cartridge typically includes at least one door or shutter, it is usually closed box door may have one or more associated therewith locking member, the corresponding disk drive apparatus includes a mechanism used to open the door or shutter on the cartridge when the cartridge is pushed into the system, this mechanism may comprise a door link that makes contact with a locking tab, thereby unlocking the shutter. 当将盒进一步插入驱动装置中时,活门打开部分地露出其中所包含的信息记录媒质。 When the cartridge is inserted further into the drive, the shutter is opened to partially expose the information recording medium contained therein. 这使盘毂被装载到电机主轴或其它驱动机构上,并使读写头进入,使偏置磁场进入保护盒中。 This permits a disc hub to be loaded onto a spindle of a motor or other drive mechanism, and read-write head to enter, and a bias magnetic into the protective cartridge. 当盘由驱动机构旋转时,可允许读写头存取盘媒质的所有部分。 Disc, when rotated by the drive mechanism, permits the read-write head to access all portions of the disc media.

为了节省光存储系统中的空间,希望将盘装载在主轴上并以主轴上卸下的设备所需尺寸是减至最小。 To conserve space in optical storage systems, it is desirable to remove the disc loading and the spindle device to minimize the size required by the spindle. 通常装盘和卸盘装置依照所使用盘的类型而变化。 Conventional loading and unloading devices vary depending upon the type of disc being used is changed. 通常使用盘盒的装盘和卸盘系统典型地能够自动地将盘盒由接收入口输送到主轴上。 Commonly used disk cartridge loading and unloading system is typically capable of automatically transporting a disc cartridge from a receiving port onto the spindle. 当盘不再需要时,常用装盘和卸盘系统会自动地将盘由主轴上卸下。 When the disk is no longer required, a conventional disc loading and unloading system will automatically remove the disc from the spindle. 用以进行这种盘的装盘和卸盘的装载装置通常是这样构成的,使得在装盘过程中(即,当盘由退出位置移动到重放装置中并移动到主轴上时),使光盘平行于底板和转盘水平移动至转盘,当盘已定位在转盘上时,光盘会垂直于转盘表面竖直向下到主轴上,一旦到转盘上,主轴磁铁便会吸住固定到媒质中心上的盘毂,由此,在可转动条件下夹紧光盘以进行读写操作。 For performing this loading and unloading of the loading device of the disc is generally constructed so that during disc loading (i.e., when the disc is moved from an ejected position into the player and moved onto the spindle), so that disc horizontally parallel to the baseplate and turntable, the turntable to move, when the disc has been positioned above the turntable, the disc is perpendicular to the face of the turntable vertically downward onto the spindle. Once on the turntable, a spindle magnet attracts fixed to the center of the media The hub, which, under the conditions of the rotatable clamping discs for read and write operations.

当操作者结束使用光盘时,操作者启动退出操作。 When the operation is finished using the disc, the operator initiates an eject operation. 最常用的由主轴上退出盘盒和光盘的方法就是在最多的日本驱动装置中所使用的技术。 Eject the cartridge and the disc on the most commonly used by the spindle is the technique used in most Japanese drives used. 在这种类型的卸盘装置中,盘盒的“框”在其侧面上具有四个引脚,并且引脚会置于相邻金属板导轨上。 In this type of disc unloading apparatus, a cartridge "box" has four pins at its sides, and the pins on the adjacent sheet metal guide. 在光盘退出过程中,盘盒框将光盘一直升上并离开主轴。 During disc ejection, the cartridge box lifts the disc straight up and off the spindle. 然后,装置将光盘平行于底板和转盘水平移动到光盘机前的光盘接收口。 Then, the optical disc apparatus horizontally parallel to the baseplate and turntable, the disc is moved to the front of the player the disc receiving port. 当光盘在卸盘操作过程中如此由主轴升起时,必须产生足够向上的作用于盘盒上的力以克服将盘毂保持在主轴磁铁上的磁夹持力。 When the optical disk during the unloading operation is thus lifted from the spindle, must generate sufficient upward force on the cartridge to overcome the holding the disc hub on the spindle magnet magnetic clamping force. 用以克服磁夹持力所需的最大向上的力是由退出杆的机械操作或通过启动电退出系统而产生的。 To overcome the magnetic clamping force required maximum upward force by the mechanical operation of an ejection lever or by actuating the electric ejection system generated.

在常用电退出系统中,其中盘盒的卸载装置将竖直升起盘盒以切断主轴磁铁与盘毂之间的磁力,退出电机必须产生大负荷以完成盘盒的移出。 In conventional electric ejection system, wherein the disc cartridge unloading apparatus vertically lifts the disc cartridge to break the magnetic force between the spindle magnet and the disc hub, the ejection motor must generate a large load to the disk cartridge is removed. 接下来,当操作者选择使用电退出系统时,需要具有大转矩的大电机以产生足够竖直向上的力。 Next, when the operator selects an electric ejection system, a large motor having a large torque to generate sufficient vertical lifting force. 在系统壳体中必须保留空间以容纳这种大电机,由此会增加装盘装置壳体的整个尺寸。 Must be retained in the system housing to accommodate this large motor space, thereby increasing the overall size of the loading device case. 另外,大电机会消耗相当大数量的功率。 In addition, the large motor consumes a considerable amount of power.

由此期望减小光盘机的复杂性,同时减小光盘机的整个尺寸的便于驱动装置适用于计算机应用中。 Thus desirable to reduce the complexity of the disc player, while reducing the overall size of the device easy to drive CD-ROM drive is suitable for computer applications. 为了能够接收5 1/4英寸盘盒,并且仍足够小的适合于与个人计算机结合,光盘驱动装置必须使用紧凑和仔细定位的机械和电气分系统。 In order to be able to receive a 5 inch disc cartridge and yet be small enough to be conveniently used in conjunction with a personal computer, optical disc drives must use compact and carefully located mechanical and electrical subsystems. 考虑到这一点,就希望减小所需退出电机的尺寸。 With this in mind, we want to reduce the required size of the exit of the motor. 要达到这种结果的一个途径就是减小为切断将盘毂保持在主轴磁铁上的磁夹持力所需的力的大小,通过减小该所需力,就可以使用较小的光盘机中的退出电机,由此期望设计一种装盘装置,其中光盘不竖直向上离开主轴磁铁,而是由磁铁上“剥离”。 One way to effect this result is to reduce to the desired cutting disc hub on the spindle magnet magnetic clamping force force magnitude, by reducing the force needed, you can use a smaller disc player The ejection motor thus desirable to design a disc loading apparatus wherein the disc is not vertically lifted off of the spindle magnet, but by the magnet "stripping."

试图获得这种剥离作用的常用方法就是使转盘和主轴向下转动离开光盘,该方法在美国专利号4,791,511中加以了讨论,该专利授权给了MarvinDavis,并已转让给了激光磁性存储器国际组织(Laser MagneticStorageInternationd)。 Trying to get this exfoliation common method is to make the turntable and the spindle is rotated downward away from the disc, the method to be discussed at the United States Patent No. 4,791,511, which patent is licensed to MarvinDavis, and has been transferred to the laser magnetic memory of international organizations (Laser MagneticStorageInternationd). 然而,仍期望设计一种驱动装置,其中可将光盘由主轴磁铁上脱离。 However, still desirable to design a drive wherein the disc is peeled from the spindle magnet.

聚焦和跟踪致动为了获得存储在光盘上的信息的准确读出,有必要能够在聚焦(即垂直于光盘平盘)或Z方向上移动物镜,用以将激光束聚焦成光盘准确位置上的小光点,以便写入或检索信息,并且在跟踪(即由光盘中心的径向)或Y方向上将光束定位在光盘所需信息轨迹的准确中心上。 Focusing and tracking actuator in order to obtain an accurate reading of information stored on the optical disk out, it is necessary to be able to focus (i.e., perpendicular to the plane of the disc) or Z direction to move the objective lens for focusing a laser beam into a precise location of the disc small spot, to write or retrieve information, and in a tracking (i.e., radial from the center of the disc) or Y direction to position the beam will be in the exact center of the desired information track on the disc. 聚焦和跟踪的校正可通过在物镜光轴方向上移动物镜以进行聚焦,或是在垂直于光轴方向上移动物镜以进行跟踪而完成。 Focus and tracking corrections may move the objective lens in the optical axis direction for focusing the objective lens, or moving the objective lens in a direction perpendicular to the optical axis for tracking through.

在这些系统中,在聚焦和跟踪方向上物镜的位置通常可由控制系统来调整,致动器支撑物镜,并且将来自反馈控制系统的位置校正信号变成物镜的移动。 In these systems, the position on the focus and tracking directions of the objective lens is generally adjusted by control systems, Actuators support the objective lens and the position from the feedback control systems into movement of the objective lens of the correction signal. 最普通地,这些致动器包括可动线圈,固定磁铁和固定磁轭,其中磁场是在磁轭和磁铁之间的空气隙中产生。 Most commonly, these actuators comprise moving coils, stationary magnets, and a fixed yoke, wherein the magnetic field between the yoke and the magnet air gap. 颁发给lguma的美国专利号4,568,142题为“物镜驱动装置”说明了这种类型的致动器,其中致动器包括位于U形磁轭内的矩形磁铁。 Lguma awarded US Patent No. 4,568,142, entitled "The objective lens driving device" illustrates this type of actuator, wherein the actuator includes rectangular magnets positioned within the U-shaped yoke. 磁轭以其相对的北极相互间隔,而又相互靠得足够近以形成磁路。 Arctic yoke its relatively spaced, but close enough to each other to form a magnetic circuit. 可将方形聚焦线圈连接到方形物镜的外侧上,可将四个跟踪线圈固定到聚焦线圈的角上,然后将聚焦线圈端部定位在由每个U形轭所形成的空气隙内,以使得聚焦线圈跨在磁轭上。 A square-shaped focusing coil is bonded to the outsides of a square, the four tracking coils can be fixed to the corner of the focus coil and the focus coil end portion positioned within each of the U-shaped yoke by an air gap is formed, such that focusing coil straddles the yokes. 由于聚焦线圈必须绕这些“中心”或“内部”轭板延伸,所以线圈不能象所期望的那么紧密地绕制,并且要兼顾线圈结构的刚性。 Because the focusing coil must extend around these "center" or "inner" yoke plates, the coil can not be as desired so tightly wound, and to take into account the rigid coil structure. 进一步地,在这种类型的封闭磁路设计中,将大部分线圈线定位在空气隙的外侧,明显地会降低致动器的效率。 Further, in this type of closed magnetic circuit design, the majority of coil wire is positioned outside the air gaps, significantly reducing the efficiency of the actuator.

在许多光学系统中,空气隙中的线圈刚性必须是很高的,并且线圈去耦共振频率应在10DHz以上,并且最好是在25KHz以上。 In most optical systems, the stiffness of the coil in the air gap must be very high and the coil decoupling resonance frequency should 10DHz or more, and more preferably at 25KHz. 在许多类型的先前的致动器设计中,在磁空气隙中通常需要大量线圈线以获得电机最大效能。 In many types of prior actuator designs, the magnetic air gap are often required in large amounts of coil wire in order to achieve maximum motor performance. 为了将该大量线圈放于空气隙内并仍适应于致动器设计的有限空间限制,线圈必全部地或部分地“独立”,或必绕制在尽可能薄的线圈架上。 Space is limited to such a large amount of coil within the air gap and still conform to the actuator design constraints, the coil must be wholly or partially "freestanding", or must be wound on the thinnest bobbin possible. 这些类型的线圈结构具有低的刚性,并且典型地在较低频率下去耦。 These types of coil configurations have low stiffness and typically decouple at lower frequencies. 许多致动器设计的动态共振性能还会使线圈在操作过程中松绕。 Many dynamic resonance properties of the actuator design also cause the coil to unwind during operation.

其它致动器设计已使用了相同的磁隙来增进聚焦和跟踪的运动力,使得可将跟踪线圈粘接到聚焦线圈上,或反之亦然,用以试图节省部件,空间和重量。 Other actuator designs have used the same magnetic air gap to develop focus and tracking motor forces such that the tracking coil can be glued onto the focus coil, or vice versa, in an attempt to save parts, space, and weight. 在这些类型的设计中,粘接到独立聚焦线圈上的跟踪线圈的去耦频率典型地在15KHz左右,明显地在优选去耦频率以下。 In these types of designs, the decoupling frequency of the adhesive to the tracking coil freestanding focus coil is typically around 15KHz, significantly below the preferred decoupling frequency.

聚焦检测光记录和盘放系统,如那些使用光存储盘,光盘,或视盘的系统,需要精确地将由物镜照射到光盘表面上的光束聚焦。 Focus Sensing Optical recording and playback systems, such as those systems utilizing optical memory disks, compact disks, or video disks, require precise objective lens to irradiate a light beam focused on the disk surface. 入射光束通常会通过物镜而反射,然后用来读出存储在光盘上的信息。 The incident beam is generally reflected by the objective lens, and then used to read information stored on the disc. 在通过物镜返回之后,一部分反射光束典型地导向一个设计用以测量照射在光盘上的光束聚焦的装置,通过该装置由反射光束提取的信息可用来通过改变可动物镜相对于光盘的位置来调整照射光束的聚焦。 After the return through the objective lens, a portion of the reflected beam is typically directed to an apparatus designed to measure the light beam is irradiated on the optical disc focusing means, by which information is extracted from the reflected beam can be used by changing the position of a movable objective lens relative to the optical disk to adjust irradiation of the focused beam.

已知有许多用以检测照射光束聚焦的技术。 Many are known for detecting the focus of the illuminating beam technology. 例如,美国专利号4,423,495;4,425,636;和4,453,239使用一种叫做“临界角棱镜”的确定光束聚焦的方法。 For example, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,423,495; 4,425,636; and determining beam focus method using a technique called the "critical angle prism" 4,453,239. 在该方法中,要使由存储光盘反射的照射光束在检测棱镜表面上入射,其棱镜表面设置在相对于反射照射光束很接近临界角的位置上。 In this method, from a storage disc reflected illuminating beam is incident on the detection surface of the prism, which prism surface disposed with respect to the reflected illuminating beam is very close to the critical angle position. 当照射在光盘表面上的光束聚焦偏离所需状态时,可使用由检测棱镜表面的反射光能数量的改变来得到聚焦误差信号,用以调整照射光束的聚焦。 When the illuminating beam focused on the surface of the disc deviates from a desired state, may be used to change the amount of optical energy reflected by the detection prism surface to obtain a focus error signal used to adjust the focus of the illuminating beam.

临界角棱镜方法通常需要精确地调整相对于反射光束的检测棱镜表面的取向。 The critical angle prism method generally requires precise adjustment of the orientation of the detection prism surface relative to the reflected beam. 这种要求的出现是由于临界角附近检测棱镜的反射特性的结果,这使得基于该方法的聚焦误差检测系统极为敏感。 This requirement arises as a result of the reflection characteristic of the detection prism in the vicinity of the critical angle, which makes highly sensitive focus error detection system based on this method. 然而,临界角技术具有一些缺点。 However, the critical angle technique has several disadvantages. 首先,聚焦误差信号的产生取决于检测棱镜表面与空气之间界面上的光反射,如此,高度的改变会改变空气的折射率,这就会造成出现误聚焦读出(偏移)。 First, the focus error signal it produces depends on the light reflection at the interface between the detection prism surface and air on, so, a high degree of change will change the refractive index of air, which will result in a focus error occurs readout (offset). 再有,临界角技术本身不适用于有差聚焦检测系统中。 Again, the critical angle technique is inherently unsuitable for use in differential focus sensing systems.

有差系统日益变得重要了,因为它们可消除可能出现在光盘驱动装置中的一些类型的噪声。 Differential systems are increasingly important because they allow cancellation may occur in the optical disk drive apparatus of certain types of noise. 临界角方法不适合于有差操作有两个原因。 The critical angle method is not suitable for differential operation for two reasons. 其一,由检测棱镜所产生的透射光束沿一个轴压缩,这使其与反射光束不对称,在有差系统中最好选用对称的两束光束,用以在变化条件下确定消除噪声的最佳特性。 First, the transmitted beam produced by the detection prism along an axis of compression, which makes the reflected light beam with an asymmetric, in a differential system in the best selection of symmetry of the two beams, under varying conditions to determine the most noise-cancellation good characteristics. 基二,在两束光束强度平衡的临界角棱镜反射率曲线的某点上,斜率太低以致不会产生有用的有差聚焦误差信号。 Second, at some point the two beams of the beam intensity balance of the reflectivity curve of a critical angle prism, the slope too low to produce a useful differential focus error signal.

聚焦检测装置在与美国专利号4,862,442,所公开的临界角技术相比较时只要求入射有反射光束的光学表面的微小精确调整,特别是,这里所述的光学表面包括具有一定反射率的多层介电涂层,其反射率相对于反射光束的入射角而连续地变化,由此可见,由多层介电涂层组成表面的转动失调将会对聚焦误差信号的数值产生较小影响,而且该技术还将会减小角度的敏感性。 A focus detecting apparatus in US Patent No. 4,862,442, disclosed the critical angle technique is incident, when compared to have a precise adjustment of the optical surface of the reflected beam, in particular, where the optical surface comprises a multi-layer having a reflectivity of dielectric coating, the reflectivity with respect to the angle of incidence of the reflected light beam varies continuously, we can see that the composition of the multilayer dielectric coating that rotational maladjustment of the surface will have smaller effect on the value of the focus error signal, and The technique will have reduced angular sensitivity. 再有,由多层介电系统所产生的聚焦误差信号的不准确性会随着扫射光束波长相对微小的变化而出现。 Further, inaccuracies by multi layer dielectric systems generated focus error signal will be relatively slight changes with the wavelength of the reflected illuminating beam appears. 这种对于波长变化的敏感性是所不期望的,因为设计的聚焦误差信号是只针对照射光束的聚焦。 Such sensitivity to wavelength changes is undesirable since the focus error signal is designed to only focus of the illuminating beam.

另外,使用多层介电反射表面的某些系统提供了聚焦误差信号,它只具有有限的敏感度。 In addition, certain systems using a dielectric multi layer reflecting surface provide focus error signals having only having a limited degree of sensitivity. 例如,美国专利号4,862,442的图37表示了对于多层介电反射表面的特殊反射率特性曲线其反射率特性曲线的斜度正比于聚焦误差信号的敏感度。 For example, U.S. Patent No. 4,862,442 FIG. 37 shows a particular reflectivity characteristic for a layered dielectric reflecting surface of the reflectivity characteristic curve is proportional to the slope of the sensitivity of the focus error signal. 所公开的反射强度是处于在42至48度入射角上约为0.75至0.05的范围内。 The disclosed reflected intensity is within the 42 to 48 degrees angle of incidence of about 0.75 to 0.05 range. 该反射率的改变约为10%角度,产生出相对低敏感性的聚焦误差信号。 This reflectivity change of approximately 10% per degree produces a relatively low sensitivity of the focus error signal.

因此,在该技术领域中需要一种光学设备,其特征在于反射率分布,它可产生高敏感的聚焦误差信号,它对高度的变化和对色差具有相当的不敏感性,并且可用于有差系统中。 Therefore, a need in the art exists for an optical arrangement characterized by a reflectivity profile which allows generation of a highly sensitive focus error signal relatively immune to changes in altitude and to chromatic aberration with considerable insensitivity, and may be of use in differential system.

寻迹致动使用聚焦激光光束进行信息记录和即时重放的光学数据存储系统在计算机大量存储工业中是很有吸引力的。 Seek Actuation using a focused laser beam to record and instantaneously playback of the optical data storage system in the computer mass storage industry is very attractive. 这种光学数据存储系统提供了具有很高存储密度的很高数据率,并且提供了对于存储在信息媒介最普通的就是光盘上的数据的迅速随机存取。 Such optical data storage systems offer very high data rates with very high storage density, and provides for quickly stored in the most common is the data on the disc information of a random access medium. 在这些类型的光盘存储系统中,读写数据通常是使用在两种对应强度下起作用的单一激光源完成的。 In these types of optical disc memory systems, reading and writing data is often to use a single laser source functioning at two respective intensity completed. 在每一个操作过程中,来自激光光源的光通过物镜,它会将光束会聚于光盘上的特定焦点上。 During either operation, light from the laser source passes through an objective lens which converges the light beam to a specific focal point on the disc. 在数据检索过程中,激光会聚焦在记录媒质上,并且通过数据存储媒质的信息而改变。 During data retrieval, the laser light is focused on the recording medium, and the data storage medium of the information is changed. 然后,该光由盘反射回物镜,通过物镜到光检测器上。 This light is then reflected back from the disk through the objective lens onto the light detector. 它就是传输记录信息的该反射信号。 It is this reflected signal transmission record information. 因此尤其重要的在于,当写入信息或由存储读取信息时,物镜和具有的聚焦光束被精确地聚焦在正确轨迹的中心上,使得可以准确地写入信息,并进行检索。 Thus especially important that, when information is written or read information from the memory, the objective lens and the exiting focused beam, be precisely focused at the center of the correct track so that the information may be accurately written and retrieved.

为了获得准确读取存储在光盘上的信息,有必要能够在聚焦(即垂直于光盘的平面)或Z方向上移动物镜以便将激光束聚焦成光盘准确位置上的小光点用以写入或检索信息,并能够在跟踪(即经向上)或Y方向上移动物镜使光束定位在光盘上所需信息轨迹的克切中心上。 In order to obtain a precise reading of the information stored on the disc, it is necessary to be able to in the focusing (i.e., perpendicular to the plane of the disc) or Z direction to move the objective lens in order to focus the laser beam into a small point of light on a precise location of the disc to write or retrieve information, and in a tracking (i.e., radial) or Y direction to move the objective lens positioned on the beam in the exact center of the desired information track on the optical disc. 聚焦和跟踪校正可的通过在物镜光轴再个方向之一上移动物镜以进行聚焦,或是在垂直于光轴方向上移动物镜的进行跟踪而完成。 Focus and tracking corrections may be effected by moving the objective lens in either the direction of the optical axis of the objective lens for focusing, or in perpendicular to the optical axis direction of the tracking movement of the objective lens is completed.

在这些系统中,在聚焦和跟踪方向上物镜的位置通常是通过控制系统来调整的。 In these systems, the position on the focus and tracking directions of the objective lens is usually adjusted by control systems. 致动器支撑物镜,并将来自反馈控制系统的位置校正信号变成物镜的运动。 Actuators support the objective lens and convert position correction signals from the feedback control systems into movement of the objective lens. 正如所知道的那样,没有将光聚焦在足够小的媒质区域上将会导致过大的光盘部分被用于存储一定的信息,或导致太大的光盘区域被读出。 As will be appreciated, failure to focus the light on a small enough area of the medium will result in too large a portion of the disc being used to store certain information, or in too broad an area of the disc is read out. 同样地,不能精确地控制激光跟踪将会导致信息被存储在错误位置上,或使错误位置上的信息被读出。 Similarly, the failure to precisely control the laser tracking will result in information being stored in the wrong location, or so that the error information on the position is read out.

除了沿Z轴转换以实现聚焦和沿Y轴转换以实现跟踪以外,还有至少四种辅助运动方式用于致动器,其每一种都会降低读写操作的精度,并且其在系统正常工作过程中是不期望的。 In addition to the Z-axis to effect focusing, and along the Y axis to effect tracking, there are at least four additional motion modes for the actuator, each of which reduces the accuracy of read and write operations, and which the system works in process is undesirable. 这些不期望的运动方式是绕X轴(X方向和Z方向二者的正交轴)转动,或倾斜;绕Z轴转动,称作偏转;绕Y轴转动,称作滚动;和沿X轴的直线运动,或切向转换。 And along the X axis; These undesirable modes of motion are rotation about the X axis (X direction and Z axis orthogonal to both the direction), or pitch; rotation about the Z axis, referred to as yaw; rotation about the Y axis, called roll linear motion, or tangential translation. 在这些方向上的运动通常是由于电机和作用于盘盒和/或致动器上的反作用力所引起的。 Motion in these directions is often caused by motor and reaction forces acting on and / or on the actuator caused by the cartridge. 这些运动方式在跟踪或聚焦操作过程中典型地产生了所不期望的运动,它们会影响到物镜相对于光盘的对准。 The movement in the tracking or focusing operation typically produce undesired movement, they will affect the lens relative to the alignment of the disc.

合成消色差棱镜系统。 Synthesis of an achromatic prism system.

光盘系统通常使用合成棱镜用于呈椭圆形地调整激光光束,用于消除激光束散光,和/或光束转向。 Disc systems often employ an anamorphic prism for adjustment of laser beam ellipticity, for the elimination of the laser beam astigmatism, and / or for beam steering. 参考文献,如颁发给Yoneza-wa等人的美国专利号4,333,173,颁发给Leterme等人的美国专利号4,542,492,和颁发给Bricot等人的美国专利号4,607,356,描述了使用简单的合成棱镜来在光盘应用中形成光束。 References, as presented to Yoneza-wa, et al. US Patent No. 4,333,173, issued to Leterme et al., US Patent No. 4,542,492, issued to Bricot et al., And US Patent No. 4,607,356, describes the use of a simple anamorphic prisms in CD beam forming applications.

通常地,合成棱镜系统具有嵌入薄膜。 Frequently, the anamorphic prism systems have an embedded thin film. 用以将部分或所有的返回光束(由光学媒质所反射的)反射到检测系统。 To reflect some or all of a returning beam (reflected from optical media) to a detection system reflection. Deguchi等人的美国专利号4,573,149描述了薄膜的使用,用以将返回光束反射到检测系统。 Deguchi et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,573,149 describes the use of thin films to reflect a return beam to detection systems. 进一步地,正如在美国专利号4,542,492和4,607,356中所描述的,通常采用合成棱镜的入射面来反射返回的光束到检测系统。 Further, as in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,542,492 and 4,607,356 described, usually anamorphic prism incident surface to reflect the returning beam to a detection system. 通常,最好是具有多个检测通道。 Typically, it is best to have multiple detection channels. 例如,就光盘来说,一个检测器可提供数据信号,另一检测器可提供控制信号,如跟踪和/或聚焦伺服信号。 For example, on the disc, one detector may provide data signals and another detector may provide control signals such as tracking and / or focus servo signals.

通常棱镜的典型问题在于,合成棱镜会经受色散,它会导致横向的色差,换句话说,当光源的波长变化时,通过合成棱镜所得折射角也变化。 A typical problem with conventional prisms is that the anamorphic prism suffers from chromatic dispersion which can result in lateral chromatic aberration, in other words, when the wavelength of the light source changes, the resulting angles of refraction through the anamorphic prism also change. 这些变化在将光束聚焦到光媒质如光盘上时会导致横向光束移位。 These changes in the beam is focused onto optical media such as CD-ROM will cause the upper lateral beam shift. 在光盘系统中,光束的小的移位可能会造成错误的数据信号,例如,如果移位是突然的并且是在数据方向上时,光束可能会跳过光盘上所记录的数据。 In optical disc systems, a small shift in the beam may cause erroneous data signals, for example, if the shift is sudden and in the data direction, the beam may skip data recorded on the disc.

如果光源(如激光器)真正是单色光,那么棱镜的色差将不会造成问题。 If the light source (e.g., a laser) were truly monochromatic, the chromatic aberration in the prism would not cause a problem. 然而,一些因素通常会造成激光光谱的变化。 However, several factors often cause the laser spectrum. 例如,大多数的激光二极管响应在功率增加时会随波长的变化而变化。 For instance, most laser diodes respond when the power increases with wavelength will change. 在磁-光盘系统中,功率增加的出现是激光器由低向高功率脉冲的时候,以便写入光盘,正如本领域公知的。 In the magneto - optical disk system, an increase of power occurs is a laser from low to high power pulses when to write to the optical disc, as is known in the art. 这种激光器功率的增加通常会在通用系统中产生1.5至3毫微米(nm)左右的波长移位。 This increase in laser power often produce 1.5 to 3 nanometers (nm) wavelength shift around in the general system. 较多的激光二极管还会随温度的变化而出现波长的变化。 Most laser diodes also respond to changes in wavelength with temperature changes occur. 另外,随机的“模式跳跃”会造成无法预料的波长变化,其变化通常在1-2毫微米的范围内。 Additionally, random "mode-hopping" can cause unpredictable wavelength changes, the change is generally in the range of 1-2 nm. 通常要将RF调制施加到在读出功率下工作的激光二极管上,用以减小系统上具有的“模式跳跃”的影响。 RF modulation is often applied to the upper to the lower read power of the laser diode, for "mode-hopping" effect on the reduction system having the. 然而,RF调制会增加光谱带宽,并能改变中心频率,另外,在激光器工作在写入功率下时,通常不使用RF调制。 However, RF modulation increases the spectral bandwidth and can change the center frequency. Moreover, the laser is operating at write power, the RF modulation is not generally used. 在非消色系统中,入射光波长的瞬时变化典型地会导致几百毫微米聚焦光点的横向光束移位,这种大小的横向光束移位将会造成数据信号的明显错误。 In a non-achromatic system, the instantaneous change in the wavelength of the incident light typically lead to several hundred nanometers of the focused spot lateral beam shift, lateral beam shift of this magnitude will result in significantly erroneous data signals.

使用多元件棱镜系统束校正色散在光学设计领域中是公知的。 Using multi-element prism systems to correct chromatic dispersion in the art of optical design is well known. 课文里讨论了这种方法,如Warren J.Smith著的,现代光学工程,McGraw-Hill出版,1966,75-77页。 This method is discussed in the text, such as Warren J.Smith, Modern Optical Engineering, McGraw-Hill Publishing, 1966,75-77 pages. 进一步地,一些光盘系统使用多元件合成棱镜系统,其系统是消色差的。 Furthermore, some optical disc systems use multi-element anamorphic prism systems which are achromatic system. 然而,现有代表性的多元件棱镜系统需要单独安装多个棱镜元件,安装多个元件增加了费用,并且增加了制造难度,因为每个元件必须仔细地相对于系统中的其它元件对准,校准上的小偏差都会造成功能上的明显变化,这也使质量控制变得复杂化了。 However, typical existing multi-element prism systems require a separate installation of multiple prism elements, install multiple components increases the cost and increase the difficulty of manufacturing because each element must be carefully aligned with respect to the other elements in the system alignment, Small deviations in alignment on the cause significant functional changes, which also makes quality control becomes complicated. 其它现有多元件棱镜系统就是将各元件安装成单一棱镜,但这些棱镜系统需要每种棱镜的棱镜材料是不同的,以便使系统成为消色差的。 Other existing multi-element prism systems have attached elements to form a unitary prism, but these prism systems require that the prism material of each prism be different in order for the system to be achromatic. 最后,消色差的现有系统不会为多检测系统提供返回光束的反射。 Finally, existing systems achromatic do not provide return beam reflections to multiple detection systems.

数据检索-转换(Transition)检测许多年以来,各种类型的可记录和/或可清除媒质已用于数据存储目的。 Data Retrieval - Transition (Transition) Detection For many years, various types of recordable and / or erasable media have been used for data storage purposes. 这种媒质可包括如在具有各种配置的系统中的磁带或盘。 Such media may include, for example systems having various configurations of the tape or disc.

磁光(“MO”)系统用于将数据记录在磁盘上并从磁盘上检索数据。 Magneto-optical ("MO") systems exist for recording data on and retrieving data from the disk. 在磁-光系统中记录的过程典型地包括使用磁场,在盘上确定普遍区域的极性,同时激光脉冲加热一局部区域,由此固定局部区域的极性。 In the magneto - optical recording process system typically involves use of a magnetic field, to determine the polarity of a generalized area on the disc while a laser pulse heats a localized area, thereby fixing the polarity of the localized area. 具有固定极性的局部区域通常称作凹坑。 The localized area with fixed polarity is commonly called a pit. 一些编码系统使用盘上凹坑的存在与否来分别地将记录的数据确定为“1”或“0”。 Some encoding systems use the disk to the presence or absence of a pit, respectively the recorded data as a "1" or "0."

当记录数据时,二进制输入数据序列可通过数字调制而变换为具有更期望特性的不同的二进制序列。 When recording data, a binary input data sequence may be converted by digital modulation and having more desirable properties for different binary sequences. 例如,调制器可将m数据位变换为具有n调制码位(或“数位”)的码字。 For example, the modulator can convert m data bits to code word with n modulation code bits (or "binits") of the. 在大多数情况下,码位要比数据位多,即m<n。 In most cases, the code bits than data bits, that is m <n.

特定记录系统的密度比通常按照公式(m/n)(d+1)来表示,其中m和n按上述确定,和d按在1之间出现零的最小数目来确定。 Density ratio of a given recording system is generally in accordance with the equation (m / n) (d + 1) is represented, where m and n the definitions provided above, and d the minimum number of zeros appear between one determined. 由此,按照上述公式,RLL 2/7/1/2码具有密度比为1.5,而GCR 0/3/8/9码具有密度比为0.89。 Thus, according to the above formula, RLL 2/7/1/2 code has a density ratio of 1.5, while the GCR 0/3/8/9 code has a density ratio of 0.89.

为了在MO系统中读数据,通常要将聚焦的激光束或其它光学器件直接对在旋转光盘的记录表面上,使得激光束可选择地在记录表面的多个轨迹中的一个上进行存取。 For reading data in an MO system, a focused laser beam or other optical device is typically directed at the recording surface of a rotating optical disc such that the laser beam can selectively access a plurality of tracks in a recording surface of an upper. 由记录表面所反射的激光束的转动可通过借助Kerr转动来检测。 Rotation of the laser beam reflected from the recorded surface may be detected by means of Kerr rotation. 例如,第一型式的Kerr转动变化表示为第一二进制值,第二型式的Kerr转动变化表示为第二二进制值,那么输出信号便从以特定时钟间隔产生的第一第和第二二进制值而产生。 For example, change in Kerr rotation of a first type represents a first binary value, change in Kerr rotation of a second type represents a second binary value, then the output signal begins at specified clock intervals of the first section and the second generation of two binary values occurring.

虽然不断地需要光盘系统能够存储日益增大的数据密度,但是获得高数据存储密度的能力已遇到了某些限制。 While the continual demand for disc systems capable of storing increasingly higher data densities, the ability to achieve high data storage densities has met with several limitations. 一般情况下,对于数据密度合理的上限是部分地决定于可靠性要求,激光二极管的光波长,光调制质量,硬件成本和操作速度。 In general, the upper limit for data density is reasonably determined in part by reliability requirements, the optical wavelength of laser diodes, light modulation quality, hardware cost, and operating speed. 最大的数据密度也还会受到抑制各种形式的噪声、干优和失真能力的影响。 Maximum data densities are also affected by the ability to reject various forms of noise, interference, and distortion capacity. 例如,装的数据的密度越大,符号间干扰越大会阻碍数据的准确恢复。 For example, the density of that data is packed, the more intersymbol interference will prevent accurate recovery of data. 另外,由于许多过渡的高性能光盘驱动技术已经受到的向老机型兼容的限制,因而信号处理技术不会象其所可能具有的那样迅速提高。 In addition, because many intermediate and high performance optical disk drives has to restrictions by the old models compatible, signal processing techniques as they might not have as rapidly.

当试图恢复所存储的数据时,现有的磁-光读出通道和其它类型的盘驱动装置通常会遇到许多问题,这是由于在读出信号中DC成分无意识的出现。 When attempting to recover stored data, existing magneto - optical read channel and other types of disc drives commonly suffer from a number of problems, which is due to the DC component of the read signal appears unconscious. DC出现的一个原因是由于在许多字节或数据段上记录非对称数据模式的结果。 A cause of DC buildup is the result of unsymmetrical data patterns recorded on a number of bytes or data segments. 可将对称数据模式著作是在感兴趣区域上平均DC成分为零的模式。 A symmetrical data pattern may be in the region of interest is the average DC component of zero mode. 然而,由于记录位的一些序列在许多调制码中实质上是随机的,所以具有1的和0的特殊模式的记录数据的局部区域将会产生具有不要的DC成份的非对称读出信号。 However, since the sequences of recorded bits in many modulation codes, essentially random, localized area of particular patterns of 1 and 0 of the recorded data will produce an unsymmetrical read signal having unwanted DC components. 由于数据模式在时间上是变化的,所以DC出现的电平也将变化,致使DC基线漂移,阈值检测边缘降低,并增大了对噪声和其它干扰的敏感性。 Because the data patterns vary over time, the level of DC buildup will also vary, causing wander of the DC baseline, threshold detection margins, and greater susceptibility to noise and other interference.

由于作用于写入激光或存储媒质上的热效应而由凹坑尺寸的变化也会造成所不期望的DC出现。 Due to thermal effects acting on the writing laser or the storage medium by variance in pit size will cause undesired DC buildup. 例如,在写入激光进行加热时,光点尺寸的增加会致使凹坑变宽。 For example, when writing laser heats up, the spot size may increase leading to wider pits. 当读取记录凹坑时,凹坑尺寸的变化将会产生具有DC成份的非对称输入信号。 When reading recording pits, variations in pit size will cause an asymmetrical input signal having a DC component. 凹坑尺寸的变化不仅会产生不期望的DC,而且还会使数据的相对位置出现即时移位,从而减小了定时余量,并导致可能的读取错误。 Variation in pit size not only causes undesired DC, but also causes the relative position of the data to appear shifted in time, reducing the timing margin and leading to possible reading errors.

为了克服上述问题进行了各种尝试,例如,各种磁带驱动系统通常使用无DC码,如0/3/8/10码,另外简称为8/10码。 In order to overcome the above problems various attempts, for example, various tape drive systems commonly use a DC-free code such as a 0/3/8/10 code, otherwise referred to simply as an 8/10 code. 由于8/10码需要10个存储位以产生8个数据位,然而,在试图记录高密度数据时它只有80%是有效的,这是一个缺点。 Because 8/10 code requires 10 stored bits to yield 8 data bits, however, when attempting to record high density data it is only 80% effective, which is a drawback.

控制DC产生的另一种方法包括使用双微分。 Another method for controlling DC buildup involves the use of double differentiation. 这种方法典型地包括通过检测输入信号第二导数的零交叉而检测输入信号第一导数的峰值。 This method typically comprises the input signal by detecting zero-crossing of the second derivative of the input signal and detecting the peak first derivative. 由此可有效地滤掉DC成份。 Whereby the DC component can be effectively filtered. 这种方法的一个缺点在于微分或双微分会造成不期望的噪声效果。 A disadvantage of this method is that differentiation or double differentiation can cause undesirable noise effects. 第二个缺点在于,该方法可能会将定时余量减小到难以接受的低电平(如,多达50%)。 A second drawback is that the method may decrease the timing margin to unacceptably low level (e.g., up to 50%).

在用以寻求DC出现的另一种方法中,待存储的数据在记录以前被随机化,使得数据模式不会在数据段上重复。 Another way to look for the DC appears to be stored in the record before the data is randomized, so that the data patterns repeat in the data segment. 然而,这种方法不会被ISO标准所接受,并且可能会缺乏对以前光盘驱动系统的向下兼容性。 However, this approach will not be acceptable by ISO standards and may lack downward previous disc drive systems compatibility. 这种方法的进一步缺点是,使数据标准化会是很复杂的。 Further disadvantage of this method is that the data may be very complex.

用以控制DC出现的还有一种方法包括在数据段之间使用所谓的再同步字节。 For DC appears there is a way in between data segments comprising a so-called resync bytes control. 这种方法通常包括在将数据记录之前要对其进行检查和处理,以便为了减小在重放时DC的出现。 This method generally involves prior to recording data to be checked and processed in order to minimize DC buildup upon readback. 在记录之前,要检查两个相邻的数据段,以确定1的和0的模式在重放时产生正DC,负DC还是无DC成份。 Before recording, two consecutive data to check segment, to determine 1 and 0 of the mode at the time of reproducing a positive DC, negative DC, or no DC components. 例如,如果两个相邻数据段具有相同DC极性,那么要将数据段中之一在记录到媒质以前进行反向。 For example, if two consecutive data segments have the same DC polarity, to one data segment recorded on the medium before the reverse. 然而,为了保持在特定编码系统的限制内,就必须写入数据段之间的再同步字节,使得邻接位和磁通反向的模式是适当的。 However, in order to stay within the constraints of the particular encoding system, it is necessary to write a resync byte between the segments, such that contiguous bits and of flux reversals is proper. 这种方法的缺点在于,它将不必要地减少了所有DC形成,并且必须确定时间常数使得可预计的DC形成将不会影响性能。 The disadvantage of this method is that it will not necessarily reduce all DC buildup, and time constants must be determined such that the predictable DC buildup will not affect performance. 另外,该方法需要附加开销,它包括数据段的检查的确定它们的相对极性。 Further, the method requires additional overhead including the examination of data segments to determine their relative polarity.

因此,人们需要一种方法和装置用以从媒质上读取所存储的数据,而不会受到所不期望的DC形成的影响,不会产生不能接受的噪声电平或明显降低的定时格量,不会需要大量开销或去随机化算法,并同时提供高数据存储效率。 Therefore, a need exists for a method and apparatus for reading timing margins stored data from a medium without suffering the undesirable effects of DC buildup, without creating unacceptable levels of noise or significantly reduced does not need a lot of overhead or de-randomizing algorithms, and while providing high data storage efficiency. 数据存储和数据检索的其它方面。 Other aspects of data storage and data retrieval.

现在可以得到用作数据存储媒质的可记录/可清除光盘。 Can now be obtained as a data storage medium recordable / clear disc. 磁-光记录是通常用的技术,它用来将数据存储在光盘上和/或由光盘检索数据。 Magneto - optical recording is the technique commonly, it is used to and / or retrieve data from the optical disk data stored on the disc. 在记录过程中,磁场确定了光盘上普通区域的极性方向,同时激光脉冲加热一局部区域,由此固定了较小区域的极性,具有固定极性的局部区域通常称为凹坑。 During recording, a magnetic field orients the polarity of a generalized area on the disc, while a laser pulse heats a localized area, thereby fixing the polarity of the smaller area, localized area with fixed polarity is commonly called a pit. 一些编码系统使用光盘上凹坑的存在与否来确定记录的数据分别为“1”或“0”。 Some encoding systems use the existence or absence of a pit on the disc to define the recorded data as a "1" or "0." 对于这种凹坑型记录来说,最常用的编码系统是行程长度受限(RLL)2.7码,因为它给出了最高的数据-凹坑比。 For this pit-type recording is the most commonly used encoding system is run length limited (RLL) 2.7 code because it gives the highest data - pit ratio. 然而,这种记录型式不会导致较高密度,因为幅度和定时裕量会随着频率的增加而很快地降低。 However, this type of recording, does not lead to higher density because amplitude and timing margins will increase rapidly as the frequency decreases.

这里公开了一种数字伺服超前/滞后补偿电路,适用于伺服机构。 Disclosed herein is a digital servo lead / lag compensation circuit for servo mechanism. 补偿电路具有对相位的极小影响,并且具有在数字取样频率一半的频率下的陷波滤波器。 Compensation circuit has a minimal impact on phase, and having a frequency at half the sampling frequency of the digital notch filter. 补偿电路使用单个超前,复合滞后。 Compensation circuit uses a single lead, complex lag. 被偿电路以及数字取样频率的数值可以进行选择,使得补偿电路具有在伺服机构机械共振频率下的滤波器陷波频率。 Compensation circuit, and the digital sampling frequency values, can be chosen such that the compensation circuit has a mechanical resonance frequency of the servo mechanism at a filter notch frequency.

特别是,按照本发明的光盘驱动系统包括光学组件,能够通过光学组件传送光的光源,用通过在光学组件和各信息存储媒质之间的光源来控制光的物镜分组件,设置在物镜组件中的物镜,悬挂有物镜分组件以使其与致动器组件相对运动的致动器组件,用以在相对于致动器组件的跟踪方向上使物镜分组件移动的第一伺服电机,用以在相对于致动器组件的聚焦方向上使物镜分组件移动的第二伺服电机,用以在相对于各媒质上跟踪方向上移动致动器组件的第三伺服电机,用以控制第一、第二和第三伺服电机的第一电子装置,用以使各媒质相对于物镜分组件移动的电机,用以支撑各媒质具有毂组件的电机,设置在由各媒质返回光路径上的光检测器,响应于光检测器输出信号用以对由各媒质返回光中携带的信息进行解码的第二电子装置,用以能使光源在第一强度电平下发射光以对各媒质上的信息进行编码并在第二强度电平下读出所编码的信息的第三电子装置,用以接收可存储在各媒质上的数据的数据接收装置,用以再现以预定格式存储的数据的响应于数据接收装置的数据编码装置,还有用以将数据导向第三电子装置的数据编码装置,用以在各媒质的一部分上产生磁场并用以与第三电子装置和光源协同作用以在各媒质上进行写入和清除的磁场发生器,盘盒装载组件用以可移动地将各媒质定位在电机毂组件上,与第一电子装置相连接并设置在由各媒质光返回路径上用以检测随物镜相对于各媒质位置变化的返回光特性的伺服错误检测装置,和用以将光学驱动系统的各部分相互定位的壳体结构。 In particular, the optical drive system of the present invention includes an optical assembly, capable of transmitting light through optical assembly light source between the optical assembly by using respective information storage medium and the light source to control the light of the objective lens subassembly, disposed in the objective lens assembly of the objective lens, which suspends the objective lens subassembly so the actuator assembly of the actuator assembly relative motion, with respect to the objective lens subassembly in a tracking direction of the actuator assembly of a first servomotor for with respect to the objective lens subassembly in a focusing direction to move the actuator assembly, a second servomotor for moving the actuator relative to the assembly on the respective medium on the tracking direction of the third servo motor, for controlling the first, The first electronic apparatus of the second and third servo motor for moving the respective medium relative to the objective lens subassembly of the motor to the motor having a hub assembly supporting the respective medium, and provided in the return light path from the respective medium on the photodetection , responsive to the photodetector output signals for the second electronic device the light returning from the respective medium for decoding information carried in, to make the light source emit light to the information on the respective medium on the first intensity level coded and read in a second intensity level of the encoded information of the third electronic means, data receiving means for receiving storable on the respective medium data, for reproducing data stored in a predetermined format in response to data encoding means data receiving device, as well as for directing data to the third electronic means data encoding means for generating a magnetic field on a portion of the respective medium and for the third electronic device and the light source on the synergy for the respective medium write and erase magnetic field generator, a cartridge loading assembly for removably positioning the respective medium on the hub assembly of motor, is connected to the first electronic means and disposed in the path of light returning from the respective medium for detecting the objective lens with Returns the respective medium relative to the position change of the optical characteristics of the servo error detection means, and for components of the optical drive system housing structure of mutual positioning. 各媒质可以是具有许多数据段的盘的形式。 The respective medium may be in the form of a plurality of data segments having a disc.

按照本发明一个实施例的光学驱动系统的第一强度电平包括第一写入强度电平,第二写入功率电平和第三写入功率电平。 The first intensity level of the optical drive system according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises a first write intensity level, a second write power level, and a third write power level. 根据本发明的另一实施例,第三电子装置包括用以在读出电平下驱动光源的前置放大器。 According to another embodiment of the present invention, the third electronic means includes a read level of the preamplifier driving the light source. 按照本发明的光学系统的其它实施例包括用以吸收机械能的机械隔离体,机械隔离体具有用以接收极块组件使其一同运动的装置和用以使接触到相对于隔离体运动的结构就紧急停止的装置。 According to other embodiments of the optical system of the present invention includes means for absorbing mechanical energy of a mechanical isolator, the mechanical isolator having a means for receiving a pole piece assembly for motion therewith and means for moving the contact body movement relative to the structure on the spacer emergency stop devices. 根据本发明机械隔离体的一个实施例就是装有靴(shoe),其内带有波保护在壳体结构内的一部分结构,或装有接触到相对于隔离体运动的物体的紧急停止的装置。 According to one embodiment of the mechanical isolator of the present invention is provided with the shoe (shoe), carrying therein a portion of a structure protected within the housing structure, or provided with access to the object with respect to the movement of the separator emergency stop means . 或这样的一个靴和紧急停止装置二者。 Or such a shoe and emergency stop devices both. 按照本发明的靴可包括在其上所具有的压缩肋用以吸收作用在靴上的压缩力。 The shoe according to the present invention may include a compression rib compression force upon the shoe for absorbing effect thereon has.

本发明的光学驱动系统可替换地装备有机械隔离体,它具有第一装置用以减缓所不期望的机械力作用在可移盘驱动部件上,和第二装置用以支撑在驱动部分与所不需要的机械力源之间的第一装置,由此提供驱动部件的机械隔离。 The optical drive system of the present invention may alternatively be provided with a mechanical isolator having a first means for mitigating the effects of mechanical forces undesirable upon a movable disc drive component, and a second means for supporting the driving portion and the first means between the source of undesired mechanical forces thereby providing mechanical isolation of the drive member. 在该实施例中,第一装置是一减震缓冲器,它可装有至少一个压缩肋,和第二装置包括一壳体,它适于装配到极块组件的端部。 In this embodiment, the first means is a shock absorbing bumper and may be provided with at least one compression rib, and second means includes a housing which is adapted to fit to an end portion of a pole piece assembly. 第一装置最好是由显示出极小蠕变的材料组成,并且可以选自硅橡胶,聚氨酯和注模塑料。 The first means is preferably comprised exhibits minimum creep of material, and may be selected from silicon rubber, polyurethane and injection molded plastics. 第一装置还装有紧急停止形式的减震和机械隔离,它适于防止可移动托架撞击固态表面。 The first means is also provided with an emergency stop in the form of shock absorption and mechanical isolation, which is adapted to prevent a moveable carriage from impacting a solid surface. 热膨胀也要适应本发明的这方面应用。 Thermal expansion is also accommodated in practicing this aspect of the invention.

按照本发明光学驱动系统实施例中之一的另一方面,第三电子装置进一步包括Colpitts型振荡器,它具有增加了电阻的负载电路。 On the other hand, the third embodiment of the electronic device in one embodiment of the optical drive system according to the present invention further includes a Colpitts type oscillator having a load circuit with increased resistance. 负载电路最好包括一电感。 Load circuit may preferably include an inductance. 本实施例的振荡器具有增大的电源电压,由此便于增加RF调制幅度和减小振铃。 Oscillator of the present embodiment has an increased supply voltage, whereby increased RF modulation amplitude and decreased ringing. 第三电子装置还包括一晶体管,它具有发射极,基极和集电极;一个电压源和一负载电阻,它串联连接在集电极和电源之间,使得在写入脉冲提供给振荡器时,减轻了振荡器振铃。 Third electronic means further includes a transistor having an emitter, base and collector; a voltage source and a load resistor, which are connected in series between the collector and the voltage supply so that when write pulses are supplied to the oscillator, reducing the oscillator ringing. 负载电感最好是与负载电阻串联,同时将写入脉冲提供到负载电阻与负载电感之间的接点上。 Load inductance is preferably connected in series with the load resistance while the write pulses are supplied to the junction between the load resistance and the load inductance. 第三电子装置的一个实施例就是具有分裂电容槽路,它跨过晶体管的发射极和集电极而连接在集电极和地之间。 An embodiment of the third electronic means is provided with a split capacitor tank, across the emitter and collector of the transistor being connected between the collector and ground. 和本发明的该实施例一同使用的光源是一激光器,同时第三电子装置进一步包括一开关用以将电流传到激光器上,和数字逻辑装置用开关进行电源转换以驱动激光器,使得只在激光器通电时才消耗电力,并且获得了升降转换性能的提高。 The light source and the embodiment of the present invention is used together with a laser while the third electronic means further includes a switch for passing the electrical current to the laser, and digital logic means for power switching the switch to drive the laser, so that only the laser energized when power consumption, and won the lift conversion performance improvement.

在特定的实际应用中,第一电子装置和伺服误差检测装置进一步包括一模拟到数字转换器,它具有参考电压输入端,时钟输入端,模拟输入端,和数字输出端一信息检测装置,它具有多路检测输出端,基于所检测的信息控制第一、第二和第三伺服电机;一信号加法电路,它具有与模拟-数字转换器的参考电压,输入相连的和信号输出,并具有与检测装置的多路检测输出相连的多路输入;一伺服误差信号电路,它具有伺服误差信号输出和多路输入,其中多路输入与检测装置的多路检测输出相连,伺服错误信号输出是多路输入和一部分和信号输出的组合,伺服信号输出与模拟-数字转换器的模拟输入相连用以转换;一取样时钟,与时钟输入相连,用以控制转换器将伺服错误信号转成数字信号,它规范化为和信号输出;和一处理电路,它具有一输入端,连接于模拟-数字转换器的数字输出端和一输出端,用以控制伺服电机。 In certain practical applications, the first electronic means and the servo error detection means further comprises an analog to digital converter having a reference voltage input, a clock input, an analog input and a digital output terminal information detection means having a detection output of the multiplexer, the detected information controlling the first, second, and third servomotors based; a signal summing circuit having analog - digital converter reference voltage, connected to the input and output signals, and having Multiple detection output of the multiplexer is connected to an input detecting means; a servo error signal circuit having a servo error signal output and multiple inputs, wherein the multiple input detection output of the multiplexer is connected to the detection means, the servo error signal output is combination of multiple inputs and a portion of the signal output, the servo signal output and an analog - digital converter for converting an analog input connected; a sampling clock connected to the clock input for controlling the converter to the servo error signal into a digital signal It normalized to sum signal output; and a processing circuit having an input connected to the analog - digital converter digital output terminal and an output terminal for controlling the servo motor.

在可替换的优选实施例中,第一电子装置和伺服误差检测装置包括一模拟-数字转换器,它具有参考电压输入端,时钟输入端,模拟输入端和数字输出端;一开关,它包括第一和第二输入端,一输出端一控制输入端,用以交替地将第一第二输入端与输出端相连,将其输出提供给参考电压输入端;一信息检测装置,它具有多路检测输出,用以基于所检测的信息控制第一,第二和第三伺服电机;一信号加法电路,它具有和信号输出,它连接于开关的第一输入,并具有多路输入,连接到检测装置的多路检测输出端;一直流电压基准,连接于开关的第二输入端;一控制时钟,连接于开关的控制输入端,用以在预定速率下启动开关,由此,在参考电压输入端上复合和信号和直流电压基准;伺服误差信号电路,它具有伺服误差信号输出和多路输入,其中多路输入连接于检测装置的多路检测输出端,伺服误差信号输出是多路输入与一部分和信号输出的组合,并且伺服信号输出连接于模拟-数字转换器的模拟输入端用以转换;一取样时钟,连接于时钟输入端以控制转换器在开关的第一输入端与输出端相连时将伺服误差信号转换为数字信号,它被规范成和信号输出;和一处理电路,它具有与模拟-数字转换器的数字输出端相连的输入端和输出端用以控制伺服电机。 In an alternative preferred embodiment, the first electronic means and the servo error detection means comprises an analog - digital converter having a reference voltage input, a clock input, an analog input and a digital output terminal; a switch, comprising a first and a second input terminal, an output terminal of a control input for alternately connecting the first and second input terminal and the output terminal, its output is supplied to the reference voltage input terminal; an information detection device having multiple Road detection output, the control information for the detected first, second, and third servomotors based; a signal summing circuit having a sum signal output, which is connected to a first input of the switch and having multiple inputs connected a multiplex detection output of the detector means; DC voltage reference connected to the second input of the switch; and a control clock connected to the control input of the switch, the switch to start at a predetermined rate, whereby, in reference the voltage input terminal and the composite signal and the DC voltage reference; servo error signal circuit having a servo error signal output and multiple inputs, wherein the multiple inputs connected to the detecting means detecting the output of the multiplexer, the output of the servo error signal is multiplexed combination with a portion of the input and output signals, and the servo signal output is connected to the analog - digital converter for converting an analog input terminal; a sampling clock connected to the clock input of the converter to control the first input terminal and an output switch When the terminal is connected to the servo error signal to a digital signal, which is a specification and a signal output; and a processing circuit having analog - input terminal and the output terminal of the digital-digital converter connected to the output for controlling the servo motor. 按照本发明的该实施例的一个方面,转换器进一步包括多路模拟输入和选择输入,用以选择模拟输入中的一个进行转换。 According to one aspect of this embodiment of the present invention, the converter further includes multiple analog inputs and a selection input for selecting one of the analog inputs for conversion. 最好是,控制时钟的速率基本上等于取样时钟速率,并且转换器的模拟输入连同控制时钟一起选择,使得可选择伺服误差信号在每次另外取样时钟周期时进行转换并规范为和信号。 Preferably, the control of the clock rate is substantially equal to the sampling clock rate, and an analog input, together control the clock selection together so choose servo error signal at each another conversion and specification and signal sampling clock cycle.

在靴上最好装有压缩肋,用以吸收作用于其上的压缩力,并且振荡器具有增大的电源电压,由此便于增大RF调制幅度并减小振铃。 In the compression rib is preferably provided on the shoe for absorbing compression forces acting thereon, and the oscillator has an increased supply voltage, whereby increased RF modulation amplitude and decreased ringing.

在按照本发明的光学驱动系统另一实施例中,系统包括光学组件,能够将光传送过光学组件的光源,物镜分组件用以导引来自光学组件与各信息存储媒质之间的光源的光,设置在物镜分组件中的物镜,设置在由各媒质返回光路径上用以测量由各媒质所接受总光量的光检测装置,悬挂物镜分组件使其与致动器组件做相对运动的致动器组件,用以监视回路和信号的装置,第一伺服电机用以使物镜分组件在相对于致动器组件的跟踪方向上移动并用以在聚焦俘获时使物镜移动到第一位置,用以使物镜离开第一位置移动到待读出的各媒质同时搜索最大的回路和信号,和用以使物镜由各媒质再返回,第二伺服电机用以使物镜分组件在聚焦方向上相对于致动器组件-运动,一个第三伺服电机用以使致动器组件在跟踪方向上相对于各媒质移动,第一电子装置用以控制第一、第二和第三伺服电机,一电机用以使各媒质相对于物镜分组件移动,电机具有一表面用以支撑各媒质,响应于光检测装置输出信号的第二电子装置用以将载于由各媒质返回光中的信息解码,第三电子装置用以使光源能够在第一强度下发射光以将各媒质上的信息编码,并在第二强度下发射光以将其上所编码的信息读出,数据接收装置用以接收可存储在各媒质上的数据,响应于数据接收装置的数据编码装置用于以预定格式再现所储的数据,还数据编码装置用以将数据传给第三电子装置,写入装置与第三电子装置一起用以将信息写在各媒质上,盘盒装载组件用以可移动地将各媒质定位在电机表面上,伺服误差检测装置连接于第一电子装置并设置在由各媒质返回的光路上,用以确定何时总光量超过所测峰值的一半,用以搜索在Quad Sum信号超过一半峰值幅度时确定的第一零交叉,并用以在Quad Sum信号超过一半峰值幅度时指示给第一电子装置以通过第二伺服电机来操作聚焦的完成,和一壳体结构用以使光学驱动系统的各部件相互定位。 In the optical drive system according to another embodiment of the present invention, the system includes an optical assembly, capable of transmitting light through the light source, an objective lens subassembly for directing the optical assembly of the light source from the optical assembly and a respective information storage medium between the light , the objective lens disposed in the objective lens subassembly in, disposed on the respective medium return light path from the respective medium for measuring total light accepted by the light detecting means, it suspends the objective lens subassembly and the actuator assembly relative motion induced actuator assembly, means for monitoring a Quad Sum signal, a first servomotor for moving the objective lens subassembly in a tracking direction relative to the actuator assembly and for moving, during focus capture, the objective lens is moved to the first position, with so that the objective lens away from the first position towards the respective medium being read while searching for a maximum Quad Sum signal, and for moving the lens to return the respective medium, a second servomotor for moving the objective lens subassembly in a focusing direction relative actuator assembly - movement, a third servomotor for moving the actuator assembly in the tracking direction relative the respective medium, first electronic means for controlling the first, second, and third servomotors, a motor with In moving the respective medium relative to the objective lens subassembly, the motor having a surface for supporting the respective medium, an optical detecting means in response to the output signal for the second electronic device is contained in the light returning from the respective medium decoding information, the third electronic means for enabling the light source to emit light to encode information on the respective medium at a first intensity and the intensity of light emission at the second to the encoded information thereon is read out, the data receiving means for receiving storable data on the respective medium, in response to the data receiving apparatus in a data encoding apparatus for reproducing a predetermined format of the stored data, data encoding means also for directing data to the third electronic means, write means and the third electronic means for writing information on the respective medium, a cartridge loading assembly for removably positioning the respective medium on the surface of the motor, servo error detecting means coupled to the first electronic means and disposed on the optical path to return the respective medium, for determining when the total light exceeds half the peak value measured, for searching for determining when the Quad Sum signal exceeds one-half peak amplitude of the first zero crossing, and for when the Quad Sum signal exceeds one-half peak amplitude indicating to the first electronic device by the second servomotor close of focus, and a housing structure for positioning components of the optical drive system with respect to one another. 在本发明该方面的一优选实施例中,数字逻辑装置包括CMOS缓冲器,它连接在电接地与满电源电压之间,和开关包括旁路晶体管。 In this aspect of the present invention a preferred embodiment, the digital logic means includes CMOS buffers that are connected between electrical ground and full supply voltage, and the switch includes pass transistors. 在使用盘媒质的实施例中,提供一放大器,用以评估区段中特定之一,以确定特定区段是否是空白的,还提供一种装置用以防止放大器在最大增益下操作,同时评估特定区段。 In the embodiment employing the disc medium, there is provided an amplifier for one of the specific evaluation zone, in order to determine whether the particular sector is blank and also provided a means for inhibiting the amplifier from operating at maximum gain, while assessing specific segments. 实际上,用以阻止放大器的装置可包括一微处理机,用以设置放大器的AGC电平。 In fact, for inhibiting the amplifier means may include a microprocessor for setting an AGC level for the amplifier.

在本发明的该实施例中,第一电子装置和伺服误差检测装置可以按上述完成。 In this embodiment of the invention, the first electronic means and the servo error detection means may be implemented as described above. 在一实施例中,按照本发明的光学驱动系统可包括一偏置线圈装置用于磁动发生器。 In one embodiment, the optical drive system according to the present invention may include a bias coil apparatus for a magneto motive generator. 该偏置线圈装置将包括一绕组;一具有本体部分的返回轭和一末端其中绕组绕于本体部分上,具有凸缘的末端伸出本体叠加在绕组表面上;在绕组上设置有第一板,并且有与第一板基本垂直伸出的第一凸缘;和设置在绕组上的第二板,它在具有第一板和返回轭的磁路上,由此在绕组接通电源时第一凸缘会辐射出由装置产生的热能。 This bias coil apparatus would include a winding; a return yoke having a body portion and a tip, wherein the winding is wound about the body portion, having a terminal flange projecting body portion to overlap a surface of the winding; winding disposed on a first plate , and having a first flange extending substantially perpendicular to the first plate; and a second winding disposed on the plate, it has a first plate and the return yoke of the magnetic circuit, whereby when the power is turned on the first winding flange radiates heat generated by the device.

在使用本发明这一方面的实施例中,返回轭在绕组表面上伸出,第一板具有孔隙,允许返回轭由其伸出,并具至少第一板或第二板中的一个包括多个侧凸缘。 In the embodiments employing this aspect of the invention, the return yoke projects above the surface of the winding, the first plate has an aperture that admits the projecting return yoke therethrough, and having at least a first plate or the second plate comprises a multi- side flanges. 最好是,侧凸缘是弄成黑的以增加其热辐射。 Preferably, the side flanges are blackened to increase its thermal radiation.

可替换地,按照本发明光学驱动系统的不同实施例可包括偏置磁场发生装置用以将磁砀引过空间区域。 Alternatively, the different embodiments of the present invention is an optical drive system may include a magnetic bias field generating apparatus for directing a magnetic field through a region of space. 该偏置磁场发生装置类似地将包括一绕组用以承载电流;一具有本体的返回轭和一末端,其中绕组绕在本体上,并且末端具有凸缘,它伸出本体外以叠在绕组表面;在绕组上设置有第一板,它具有多个由绕组伸出的垂直指,其中垂直指辐射热能;设置在绕组下的第二板;磁通量与第一板交流的第一极块;磁通量与第二极板交流的第二极块,第二极块的第一端部通过经受磁场的空间区域与第一极块的第一端部相对。 This magnetic bias field generating apparatus would similarly include a winding for carrying an electrical current; a return yoke having a body and a tip, wherein the winding is wound on the body, and the tip has a flange that extends in the winding of the body portion to overlap a surface ; the winding is provided with a first plate having a plurality of fingers extending from the vertical winding, wherein the vertical heat radiation means; a first pole piece and the flux exchange of the first plate;; disposed under the second plate in the winding magnetic flux and the second plate of the second pole pieces exchange, a first end of the second pole piece is subjected to a magnetic field through a spatial region with a first end portion opposite the first pole piece. 为了将本发明这一方面用于实施例,第一和第二板分别连接于第一极块和第二极块的第二端部,由此,使绕组,返回轭,第一板和第二板远离主空间区域。 For this aspect of the present invention is used in the embodiment, the first and second plates respectively connected to the second end of the first pole piece and the second pole piece respectively, whereby the winding, the return yoke, the first plate and two plates away from the main space area. 最好是,返回轭由绕组表面上伸出,第一板具有孔隙,其允许伸出的返回轭通过,并且第一板包括许多侧凸缘。 Preferably, the return yoke projects above the surface of the winding, the first plate has an aperture that admits the projecting return yoke therethrough, and the first plate includes a plurality of side flanges. 第一板的侧凸缘最好与第二板的侧凸缘对准。 Side flanges of the first plate are preferably align with the side flanges of the second plate. 按照一特殊实施方式,返回轭包括一细长杆,并且末端包括与杆的第一端相连接的第一端凸缘,以及与杆的第二端相连的第二端凸缘。 According to one specific implementation, the return yoke includes an elongated bar, and the tip comprises a second end connected to the second end flange of the first end flange and the first end of the connecting rod, and the rod.

本发明的其它目的,优点和特征将通过下列描述和附图而使本技术领域的专业人员进一步地清楚理解。 Other objects, advantages and features of the present invention will be leaving the skilled in the art by the following description and accompanying drawings further clearly understood. 附图的简要说明图1是体现本发明的光盘驱动装置的立体图;图2是图1除去了驱动装置壳体的光盘驱动装置的顶视图;图3是以图1箭头3-3方向所截的图1光盘驱动装置的截面图;图4A是图1光盘驱动装置的光学组件的顶视图;图4B是图1光盘驱动装置光路图;图5是图1光盘驱动装置的电子装置系统方框图;图6是具有待插入盘盒光盘驱动装置的另一立体图;图7是图6光盘驱动装置的分解立体图,它描绘其主要分组件;图8A和8B是图7所描绘基板的立体图; BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 is a perspective view of the optical disc drive device embodied according to the present invention; Figure 2 is a top view of FIG. 1 removed of the optical disc drive device driving apparatus casing; FIG. 3 is a 3-3 cross-sectional direction in Fig. 1 by arrows sectional view of FIG 1 the optical disc drive apparatus; FIG. 4A is a top view of the optical assembly of Figure 1 the optical disk drive apparatus; FIG. 4B is a diagram of an optical disk driving device for an optical path; Figure 5 is an electronic device system of FIG 1 the optical disc drive device block diagram; Figure 6 is a perspective view of another cartridge to be inserted into the disk drive apparatus of the optical disk; FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view of the optical disk drive apparatus in Fig. 6, which depicts the main sub-assembly; Figs. 8A and 8B is a perspective view of the substrate depicted in FIG. 7;

图9是图6驱动装置的顶视图,它去掉了一些部件用以更好地表示舵杆,舵杆驱动齿轮,驱动这些齿轮的电机,和这些部件之间的操作关系;图10A-10F是舵杆的正视图和立体图;图11A-11C包括左滑动件的正视图和立体图;图12A-12E是右滑动件的正视图和立体图;图13是处于两个位置上的停置臂的顶视平面图,其以平面形式示出,表示出使托架在驱动装置后面停置的动作,而驱动装置处于静止;图13A是图1光盘驱动装置的透视图,它特别示出了细致动器组件托架,它支撑用于将激光光束聚焦在光盘的数据轨道上的光学装置;图14A-14C包括停置臂的正视图和立体图;图15A和15B是盘盒接收器的立体图;图16A和16B是正视图,它是在盘盒插入过程中,去掉了一些部件的图6驱动装置图,用来更好地表示在右门链上的解扣耳,锁闩,和这些部件之间的操作关系;图17A和17B是锁闩的立体图,它保持盘盒接收器在向上位置;图18是偏置线圈组件夹紧装置的立体图;图19是偏置线圈组件的立体图;图20是组成偏置线圈组件的主要部件分解图;图21是可转动地支撑偏置线圈组件的枢轴杆或轨的立体图;图22是偏置线圈组件的立体图,可将偏置线圈组件安装于其上,并顺序地安装到图21所描绘的枢轴杆上;图23是恰在盘盒排出操作起始以前盘盒接收器与盘盒的右侧正视图,它描绘出光盘安装于主轴上的操作位置上;图24是在盘盒排出操作过程中盘盒接收器与盘盒的右侧正视图,它描绘出盘盒已解扣并且光盘已脱离主轴;图25是在盘盒排出过程中盘盒接收器与盘盒的右侧正视图,它描绘出盘盒装载系统处于朝上位置,并且光盘开始由盘驱动装置中排出;图26是按照本发明的致动器示意透视图;图27是图26致动器的透镜保持架的透视图;图28是在磁场壳体内与记录系统一同使用的图26致动器的透视图;图29是图28记录系统的顶视平面图; Figure 9 is a top view of the driving device 6, which removed some of the parts for a better representation of the tiller, the tiller drive gear, the drive motor of these gears, and the operative relationship between these components; Figure 10A-10F are tiller a front view and a perspective view; Fig. 11A-11C includes a front left slider view and a perspective view; Fig. 12A-12E is a front view and a perspective view of a right slider; Fig. 13 is in the parking arm two positions on the top plan view, which is shown in planar form, showing the carriage in the back of the parking operation of the drive means and the drive means is stationary; FIG. 13A is a perspective view of an optical disc drive apparatus, which is shown in particular detail the actuator assembly carriage which supports for the laser beam is focused on the data track of the optical disc apparatus; Fig. 14A-14C parking arm comprising a front view and a perspective view; Fig. 15A and 15B are perspective cartridge receiver; Figure 16A and 16B is a front view, which is in the process cartridge is inserted, removed some parts of the diagram in Figure 6 the drive for better represented on the right door trip chain ear, latch, and between these components operational relationship; FIG. 17A and 17B are a perspective view of the latch, it keeps the cartridge receiver in the up position; FIG. 18 is a bias coil assembly perspective view of the clamping device; FIG. 19 is a perspective view of a bias coil assembly; FIG. 20 is composed of The main parts of an exploded view of the bias coil assembly; FIG. 21 is rotatably supported by the bias coil assembly pivot rod or rail perspective view; FIG. 22 is a perspective view of the bias coil assembly, the bias coil assembly can be mounted thereon and sequentially mounted to the pivot bar depicted in Fig. 21; Fig. 23 is just in the cassette eject operation start before the cartridge receiver and the cartridge right side elevational view, depicting the disc mounted on the spindle operative position; FIG. 24 is in operation during the cassette eject the cartridge receiver and the cartridge right side elevational view, depicting the cartridge has been tripped and the disc is peeled from the spindle; FIG. 25 is in the cartridge during ejection of the the cartridge receiver and the cartridge right side elevational view, depicting the cartridge loading system in the up position, and is discharged from the beginning of the disc in the disc drive apparatus; FIG. 26 is an actuator according to the present invention is a schematic perspective view; Fig. 27 is a diagram of the actuator 26 a perspective view of a lens holding frame; Fig. 26 Fig. 28 is a perspective view of an actuator in the magnetic recording system used in conjunction with the housing; Figure 29 is a top plan view of FIG. 28 of the recording system;

图30是图28记录系统的右侧正视图;图31是图28记录系统的前正视图;图32是示意图,它表示由图26致动器磁铁对所产生的磁场;图33是图26致动器的聚焦线圈和永久磁铁的透视图;图34是沿图33的截线34-34所截取的图26致动器的聚焦线圈和永久磁铁的示意截面图,它表示作用于致动器上的聚焦力;图35是图26致动器跟踪线圈和永久磁铁的示意截面图,它表示作用于致动器上的跟踪力;图36是本发明光束聚焦检测装置优选实施例的方框图表示;图37是发明的光束分离部件(FTR棱镜)的差动形式的放大顶视截面图;图38是包含在发明聚焦检测装置中的第一和第二回路检测器的前视图;图39是一曲线图,它表示FTR棱镜的反射率随伺服光束入射角的变化;图40是由本发明装置优选实施例所产生的差动聚焦误差信号值随物镜相对于光盘位置的变化的曲线;图41示意地示出了具有代表性光的读出/写入系统,其中可以使用本发明的盘托架和致动器组件;图42是托架和致动器组件的透视图;图43是托架和致动器组件的部件分解图;图44是致动器的部件分解图;图45是示意顶视图,它表示作用于组件上的大粗调跟踪力;图46是侧视图,它进一步表示大粗调跟踪力;图47是部件分解图,它表示作用在致动器上的聚焦力;图48是部件分解图,它表示作用在致动器上的细调跟踪力;图49A是示意顶视图,它表示在水平面上大粗调跟踪力的对称;图49B是示意侧视图,它表示在竖直平面上大粗调跟踪力的对称;图50A是示意顶视图,它表示在水平面上细调跟踪力的对称;图50B是示意端视图,它表示净细调跟踪力与细调跟踪电机的质量中心对准; Figure 30 is a right side elevational recording system of Figure 28; Figure 31 Figure 28 is a front elevational view of the recording system; FIG. 32 is a schematic view, showing the actuator in Figure 26 generated by the magnetic field of the magnet; FIG. 33 is a diagram 26 induced a perspective view of the actuator focus coil and a permanent magnet; Figure 34 is taken along section line 33 of Figure 26, taken 34-34 a schematic sectional view of the actuator focus coil and a permanent magnet, which acts on the actuating represents on the focusing force; FIG. 35 is a diagram of the tracking actuator coil 26 and the permanent magnet of a schematic cross-sectional view showing the tracking forces acting on the actuator induced on; FIG. 36 is a block diagram of the beam focus sensing apparatus of the preferred embodiment of the present invention, represents; FIG. 37 is a beam splitting member invention (FTR prism) differential form an enlarged top cross-sectional view; FIG. 38 is a front view onto the focus detector comprising apparatus in the invention, first and second loop detector; FIG. 39 is a graph showing the reflectivity of the FTR prism with the angle of incidence changes of the servo beam; FIG. 40 is a change in position of the optical disc with the objective lens with respect to the curve of the differential value of the focus error signal generated in Example of the present invention by the apparatus of the preferred embodiment; FIG. 41 schematically illustrates a typical optical readout / write system in which the present invention may be used in the disc tray and the actuator assembly; FIG. 42 is a perspective view of a carriage and actuator assembly; FIG. 43 is carriage and actuator assembly exploded view; FIG. 44 is an exploded actuator; Figure 45 is a schematic top view showing the effect of coarse tracking forces in large assembly; Figure 46 is a side view, it further said large coarse tracking forces; FIG. 47 is an exploded view showing the actuator acting on the focusing force; FIG. 48 is an exploded view showing the actuator acting on the fine tracking forces; FIG. 49A is a schematic top view showing the horizontal surface of the large coarse tracking forces symmetrical; FIG. 49B is a schematic side view showing in a vertical plane large coarse tracking forces symmetrical; FIG. 50A is a schematic top view, showing in the horizontal plane of symmetry of fine tracking forces; FIG. 50B is a schematic end view, showing a net center of mass of the fine tracking forces and fine tracking motor alignment;

图51A是示意顶视图,它表示在水平面上细调跟踪反作用力的对称;图51B是示意端视图,它表示净细调跟踪反作用力与细调跟踪电机的质量中心对准;图52A是示意侧视图,它表示在水平面上聚焦力的对称;图52B是示意端视图,它表示净聚焦力与物镜的光轴对准;图53A是示意侧视图,它表示在水平面上聚焦反作用力的对称;图53B是示意端视图,它表示净聚焦反作用力与物镜光轴对准;图54是示意顶视图,它表示挠曲力和对应于挠曲力所产生的细调电机反作用力;图55A是示意侧视图,它表示在水平面上托架悬浮力的对称;图55B是示意端视图,它表示净托架悬浮力与物镜的光轴对准;图56A是示意顶视图,它表示在水平面上摩擦力的对称;图56B是示意侧视图,它表示摩擦力与托架的质量中心对准;图57是示意端视图,它表示作用在细调电机质量中心和托架质量中心上对应于垂直加速度的净惯性力;图58A是示意侧视图,它表示细调电机的净惯性力与物镜的光轴对准;图58B是示意侧视图,它表示托架的净惯性力与物镜的光轴对准;图59A是示意顶视图,它表示作用在用以水平加速的托架和致动器组件的部件上的惯性力;图59B是示意顶视图,它表示用于水平加速的净惯性力;图60A是示意端视图,它表示用于在挠曲臂共振频率以上加速的细调电机和托架的惯性力;图60B是示意端视图,它表示用于在挠曲臂共振频率以下加速的细调电机和托架的惯性力;图61A-61D曲线图,表示细调跟踪位置与细调电机电流之间的关系;图62A-62C表示作用在组件上非对称聚焦力的影响;图63表示托架和致动器组件的可替换实施例;图64表示致动器在聚焦方向上移动物镜保持器的操作;图65表示致动器在跟踪方向上移动物镜保持器的操作;图66描绘了一种简单的合成棱镜,并且表示出棱镜中的色散作用;图67表示现有的多元件合成棱镜系统; Figure 51A is a schematic top view showing the symmetry in the horizontal plane to the fine tracking reaction force; FIG. 51B is a schematic side view showing the center of mass of the net fine tracking reaction force with the alignment of the fine tracking motor; FIG. 52A is a schematic side view showing the symmetry of focus forces in the horizontal plane; Fig. 52B is a schematic end view, showing the net focus force with the optical axis of the objective lens; FIG. 53A is a schematic side view showing the symmetry of focus reaction forces in the horizontal plane ; FIG. 53B is a schematic end view, showing the net focus reaction forces aligned with the optical axis of the objective lens; FIG. 54 is a schematic top view showing the deflection force corresponding to the deflection force generated by the reaction force of the fine motor; FIG. 55A is a schematic side view showing in a horizontal plane of symmetry of the carriage suspension forces; FIG. 55B is a schematic end view, showing the net carriage suspension force with the optical axis of the objective lens; FIG. 56A is a schematic top view, showing in a horizontal plane the friction symmetry; FIG. 56B is a schematic side view showing the center of mass of the carriage friction alignment; FIG. 57 is a schematic side view showing the effect on the fine motor mass and carriage mass corresponding to The net inertial force vertical acceleration; Fig. 58A is a schematic side view showing the net inertial force and the optical axis of the objective lens of the fine motor alignment; FIG. 58B is a schematic side view showing the optical carriage and the objective lens of the net inertial force axis alignment; FIG. 59A is a schematic top view showing the member for acting on the horizontal acceleration of the carriage and actuator assembly of the inertial force; FIG. 59B is a schematic top view showing the horizontal acceleration for the net inertial force; FIG. 60A is a schematic side view showing the inertial force is used to fine-tune the flexure arm resonance frequency the acceleration of the motor and the carriage above; Figure 60B is a schematic end view, showing the flexure arm resonance frequency for the following acceleration of the fine motor and carriage inertial forces; Figure 61A-61D a graph showing the relationship between the fine tracking position between the fine motor current; Figure 62A-62C shows the effect of acting on the assembly of asymmetrical focus forces; Figure 63 shows the carriage and actuator assembly of the alternative embodiment; FIG. 64 shows the actuator moving the objective lens holder in the focusing direction of operation; FIG. 65 shows the actuator moving the objective lens holder in the tracking direction of operation; Figure 66 depicts a simple anamorphic prism and the prism shown in dispersion effect; Fig. 67 shows a conventional multi-element anamorphic prism system;

图68表示按照本发明的具有代表性的空气间隔的棱镜系统;图69和69A表示本发明的空气间隔多元件棱镜系统的一个实施例;图70、70A和70B分别表示图69所示棱镜系统实施例的平板棱镜的侧视、顶视和底视平面图;图71、71A和71B分别表示图69所示棱镜系统实施例的梯形棱镜的侧视,顶视和底视平面图;图72和72A分别表示图69所示棱镜系统实施例的色彩校正棱镜实施例的一光学表面的侧视图和平面图;图73表示本发明空气间隔多元件棱镜系统的可替换实施例;图74、74A和74B分别表示图73中所示可替换实施例的四边形棱镜的侧视,顶视和底视平面图;图75是一方框图,它表示光学数据存储和检索系统;图76是一系列采试样(Sample)波形;图77A和77B分别是对称和非对称输入信号的波形图;图78是读出通道的方框图;图79A是读出通道各级的详细方框图;图79B是部分积分器级的详细电路图;图80A-80E是读出通道各级的频率响应曲线图;图80F是对于读出通道中各级组合的组延迟曲线图;图80G(1)-80G(4)是波形图,它表示在读出通道中的各级上的信号波形;图81是峰值检测和跟踪电路的方框图;图82是图81峰值检测和跟踪电路的示意图;图83是波形图,它表示通过输入信号DC包线的阈值信号而跟踪;图84A-84D是曲线图,它表示在读出通道中各点上的典型波形;图85是方框图,它们表示光数据存储和检索系统;图86是一系列波形,它表示在脉冲GCR格式下的均匀激光脉冲,和在RLL2,7格式下的非均匀激光脉冲;图87是一系列波形,它表示通过写入补偿电路所调整的各种数据模式的激光脉冲;图88是示意图,它表示写入补偿电路; Figure 68 shows a representative prism system according to the present invention, an air gap; Figures 69 and 69A of the present invention showing the air gap of a multi-element prism system of the embodiment; FIG. 70,70A and 70B, respectively, the prism system 69 shown in FIG. a side plate prism embodiment example, the top view and a bottom plan view; Figure 71,71A and 71B, respectively, a side elevational view of the prism system embodiment of the trapezoidal prism, the top view and a bottom plan view of FIG. 69; FIG. 72 and 72A respectively side and plan views shown in FIG. 69 the color correcting prism of the prism system embodiment according to an embodiment of the optical surface; FIG. 73 shows the present invention an air gap of multi-element prism systems alternative embodiment; FIG. 74,74A and 74B, respectively, Figure 73 shows an alternative side view of the illustrated quadrilateral prism embodiment, a top and a bottom plan view; FIG. 75 is a block diagram showing an optical data storage and retrieval system; FIG. 76 is a series of collected sample (Sample) waveform; Figs. 77A and 77B are waveform diagrams symmetrical and asymmetrical input signal; FIG. 78 is a block diagram of a read channel; Figure 79A is a detailed block diagram of the read channel at all levels; FIG. 79B is a detailed circuit diagram of a partial integrator stage; Figure 80A-80E is read out at all levels of the channel frequency response curve; Figure 80F is read out for the combination of channel levels group delay profile; Figure 80G (1) -80G (4) is a waveform diagram which shows the read signal waveform levels passage; FIG. 81 is a block diagram of a peak detection and tracking circuit; FIG. 81 FIG. 82 is a schematic view of a peak detection and tracking circuit; FIG. 83 is a waveform diagram showing the input signal through the DC envelope threshold signal while tracking; FIG. 84A-84D are graphs showing exemplary waveforms at various points in the read channel; FIG. 85 is a block diagram which shows an optical data storage and retrieval system; FIG. 86 is a series of waveforms, it Under pulsed GCR format showing uniform laser pulses, and non-uniform laser pulses at RLL2,7 format; FIG. 87 is a series of waveforms showing laser pulse adjusted by the write compensation circuit of the various data patterns; FIG. 88 is a schematic diagram showing the write compensation circuit;

图89是一系列波形,它表示振幅不对称校正的激光脉冲;图90是示意图,它表示振幅不对称校正电路;图91是一方框图,它表示脉冲细化装置各元件的基本关系;图92是一系列波形,它表示通过动态阈值电路的阈值调整;图93是动态阈值电路的示意图;图94是包含有向下兼容性的光数据存储和检索系统的方框图;图95是高密度光盘轨迹布局图;图96是高密度光盘区段格式图;图97是更为详细的方框图,它表示图94的读出/写入电路图;图98是一绘制的表,它表示出在高密度光盘的优选格式中21个区域的每个,区域内的一些轨迹,区域内每个轨迹的区体段数,区域内区段总数,和记录在区域内的数据写入频率;图99提供了一用以计算ID字段的CRC位的公式表;图100A是表(Hex 00至7F)的上半,它表示除再同步字节的外在三个地址字段上和数据字段上的8位字节是如何变换成光盘上的通道位的;图100B是表(Hex 80至FF)的下半,它表示除再同步字节以外在三个地址字段和数据字段上的8位字节是如何变换成光盘上的通道位的;图101A至119是本发明优选实施例中的电子线路示意图;图120是根据第一优选实施例的机械隔离体和极块的立体图;图121是在第二优选实施例中的机械隔离体的立体图;图122是与本发明一同使用的读出模式固件模块的状态图;图123是与本发明一同使用的写入模式固件模块的状态图;图124表示用于选择闭合环峰值数量的聚焦环传递函数的Nyquist图;图125是对应于开闭条件的聚焦环传递函数数值响应的曲线图;图126是对应于开闭条件的聚焦环传递函数相位响应的曲线图;图127表示对应于聚焦补偿传递函数数值响应的曲线图;图128表示聚焦补偿传递函数的相位响应曲线。 Figure 89 is a series of waveforms showing the amplitude asymmetry correction of the laser pulse; FIG. 90 is a diagram showing the amplitude asymmetry correction circuit; FIG. 91 is a block diagram showing the basic relationship between the elements of pulse slimming means; FIG. 92 is a series of waveforms showing threshold by adjusting the dynamic threshold circuit; FIG. 93 is a schematic view of the dynamic threshold circuit; FIG. 94 is a block diagram downward compatibility of optical data storage and retrieval system comprising; FIG. 95 is a high density optical disk track layout; FIG. 96 is a high-density optical disc sector format; Figure 97 is a more detailed block diagram of FIG. 94 shows the read / write circuit diagram; FIG. 98 is a drawing table, which shows the high density optical disk The preferred format of the data area within the body segment 21 of each region, some of the track within the region, the region number of each track, the total number of the area in the sector, and recorded in the area of the write frequency; Figure 99 provides a use to calculate the CRC bits of the ID field formulas table; FIG 100A is a table (Hex 00 to 7F) of the upper half, which shows in addition to the upper external resync byte three address fields and data fields are 8-bit bytes How converted to channel bits on the disc; Figure 100B is a table (Hex 80 to FF) of the lower half, which shows in addition to resync bytes than three address fields and in the data field of 8 bytes is converted into how channel bits on the disc; Fig. 101A to 119 of the electronic circuit is a schematic view of a preferred embodiment of the present invention; Fig. 120 is an example of a mechanical isolator and a pole piece according to a perspective view of a first preferred embodiment; Fig. 121 is a second preferred embodiment a perspective view of a mechanical separator; Fig. 122 is a read-out mode of the present invention is used in conjunction with firmware modules state; Figure 123 is a writing mode of the present invention is used in conjunction with firmware module state diagram; Fig. 124 shows for Select the number of peaks of the closed loop transfer function of the focusing ring Nyquist; Figure 125 is opened and closed condition corresponding to the focus loop transfer function value in response to a graph; Figure 126 is a focusing condition corresponding to the opening and closing loop transfer function of the phase response curve ; Figure 127 shows the corresponding graph of the focus compensation transfer function value response; Fig. 128 shows the focus compensation transfer function of the phase response curve.

优选实施例的描述系统综述:主光学部件,电气和机械部件先参照图1,示出了一光盘驱动装置10,它具有一壳体14。 Description of the preferred embodiments System Overview: Main Optical components, electrical and mechanical components to reference to Figure 1, there is shown an optical disc drive apparatus 10 having a housing 14. 光驱10可将放置于可移动光盘盒12中的盘(未示出)进行播放或/和记录其上。 Drive 10 may be placed on a removable optical disk 12 of the disk cartridge (not shown) for playback and / or recording thereon. 可替换地,可将光盘放于光驱10的壳体14内。 Alternatively, you can put in the disc drive 14 in the housing 10.

现参照图2和3,其中图2表示去掉壳体14的光驱10的顶视图,用以展示光驱10的一些重要机械、电气和光学部件;图3是沿图1线段3-3方向所取的光驱10的截面图。 Referring now to Figures 2 and 3, wherein FIG. 2 shows a top view of the housing 14 to remove the CD-ROM 10, for some important mechanical, electrical and optical components of the display drive 10; Fig. 3 is a segment view taken along the direction 3-3 cross-sectional view of the drive 10. 在图2中,示出了底板16,主轴17,线性致动器组件20,物镜托架组件2,光学组件24,驱动电路板26,和柔软电路连接器28。 In Figure 2, there is shown a base plate 16, a spindle 17, a linear actuator assembly 20, an objective lens carriage assembly 22, an optics module 24, a drive circuit board 26, and a flexible circuit connector 28. 图3示出了主电路板30,主轴电机18,光学组件电路板27,和驱动电路极26。 Figure 3 shows a main circuit board 30, a spindle motor 18, an optics module circuit board 27, and the drive circuit 26.

简言之,底板16对光驱10的其它部件起普基座的作用,并使各部件相互定位和排齐,底板16最好是由铸钢制成以降低成本。 In short, the other bottom plate 16 on the drive member 10 acts as Pechiney seat, and positioning the components and aligned with each other, the bottom plate 16 is preferably made of cast steel for low cost.

如图2所示,线性致动器组件20包括一对线性音圈致动器23,每个音圈致动器23是由一轨34组成,它固定连接到底板16上。 2, the linear actuator assembly 20 includes a pair of linear voice coil actuator 23, each of the voice coil actuator 23 is composed by a rail 34, which is fixedly connected in the end plate 16. 轨34实质上是相互平行的。 Rails 34 are substantially parallel to each other. 与每条轨34相邻的是极块32,环绕每个极块32的一部分的是致动器线圈23中的一个,每个致动器线圈23安装于物镜托架组件22的相对部分上,使得当线圈23选择地通电时,物镜托架组件22会沿轨34移动。 And each rail 34 adjacent the pole pieces 32, 32 surround a portion of each pole piece of the actuator coil 23 a, causing each actuator coil 23 mounted on the opposite portion of lens carriage assembly 22 so that when the coils 23 are selectively energized, the lens carriage assembly 22 to move along the rails 34. 致动器线圈23是通过来自驱动电路板26的信号驱动的,它致使物镜托架组件22相对于光学组件24,并相对于插入光驱10中的一个个别的光盘(未示出)直线运动。 Actuator coil 23 through the drive signal from the drive circuit board 26, which causes the lens carriage assembly 22 relative to the optics module 24, and relative to the insertion of the optical disk drive 10. In an individual (not shown) of linear motion. 以这种方式,使物镜托架组件22能够对盘进行粗调跟踪。 In this manner, the lens carriage assembly 22 enables coarse tracking of the disk.

光学组件24和透镜托架组件22一起包含光驱10的主要光学部件,光学组件24固定安装在底板16上,并且包含有激光器,各种传感元件和光学部件(未示出)。 The optics module 24 and lens carriage assembly 22 together contain the principle optics of the drive 10. Optics module 24 is rigidly mounted on the base 16, and contains a laser, various sensors, and optics (not shown). 在操作中,激光器将来自光学组件24的光束射向透镜托架组件22,并且光学组件24顺序地接收到由透镜托架组件22返回的光束(未示出)。 In operation, the laser beam from the optics module 24 towards the lens carriage assembly 22, and optics module 24 in turn receives a return by the lens carriage assembly 22 of the beam (not shown). 透镜托架组件22被安装在线性致动器组件20上,如上所述。 The lens carriage assembly 22 is attached to the linear actuator assembly 20, as described above. 透镜托架组件22包含一五棱镜(未示出),物镜(未示出),伺服电机(未示出)用以使物镜聚焦,和伺服电机(未示出)用以对物镜位置相对于线性致动器组件20和所插入光盘的位置进行微调整,以便能够对光盘进行细跟踪。 The lens carriage assembly 22 contains a pentaprism (not shown), an objective lens (not shown), servomotors (not shown) for moving the lens focus, and a servo motor (not shown) for the objective lens position relative to the linear cause and location of the inserted disc actuator assembly 20 micro adjustments to be able to fine-track CD. 电信息和控制信号一方面在透镜托架组件22与这电路板30之间传递,另一方面则借助于柔性电路连接器28在它和驱动电路板26之间传递。 Electrical information and control signals on the one hand between the lens carriage assembly 22 and the main circuit board 30, on the other hand by means of the flexible circuit connector 28 between it and the drive circuit board 26.

光学组件电路板27包含激光驱动器和前置放大器(未示出)。 Optics module circuit board 27 contains a laser driver and preamplifiers (not shown). 驱动电路板26控制主轴电机18,线性致动器组件20的线性线圈致动器23,和透镜托架组件22的伺服电机。 The drive circuit board 26 controls the spindle motor 18, the linear coil linear actuator assembly 20 of actuator 23, and the lens carriage assembly 22 of the servo motor. 驱动电路板26是通过主电路板30来控制的。 The drive circuit board 26 is controlled by the main circuit board 30 to control. 主电路板30包括大部分电子部件,其各种设计考虑(如,降低噪声,EMI和功率损耗)不需要设置在光学组件电路板27或驱动电路板26上。 The main circuit board 30 includes most of the electronic components that various design considerations (e.g., noise reduction, EMI and power loss) do not need to provided on the optics module circuit board 27 or the drive circuit board 26.

主轴电机18固定地安装在底板16上,电机18直接地驱动主轴17,它依次转动光盘。 The spindle motor 18 is fixedly mounted on the base plate 16. Motor 18 directly drives the spindle 17, which in turn spins the disk.

光学部件:光学组件和物镜组件。 Optics: Optics module and Objective Lens Assembly.

现参照图4A,它示出了光学组件24的顶视截面图。 Referring now to Figure 4A, there is shown a cross-sectional top view of the optical assembly 24 of FIG. 光学组件24包括壳体40,半导体激光二极管42,准直透镜44,消色差棱镜46,合成膨胀棱镜48,漏泄分光镜49,DFTR棱镜50,柱面透镜51,读出透镜52,微棱镜54,伺服检测传感器56和58,前向传感器60,和数据检测传感器62。 The optical assembly 24 includes a housing 40, a semiconductor laser diode 42, a collimator lens 44, an achromatizing prism 46, an anamorphic expansion prism 48, a leaky beamsplitter 49, DFTR prism 50, cylinder lenses 51, a read lens 52, a microprism 54 , servo sensors 56 and 58, a forward sensor 60, and a data detector sensor 62. 这些元件也示于图4B中,它表示按激光光束64的光路图。 These elements are also shown in Figure 4B, there is shown an optical path followed by a laser beam 64 of FIG. 图4B表示光学组件24的光学元件与透镜托架组件22的五棱镜66和物镜68一起工作。 4B shows the optical components of the optical element 24 of the lens carriage assembly work with a pentaprism 66 and an objective lens 68 22. 为了便于图4B的说明,示出了五棱镜66和物镜68之间的激光光束64的一部分70,它处于与通过光学组件24的激光光束64的一些部分相同的平面上。 For ease of explanation Figure 4B, shows a laser beam 68 pentaprism 66 and the objective lens 64 between the part 70, which is on the laser beam passing through the optical assembly 24 of the portions 64 of the same plane. 实际上,五棱镜66是设置用来引导激光光束部分70,使其相对于通过光学组件24的激光光束64的一些部分垂直。 Actually, the pentaprism 66 is positioned to direct the laser beam portion 70, so that some portion of the vertical 64 with respect to the laser beam through the optical assembly 24.

继续参照图4B,可以理解,在操作中,激光光束64是由透镜44所产生的准直光束,它来自由激光二极管42所发射的散射光束。 With continued reference to FIG. 4B, to be understood that, in operation, the laser beam 64 is a collimated beam produced by the lenses 44, which freely scattered light beam emitted by the laser diode 42. 光束64穿过棱镜46和48,穿过分光镜49并射出光学组件24到透镜托架组件22上,在那里它通过五棱镜66,并通过物镜68而聚焦在光盘表面上。 Beam 64 passes through the prism 46 and 48, passes through the dichroic mirror 49 and exit optical assembly 24 to the lens carriage assembly 22, where it by the pentaprism 66, and by the objective lens 68 and focused on the disk surface.

在由光盘反射时,激光光束64的反射部分返回通过物镜68和五棱镜66而再进入光学组件24。 When reflected from the optical disk, the reflected portion of the laser beam 64 returns through the objective lens 68 and the pentaprism 66 and re-enters the optical assembly 24. 光束64的第一部分反射在棱镜48和分光镜49之间的分光镜交界面上,透过该界面,而由读出透镜52聚焦,并进入微棱镜54,在那里,光束按照偏振被分成两部分,其每部分将通过数据检测传感器62的各元件进行检测。 The first part of the reflected beam 64 on the dichroic mirror 49 at the interface between the prism 48 and dichroic mirror, through the interface, and is read out by the focusing lens 52, and enters the microprism 54, where the beam is split into two polarization- portion, each of which will be detected by the data portion detection sensor 62 of each element.

光束64的第二第部分穿过分光镜49,并由合成棱镜48进行内反射。 The first part of the second beam 64 passes through the beam splitter 49, the anamorphic prism 48 reflects internally by. 光束64的该第二部分射出合成棱镜48,并进入DFTR棱镜50。 The second portion of the light beam emitted from the anamorphic prism 64 is 48, and enters the DFTR prism 50. 在其中光束64的该第二部分被分成两部分,其每部分均通过柱面透镜51而聚焦到相应伺服传感器56和58的各表面上。 Wherein the second portion of beam 64 is split into two parts, each of which portions are focused onto the respective corresponding servo sensors 56 and surface 58 by a cylindrical lens 51. 相应地,传感器56和58产生信号,它被引导到光学组件电路板27,在其中信号用来产生跟踪和聚焦误差信号。 Accordingly, the sensors 56 and 58 generate signals, which is directed to the optics module circuit board 27, in which the signal is used to generate tracking and focus error signals. 电子系统:主电路板,驱动电路板,和光学组件电路现参见图1,2,4A和5,在图5中示出了光驱10的电子分系统的系统方框图,其中方框80包括读出传感器前置放大器82,激光驱动器84和伺服传感器前置放大器86。 Electronic Systems: Main Circuit Board, the driving circuit board, and the optics module circuit Referring now to FIG. 1,2,4A and 5, in FIG. 5 shows a block diagram of the drive system of electronic subsystem 10, which includes a readout block 80 sensor preamplifier 82, the laser driver 84 and servo sensor preamplifiers 86. 如图4A和5所示,读出传感器前置放大器82连接于数据检测传感器62,并放大由数据检测器62所产生的信号。 4A and 5, the read sensor preamplifier 82 is connected to the data detector sensor 62, and amplifies the signal generated by data detector 62. 同样地,伺服传感器前置放大器86连接于伺服检测器56和58,并放大由伺服检测器56和58所产生的信号。 Similarly, the servo sensor preamplifiers signal by servo detectors 56 and 58 produce 86 is connected to the servo detectors 56 and 58, and amplified. 激光二极管42连接于激光驱动器84,它提供驱动激光器42的信号。 Laser diode 42 is connected to the laser driver 84, which provides signals to drive the laser 42. 方框图80的分系统82,84和86一起聚集在光学组件电路板27上,它位于靠近光学组件24的位置上。 82, 84 and the block 80 are subsystems 86 together on the optics module circuit board 27, which is located close to the position of the optical assembly 24. 这样缩小了信号必须由传感器62传递给前置放大器82,和由传感器56和58到前置放大器86的距离,用以减小在这些信号上的噪声的有害影响。 This minimizes the distance that signals must travel from the sensors 62 to the preamplifier 82, and from the preamplifier 86 by the sensors 56 and 58 to, in order to reduce the adverse effect of noise on these signals. 由于激光驱动器84产生用以驱动激光二极管42的信号具有相对的高频,优良的设计实际要求将激光驱动器84靠近激光二极管42定位。 Since the laser driver 84 generates a signal for driving the laser diode 42 is of a relatively high frequency, good design practice requires the laser driver 84 positioned close to laser diode 42.

图5中的方框88包括主轴电机接口90,机械分组件(MSA)接口92,位置传感器接口94,和转换与显示的组件96。 Figure 5 encompasses a spindle motor interface 90, a mechanical subassembly (MSA) interface 92, a position sensor interface 94, and 96 conversion and display components. 方框88的部件90,92,94和96都设置在驱动电路板26上,主轴电机接口90控制主轴电机18,MSA接口92与各种显示与转换组件96相接,它包括前面板显示,排出电路,和关于盘盒12的转换。 Box 88 and 96 of are set on the drive circuit board 26. The spindle motor interface 90 controls the spindle motor 18, MSA interface 92 and the various displays and switches 96, which includes a front panel display, discharge circuit, and the conversion on the cartridge 12. 位置传感器接口94与致动器组件20的线圈致动器23相连接,它通过功率放大器102来供电。 Position sensor interface 94 and actuator assembly coil 20 is connected to actuator 23, which are powered by the power amplifier 102.

图5系统方框图的剩余分系统设置在图3所示的主电路板30上。 The remaining subsystems of a system block diagram in Figure 5 is provided on the main circuit board 30 as shown in FIG. 3. 这些分系统包括模拟读出通道100,编码器/解码器104,SUSI芯片组106,缓冲存储器108,和GLIC接口110以及相关的EEPROM 112。 These subsystems include an analog read channel 100, the encoder / decoder 104, SUSI chipset 106, the buffer memory 108, and a GLIC interface 110 and an associated EEPROM 112. 主电路板30还包括模拟接口电路114,数字信号处理器(DSP)116,嵌入式控制器118以及相关的RAM/EPROM 120。 The main circuit board 30 also includes an analog interface circuit 114, a digital signal processor (DSP) 116, an embedded controller 118 and associated RAM / EPROM 120. 应注意光驱10是MO可记录驱动器,功率放大器102也驱动偏置线圈122。 Should be noted that for optical drives 10 that are MO recordable drives, power amplifier 102 also drive a bias coil 122.

盘盒装载装置首先参见图6,它示出了磁盘存储系统,通常标为1-10。 Disc cartridge loading means first to Figure 6, there is shown a disk storage system, generally designated 1-10. 图6描述了一种可更换盘盒1-13,它适当定位以插入到光驱1-10中,光驱包括本发明的装盘盒和卸盘盒装置。 6 depicts a replaceable disc cartridge 1-13 positioned for insertion into the drive 1-10, the drive comprising the cartridge loading and unloading of the present invention the cartridge device. 光驱1-10包括底壳1-16和面板1-19,面板1-19包括盘接收口1-22,驱动器工作显示灯1-25,和排出按钮1-28。 Drive 1-10 includes a bottom housing 1-16 and 1-19 panel, the panel 1-19 includes a disc receiving port 1-22, a drive activity indicator light 1-25, and an ejection button 1-28.

光盘系统1-10是具有聚焦机构和跟踪机构的型式,它还有透镜以及待续盘,其中机构是通过反馈回路控制的,它最好包括一电子电路,用以产生伺服信号以有效地校正聚焦机构和跟踪机构;第一装置,用以消除作用在可移动光驱部件上所不期望的机械力;和第二装置,用以支撑在部件与不期望的机械力源之间的第一装置,由此提供部件的机械隔离本发明的这些方面将在对应于本发明具体特征的标题下更详细地加以描述。 The optical disc system 1-10 is of the type having a focusing mechanism and the tracking mechanism, a lens and a disc to be read, wherein the mechanisms are controlled by a feedback loop, which advantageously includes an electronic circuit for generating a servo signal for effecting corrections a focusing mechanism and the tracking mechanism; a first means for mitigating the effects on the movable disc drive component undesired mechanical forces; and second means for supporting the first means between the component and the undesired mechanical power source be described in more detail, these aspects whereby mechanical isolation of is component is provided in the present invention will correspond to the title of the specific features of the invention.

具有通常型式的盘盒1-13的外壳包括示于图25中的上平面1-31和下平面1-32。 Of a conventional type of disc cartridge housing 1-13 includes a plane 25 shown in FIG. 1-31 and a lower planar surface 1-32. 盘盒1-13还具有前向的标示端1-34。 Disc cartridge 1-13 also has a front end to a 1-34 mark. 在优选实施例中,盘盒1-13的前向标示端1-34是使用户在盘盒1-13插入光驱1-10中时仍可见。 Before a preferred embodiment, the disc cartridge 1-13 is facing label end 1-34 of the disc cartridge is still visible in the user 1-13 is inserted into the drive 1-10. 例如,侧壁1-37在上平面1-31和下平面1-32之间延伸,并且盘盒进一步包括后壁1-38,安在上平面1-31和下平面1-32之间延伸,并平行于前向标示端1-34。 For example, the side wall extending between the plane on 1-37 1-31 and 1-32 under the plane, and the cartridge further includes a rear wall 1-38, security on the plane between 1-31 and 1-32 extension plane and parallel to the front facing label end 1-34. 靠近侧壁1-37的标示端1-34的是槽1-40,用以容纳位于底板1-46上的盘盒定位销1-43(图8A-8B)。 Near the label end 1-34 of the side walls 1-37 are channels 1-40 to accommodate cartridge locating pins on the base plate 1-46 1-43 (Figs. 8A-8B).

盘盒1-13还包括盘盒门或活门1-49。 1-13 cartridge also includes a cartridge door or shutter 1-49. 活门1-49被弹簧弹顶在闭合位置上(图6,7和16)。 1-49 is spring-loaded valve in the closed position (Figures 6, 7 and 16). 当活门1-49处于打开时,它停留在上平面1-31的凹进部分1-52中。 When the shutter 1-49 is open, it rests in a recessed portion 1-31 of the upper planar 1-52. 由于优选实施例的光驱1-10读出两面的盘盒1-13,因此在下平面1-32上也有同样的活门和凹进部分,而这些特征没有在附图中示出。 Since the disc drive 1-10 of the preferred embodiment reads two-sided disc cartridge 1-13, the lower planar surface 1-32 have the same shutter and recessed portion, and these features are not shown in the drawings. 活门典型地具有在盘盒1-13后壁1-38上的门闩1-55(未示出)。 Typically has a shutter latch 1-55 disk cartridge (not shown) on the rear wall 1-38 1-13.

保护在盘盒1-13内的是光盘1-14(图23-25),它具有金属盘毂1-15。 Protected within the disc cartridge 1-13 is a disc 1-14 inside (Fig. 23-25), having a metallic disc hub 1-15. 正如在相关技术中所知,可将光盘1-14制成具有磁性材料涂覆其上的刚性基片。 As is known in the related art, the disc 1-14 may be formed as a rigid substrate having a magnetic material coating thereon. 嵌于磁性材料层中的是同心或螺旋环形的一些轨道。 Embedded in the magnetic material coating are tracks in concentric or spiral is annular. 磁性覆层可以在刚性基片的某一表面或两表面上,并且涂覆层可通过通常称作光头的磁性换能器将数据磁性地记录在光盘1-14上,在刚性基片的中央是金属盘毂1-15。 The magnetic coating may be on a surface of the rigid substrate, or both surfaces, and the coating enables data to be magnetically recorded on the disc 1-14 by magnetic transducers commonly referred to as the optical head, the center of the rigid substrate is the metallic disc hub 1-15.

现参见图7,在本发明的光驱1-10内的主要部件组包括如下,它有底壳1-16,其中可放置底板1-46。 Referring now to Figure 7, within the disc drive 1-10 of the present invention comprises the following main components, it has a bottom housing 1-16 in which the base plate 1-46. 在图7中,所示主轴电机1-61被安装在底板1-46上,主轴电机1-61包括主轴磁铁1-63,它在将盘盒1-13装于光驱1-10中时会吸住光盘1-14(图23-25)的金属盘毂1-15。 In Figure 7, a spindle motor 1-61 is shown mounted on the base plate 1-46, the spindle motor 1-61 includes a spindle magnet 1-63, in which the disc cartridge 1-13 in the drive 1-10 would be mounted sucking disc 1-14 (Figs. 23-25) of the metallic disc hub 1-15. 按照本发明的排出机构通常标为1-67,排出机构1-67包括左滑杆1-70,右滑杆1-73和舵杆1-76,下面将更全面地描述排出机构1-67。 Ejection mechanism according to the present invention is generally referenced 1-67. The ejection mechanism 1-67 includes a left slider 1-70, a right slider 1-73, and a tiller 1-76 is described more fully below The ejection mechanism 1-67 . 在图7中还示出了停置臂1-79,其位置处于左滑动杆1-70的上面。 In Fig. 7 also shows the parking arm 1-79 is in its position above the left slider 1-70. 盘盒接收器通常以1-82示出,在图7中还示出了左门连杆1-85,右门连杆1-88和接收门1-91,其中每个均可转动地安装在盘盒接收器1-82上,在盘盒接收器1-82前的是驱动器面板1-19。 A cartridge receiver is shown generally at 1-82 shown in Fig. 7 also shows the left door link 1-85, a right door link 1-88, and a receiver door 1-91, each of which can be rotatably mounted on the cartridge receiver 1-82, the cartridge receiver 1-82 is a drive face plate 1-19 before. 最后,所示的可转动磁偏置线圈组件1-94可固定到偏置线圈壁1-97上,在所示偏置线圈臂1-97上带有偏置线圈夹1-100。 Finally, a rotatable, magnetic bias coil assembly 1-94 is shown attached to a bias coil arm 1-97, with bias coil on the bias coil arm 1-97 shown clamps 1-100. 以后还将对这些主要部件做一步详细的描述。 After these main components will be described in further detail.

继续参见图7,它示出了底壳1-16包括侧壁1-103和后壁1-106,在底壳1-16的内底座上是四个安装位置1-109,它可用来固定底板1-46。 Continuing to refer to FIG. 7, it is shown that the bottom housing 1-16 includes side walls 1-103 and a back wall 1-106, on the inside base of the bottom housing 1-16 are four mounting positions 1-109, it can be used to fixed plate 1-46. 底壳1-16还将装入控制电子装置,它未示于图中。 The bottom housing 1-16 would also encase the control electronics, which are not shown in the drawing.

现参照图8A和8B,将进一步详细地描述底板1-46的结构。 Referring now to Figures 8A and 8B, the structure of the base plate 1-46 will be described in further detail. 底板1-46安装在底壳1-16的四个安装位置1-109(图7)上,底板1-46具有许多部件,它们或是模压入、嵌装入、安装到底板上,或与其相连,底板1-46是“胶粘物”,它把本发明的许多部件带在一起而使它的相互作用。 The base plate 1-46 mounted on the four mounting position the bottom housing 1-16 1-109 (Fig. 7), the base plate 1-46 has many components either molded into, embedded into, attached in the end plate, or its connected to the base plate 1-46 is the "glue" that brings the many components of this invention together and permits them to interact. 在底板1-46的外围,有前壁1-112,左外侧壁1-115,左内侧壁1-118,右外侧壁1-121,右内侧壁1-124,和后部的竖直壁1-127。 In the periphery of the base plate 1-46 there is a forward wall 1-112, a left outer side wall 1-115, a left inner side wall 1-118, a right outer side wall 1-121, a right inner side wall 1-124, and a rear vertical wall 1-127. 左和右外侧壁1-115,1-121分别地每个包括有各自的竖槽1-130,1-133。 Left and right outer side walls 1-115, 1-121, respectively, each include a vertical slot 1-130,1-133. 左竖槽1-130在将盘盒接收器1-82放置在底板1-46内时可接纳盘盒接收器1-82上的左升降销1-136(图15A),右竖槽1-133同样地可按纳盘盒接收器1-82的右升降销1-139(图15B)。 The left vertical slot 1-130 of the cartridge receiver 1-82 is placed on the base plate 1-46 1-82 when the cartridge receiver can accept the left lift pin 1-136 (Fig. 15A), the right vertical slot 1- 133 can be satisfied in the same manner the disc cartridge receiver 1-82 right lift pin 1-139 (Fig. 15B).

图8B的两个盘盒定位销1-43分别放在左右外侧壁1-115,1-121的前端附近,这些定位销1-43适合于与盒的凹槽1-40(图6)配合。 FIG two cartridge locating pins 1-43 8B are placed near the distal end of the left and right outer side walls 1-115, 1-121, these locating pins 1-43 are adapted to the cartridge recess 1-40 (Fig. 6) . 当销1-43位于槽1-40中时,销1-43保持盘盒1-13,并防止其径向(即,侧到侧)和纵向(即前和后)移动。 When the pins 1-43 are located in the channels 1-40, the pins 1-43 hold the disc cartridge 1-13 and prevent it from radially (i.e., side to side) and longitudinally (i.e., forward and backward).

主轴电机架1-142模压到底板1-46的底部中,使主轴电机1-61(图7)固定在主轴电机架1-142上,例如,可通过安装在中间肋1-145上的弹簧夹(未示出)来固定。 A spindle motor mount 1-142 is molded in the end plate at the bottom of 1-46. The spindle motor 1-61 (Fig. 7) held on the spindle motor mount 1-142 by, for example, can be mounted on the intermediate rib 1-145 spring clamp (not shown) is fixed.

底板1-46具有各种斧和与其相关的安装销。 The base plate 1-46 has various axes and mounting pins associated therewith. 例如,舵杆转轴1-148安装在底板1-46上与主轴电机架1-142相邻处。 For example, a tiller pivot axis 1-148 is mounted adjacent to the spindle motor mount 1-142 in the base plate 1-46 at. 将舵杆弹簧销1-151固定到底板1-46底部靠近前壁1-112处(图8A)安装于底板1-46底部前壁1-112附近的其它销起起着转轴的作用而用于排出齿轮系的齿轮。 A tiller-spring pin 1-151 is fixed in the end base plate 1-46 near the forward wall 1-112 (Fig. 8A) is attached to the bottom of the base plate 1-46 near the front wall 1-112 of the other plays the role of the pin from the rotating shaft and with in the ejection gear of the gear train. 底板1-46还包括左滑杆槽1-154和右滑杆槽1-157,滑杆槽1-154,1-157沿底板1-46的侧面延伸。 The base plate 1-46 also includes a left slider channel 1-154 and a right slider channel 1-157, slider channels 1-154,1-157 extend along the sides of the base plate 1-46. 左滑杆槽1-154是在左外侧壁1-115和左内侧壁1-118之间形成的。 Left slider channel 1-154 is between the left outer side wall 1-115 and the left inner side wall 1-118 is formed. 当处于适当位置时,左滑杆1-70夹持在左内侧壁1-118和左外侧壁1-115之间,并安放于左滑杆槽1-154中(见图9,13和16A)。 When in position, the left slider 1-70 in the left inner side wall 1-118 clamped and left outer side wall 1-115, and rides in the left slider channel 1-154 (see Figs. 9, 13 and 16A ). 同样地,右滑杆槽1-157是在右外侧壁1-121和右内侧壁1-124之间形成,当处于适当位置时,右滑杆1-73被夹在右内侧壁1-124和右外侧壁1-121之间,并载于右滑杆槽1-157中。 Similarly, the right slider channel 1-157 is between the right outer side wall 1-121 and the right inner side wall 1-124 is formed, when in position, the right slider 1-73 is sandwiched between the right inner side wall 1-124 and between the right outer side wall 1-121, and rides in the right slider channel 1-157. 左右滑杆1-70,1-73分别地被保持在其各槽1-154,1-157中,例如,可通过用以将主轴电机1-61就位在主轴电机架1-142上的弹簧夹(未示出)上的“耳”来实现。 Left and right sliders 1-70, 1-73, respectively, may be held in their respective channels 1-154,1-157 by, for example, by the spindle motor 1-61 in position on the spindle motor mount 1-142 spring clips (not shown), "ears" on to achieve.

在右滑杆槽1-157的端部上,邻近后竖直壁1-127,在底板1-46上形成插孔1-160,在其中使右内侧壁1-124的后部与右外侧壁1-121的后部合并在一起。 On the end of the right slider channel 1-157, adjacent to the rear vertical wall 1-127, on the base plate 1-46 socket 1-160 is formed in which the rear of the right inner side wall 1-124 and the right outer the rear wall 1-121 of combined. 该插孔1-160可接纳接收器门锁1-166的转动销1-163(图17B和17A)。 The receiver socket 1-160 1-163 1-166 door pivot pins (Figure 17B and 17A). 接收器门锁1-166具有竖直表面1-169(图17B),可使固定到右门连杆1-88上的门锁释放的释放凸耳1-172(图7和16A)作用其上,以释放接收器门锁1-166。 The receiver latch 1-166 has a vertical surface 1-169 (Fig. 17B),, the fixing to 1-88, a right door link release release trip lug 1-172 (Figs. 7 and 16A), which on to release the receiver 1-166.

底板1-46在后竖直壁1-127上具有孔1-175,而位于左角柱1-178和右角柱1-181之间后竖直壁后的激光二极管42(未示出)将通过孔1-175而照射到托架1-184(如图9,13,13A,16A和16B很好地示出)上,托架包含光学装置用以将激光束聚焦在光盘1-14的信息轨道上。 The base plate 1-46 has a port 1-175 in the rear vertical wall 1-127, and is located between the left corner pillar 1-178 and a right comer rear vertical wall 1-181 of the laser diode 42 (not shown) through the port 1-175 and into a carriage 1-184 (FIG 9,13,13A, 16A, and 16B shown), which contains the optics that focus the laser beam in the disc information 1-14 track. 托架1-184将进一步讨论如下。 The carriage 1-184 is discussed further below.

底板1-46还具有模制在其中的孔1-187,用以接纳停置臂1-79的转轴1-190(图14B)。 The base plate 1-46 also has molded therein apertures 1-187, the parking arm 1-79 for receiving a shaft 1-190 (Fig. 14B). 该孔1-187与左内侧壁1-118模制成一整体,例如,图9示出了停置臂1-79以其转轴1-190就位在孔1-187中。 This hole 1-187 and the left inner side wall 1-118 is molded integrally, e.g., FIG. 9 shows the parking arm 1-79 in place with its pivot shaft 1-190 in the hole 1-187. 光驱1-10包括光学组件1-189,它类似于上述光学组件24而操作。 The disc drive 1-10 includes an optics module 1-189, which is similar to the optical module 24.

现参照图14A至14C,将进一步地描述停置臂1-79的特性。 Referring now to Figures 14A through 14C, further features of the parking arm 1-79 is described. 除转轴1-190以外,停置臂1-79包括压动端1-193,停置臂1-79在远离压动端1-193的端部上形成有钳口1-196,钳口1-196具有长边1-199和短边1-202。 In addition to the rotary shaft outside of 1-190, the parking arm 1-79 includes a pressing end 1-193, the parking arm 1-79 has a jaw 1-196 on the remote from the pressing end 1-193 of the end portion is formed, jaws 1 -196 with a long side and the short side 1-202 1-199. 当停置臂1-79处于适当位置上时,钳口1-196会跨装在左滑杆1-70上的凸耳1-205(图11C)。 When the parking arm 1-79 in position, the jaw 1-196 straddles on the left slider 1-70 lug 1-205 (Fig. 11C). 在图9,13,16A和16B中可以更容易看到就位的停置臂1-79,它的钳口1-196跨装在左滑杆1-70的凸耳1-205上。 In FIG 9,13,16A and 16B may be seen to the parking arm 1-79 in position, with its jaw 1-196 straddling the lug 1-205 of the left slider 1-70. 由此停置臂1-79的位置可以通过左滑杆1-70在左滑杆槽1-154中的定位而控制。 Whereby the position of the parking arm 1-79 can be positioned by the left slider 1-70 in the left slider channel 1-154 and control.

如图13可以更方便地看到,停置臂1-79使托架1-184停止。 13 can be more easily seen, parking arm 1-79 carriage 1-184 stopped. 托架1-184可聚焦激光束,它来自底板1-46后竖直壁1-127上的孔1-175(图8A和8B)。 The carriage 1-184 focuses the laser beam coming through the rear vertical wall of the base plate 1-46 hole 1-175 (Figs. 8A and 8B) 1-127 on. 特别是,托架使激光束定位在包含待读出数据的数据轨道中心上。 In particular, the carriage positions the laser beam containing the data to be read on the data track center. 托架1-184跨在支撑轨1-208上,图9。 The carriage 1-184 rides on support rails 1-208, Fig. 常用的磁性装置会沿轨1-208驱动托架1-184。 A conventional magnetic arrangement drives the carriage 1-184 along the rails 1-208. 当盘盒接收器1-82处于向上位置时,由左滑杆1-70驱动的停置臂1-79会将托架1-184托向驱动装置的后部,该位置状态示于图9和16A中,在图13中以实线来表示停置臂1-79来说明。 When the cartridge receiver 1-82 is in the up position, the left slider 1-70, the parking arm 1-79 will be driven by the rear of the carriage 1-184 torr to drive means, which condition is illustrated in FIG. 9 and 16A, in FIG. 13 in solid lines to indicate the parking arm 1-79 will be described. 当在盘盒1-13排出过程中左滑杆1-70是通过舵杆1-76面向前驱动时,停置臂1-79通过压在钳口1-196的短边1-202上的凸耳1-205而转动,直到停置臂1-79的压动端1-193将托架1-184推向光驱1-10的后部。 When the front of the disc cartridge 1-13 during ejection of the left slider 1-70 is driven by the tiller 1-76, the parking arm 1-79 is rotated by pressing 1-202 of the jaw 1-196 of the short side of lug 1-205 rotated until the parking arm 1-79 pressing end 1-193 carriage 1-184 toward the rear of the disc drive 1-10. 当盘盒接收器1-82处于向下位置时,左滑杆1-70已通过舵杆1-76驱动到光驱1-10的后部。 When the cartridge receiver 1-82 is in its down position, the left slider 1-70 has been driven by the tiller 1-76 to the rear of the disc drive 1-10. 在这种情况下,已由左滑杆1-70向后驱动的凸耳1-205已把停置臂1-79转向光驱1-10的前部。 In this case, the left slider 1-70 has been driven rearward lug 1-205 has already parking arm 1-79 toward the front of the drive 1-10. 在左滑杆1-70和停置臂1-79就位时,托架1-184不会受到停置臂1-79的压动端1-193影响,并且可自由地在光驱1-10中盘1-13下移动。 When the left slider 1-70 and parking arm 1-79 in these positions, the carriage 1-184 is not influenced pressing end 1-193 of the parking arm 1-79 impact and freely in the drive 1-10 Mid 1-13 next move.

排出机构1-67,它在图7和9中可很好地看到,包括下列关键特征。 The ejection mechanism 1-67, 7 and 9, it may be seen in FIG, includes the following key features. 排出电机1-209会驱动排出机构。 An ejection motor 1-209 powers the ejection mechanism. 特别是,排出电机1-209驱动齿轮系,它驱动输出凸轮,依次迫使舵杆1-76(图9)以第一方向(图9中的逆时针)转动,由此使盘盒1-13由光驱1-10中退出。 In particular, the ejection motor 1-209 drives a gear train that drives the output cam, in turn, forces the tiller 1-76 (Fig. 9) in a first direction (counterclockwise in Fig. 9) is rotated, thereby ejecting a disc cartridge 1-13 Exit from the drive 1-10. 当启动退出操作时,电机1-209驱动相应的螺杆1-211。 When you start to exit the operation, the motor driving the corresponding screw 1-211 1-209. 螺杆1-211固定于退出电机1-209的中心轴上,该螺杆1-211驱动绕第一轴1-217的第一大齿轮1-214,该第一大齿轮1-214的转动使第一小齿轮1-220转动,该小齿轮固定于第一大齿轮1-214的底部,从而使其随之绕第一齿轮轴1-217转动。 The worm gear 1-211 is fixed to the central shaft of the ejection motor 1-209, and 1-211 of the screw driven about a first axis of the first large gear 1-217 of 1-214, rotation of the first large gear 1-214 rotates a first A small gear 1-220, which is fixed to the bottom of the first pinion gear large gear 1-214, making it along with the rotation about the first gear axis 1-217. 第一小齿轮1-220驱动绕第二齿轮轴1-226的第二大齿轮1-223,第二小齿轮1-229固定于第二大齿轮1-223的顶部,使其随之绕第二齿轮轴1-226转动。 The first small gear 1-220 drives a second gear about the axis of the second large gear 1-226 of 1-223, a second small gear 1-229 is fixed to the top of the second large gear 1-223 about a section along Second gear axis 1-226. 第二小齿轮1-229依次驱动绕第三齿轮轴1-235的第三大齿轮1-232,第三大齿轮1-232驱动凸轮1-238,它迫使舵杆1-76绕舵杆轴1-148转动。 1-229 second pinion gear shaft in turn driven about a third of the third large gear 1-235 1-232, 1-232 third largest gear driven cam 1-238 that forces the tiller 1-76 around the rudder shaft 1-148 rotation.

现将参照图10A-10F和图9描述舵杆1-76。 Referring now FIG. 10A-10F and FIG. 9 describes the tiller 1-76. 舵杆1-76通过舵杆轴1-148可转动地安装于底板1-46。 Tiller 1-76 by the tiller axis 1-148 is rotatably mounted to the base plate 1-46. 舵杆弹簧钩1-239模制在舵杆1-76的细长部分上,舵杆弹簧1-241(图9)连接于舵杆弹簧钩1-239和舵杆弹簧销1-151之间。 Rudder spring hook 1-239 is molded on the slender portion of the tiller 1-76, spring 1-241 (Fig. 9) is connected between the tiller-spring hook 1-239 and the tiller-spring pin 1-151 . 舵杆弹簧1-241使舵杆1-76偏置在绕舵杆轴1-148的第二方向(顺时针方向,图9中)上,这就是装盘方向,它驱动右滑杆1-73向前和左滑杆1-70向后,使盘盒1-13就位于主轴电机1-61上。 A tiller spring 1-241 tiller 1-76 is biased in a second direction about the tiller axis 1-148 (clockwise in Fig. 9), this is the cartridge-loading direction, which drives the right slider 1- 73 forward and the left slider 1-70 rearward, the cartridge 1-13 on the spindle motor 1-61. 舵杆进一步包括舵杆裙部或腹板部1-244,它跨于舵杆齿轮系统的顶部,由此帮助退盘齿轮就位在它们各自的齿轮轴上。 The tiller further includes a tiller skirt or webbed portion 1-244, which cross at the top of the rudder gear system, thereby helping the ejection gears in position on their respective gear axes. 靠近舵杆裙部1-244的舵杆端部包括一U形钳口1-247,并且远离裙部1-244的舵杆端部包括一类似U形钳口1-250。 Near the end of the rudder tiller skirt 1-244 comprises a U-shaped jaw 1-247, and away from the ends of the tiller skirt 1-244 comprises a similar U-shaped jaw 1-250. U形钳口1-247围绕左滑杆1-70(图11C)的柱形连接柱1-253可转动地安装,类似地,舵杆1-76的U形钳口1-250围绕右滑杆1-73的柱形连接柱1-256(图12E)可转动地安装。 U-shaped jaw 1-247 of the left slider 1-70 around a cylindrical (Fig. 11C) connecting post 1-253 rotatably mounted, similarly, U-shaped jaw 1-250 of the tiller 1-76 around the right slide 1-73 columnar connection post 1-256 (Fig. 12E) is rotatably mounted. 由此,使舵杆1-76可在枢轴上可转动地分别连接于左和右滑杆1-70,1-73的前端上。 Thus, the tiller 1-76 is On pivotably connected to the front end of the left and right sliders 1-70, 1-73. 另外,由于左和右滑杆1-70,1-73通过也使主轴电机1-61定位的弹簧夹(未示出)而保持在其各自滑杆槽1-154,1-157中,因而,舵杆1-76通过U形钳口1-147,1-250与柱形连接柱1-253,1-256之间的相互作用而保持在舵杆轴1-148上。 Further, since the left and right sliders 1-70, 1-73 by also hold the spindle motor 1-61 in position the spring clip (not shown) and held in their respective slider channels 1-154,1-157, thus , the tiller 1-76 U-shaped jaws 1-247, 1-250 and the cylindrical connecting posts 1-253, 1-256 interaction between held on the tiller axis 1-148.

当舵杆1-76以第一方向(逆时针方向,图9中)转动时,左滑杆1-70在左滑杆槽1-154中向前驱动,而右滑杆1-73同时在右滑杆槽1-157中向后驱动。 When the tiller 1-76 rotates in a first direction (counterclockwise in Fig. 9), the left slider 1-70 in the left slider channel 1-154 is driven forward, while the right slider 1-73 is simultaneously right slider channel 1-157 drive backwards. 因此,舵杆1-76以第一方向(图9逆时针方向)转动使盘盒接收器1-82升起,使得盘盒1-13可由光驱1-10中退出或装入。 Thus, the tiller 1-76 in a first direction (counterclockwise in Fig. 9) rotating the cartridge receiver 1-82 so that a disc cartridge 1-13 may be ejected from or loaded into the disc drive 1-10. 另一方面,当舵杆1-76以第二方向(顺时针方向,图9中)转动时,左滑杆1-70在左滑杆槽1-154中向后驱动,而右滑杆1-73在右滑杆槽1-157中同时向前驱动。 On the other hand, when the tiller 1-76 rotates in a second direction (clockwise in Fig. 9), the left slider 1-70 is driven rearward in the left slider channel 1-154, while the right slider 1 -73 in the right slider channel 1-157 is simultaneously driven forward. 舵杆1-76以该方向的转动使盘盒接收器1-82下降,将盘放在主轴电机上。 The tiller 1-76 to rotate the cartridge receiver 1-82 in the direction of fall, the disc on the spindle motor. 下面将进一步地讨论通过舵杆1-76的转动而使盘盒接收器1-82升起和下降。 The following will be discussed further by turning the tiller 1-76 leaving the cartridge receiver 1-82 and fall.

如上所述,左滑杆1-70载于左滑杆槽1-154中,并且右滑杆1-73在舵杆1-76的作用下载于右滑杆槽1-157中。 As described above, the left slider 1-70 rides in the left slider channel 1-154, and the right slider 1-73 of the tiller 1-76 in the right slider channel 1-157. 下面将对滑杆1-70,1-73做进一步详细的描述。 The following will sliders 1-70, 1-73 is described further in detail.

现参照图11A-11C,左滑杆1-70的特征如下,左滑杆包括在其前端上的柱形连接柱1-253。 Referring now to Figures 11A-11C, the left slider 1-70 is characterized as follows, on its left slider includes the cylindrical connecting post 1-253 front end. 在第一凹进部分1-259上有停置臂凸耳1-205。 On a first recessed portion 1-259 parking arm lug 1-205. 停置臂1-79在凸耳1-205的作用下沿左滑杆1-70的第一凹进部分1-259滑动。 The parking arm 1-79 under the action of the lug 1-205 of the left slider along the first recessed portion 1-70 1-259 slide. 可在左滑杆1-70中制成S形槽1-262,当左滑杆1-70位于左滑杆槽1-154中时,S形槽1-262向左外侧壁1-115敞开,邻近并在左竖槽1-130后面。 Can be formed in the left slider 1-70 S-shaped slot 1-262, when the left slider 1-70 in the left slider channel 1-154, S-shaped slot 1-262 opens toward the left outer side wall 1-115 , adjacent to and behind the left vertical slot 1-130. 当盘盒接收器1-82在底板1-46适当位置上时,盘盒接收器1-82的左升降销1-136(图15A)载于底板1-46的左竖槽1-130中,左升降销比左外侧壁1-115的厚度长。 When the cartridge receiver 1-82 in position on the base plate 1-46, the left cartridge receiver 1-82 lift pin 1-136 (Fig. 15A) contained in the base plate left vertical slot 1-130 of 1-46 left lift pin is longer than the left outer side wall 1-115 of the thickness of the length. 因此,左升降销1-136通过左竖槽1-130伸出并载于左滑杆1-70上的S形槽1-262中。 Therefore, the left lift pin 1-136 through the left vertical slot 1-130 and rides in the S-shaped slot on the left slider 1-70 1-262. 当盘盒接收器1-82由此而处于底板1-46的适当位置上时,由于左升降销1-136载于竖槽1-130和S形槽1-262中,所以使盘盒接收器1-82向前或向后移动受到限制,而只能竖直地向上和向下移动。 When properly position the cartridge receiver 1-82 is thus in the base plate 1-46, the left lift pin 1-136 riding in the vertical slot 1-130 and the S-shaped slot 1-262, the cartridge receiver so 1-82 forward or backward movement is restricted, and may only travel up and down vertically. 竖槽1-130限制了盘盒接收器1-82的前后运动,而左滑杆1-70上的S形槽1-262确定了盘盒接收器的垂直高度。 The vertical slot 1-130 restricts the forward and backward movement the cartridge receiver 1-82, while the S-shaped slot 1-262 in the left slider 1-70 defines the vertical height of the cartridge receiver. 换句话说,在任何特定时刻根据S形槽1-262的哪个部分处于竖槽1-130之后,盘盒接收器1-82在最高位置,最低位置,或最高最低位置之间的某位置。 After other words, at any given moment in the vertical slot 1-130 and the S-shaped slot 1-262 in which part of, the cartridge receiver 1-82 at a position between the highest position, its lowest position, the highest or lowest position.

第二凹进部分1-265是在左滑杆1-70的顶部上。 A second recessed portion 1-265 is present on top of the left slider 1-70. 水平销(未示出)可安装到底板1-46上,以便于沿第二凹进部分1-265滑动。 A horizontal pin (not shown) may be mounted in the end plate 1-46 so as to slide along the second recessed portion 1-265. 该水平销(未示出)将限制左滑杆1-70的最大向前位置和最大向后位置,因为销将压紧第二凹进部分1-265的边缘而达到左滑杆的极限位置之一。 This horizontal pin (not shown) would limit the most forward position of the left slider and most rearward positions 1-70 because the pin would impact the edges of the second recessed portion 1-265 upon reaching the limit position of the left slider one.

左滑杆1-70的最后端包括一凹口1-268,它在图11B和图7中很好地示出了。 The rearmost end of the left slider 1-70 includes a notch 1-268, which is well shown in FIG. 11B and FIG. 7. 凹口1-268位于左滑杆1-70移动端部1-272上,凹口1-268可接收图7偏置线圈臂1-97的杠杆臂1-275,该杠杆臂1-275依照左滑杆1-70的位置而转动偏置线圈臂1-97,特别是,取决于凹口1-268的位置。 Notch 1-268 is located on the movable end portion of the left slider 1-70 1-272, 1-268 recesses 7 can receive a bias coil arm 1-97 lever arm 1-275, 1-275 in accordance with the lever arm position of the left slider 1-70 rotates the bias coil arm 1-97. In particular, the position of the notch 1-268. 左滑杆1-70的移动端部分1-272载于底板1-46的左外侧壁1-115上的凹槽1-278(图8B)中。 Recess 1-278 of the left slider 1-70 end portion 1-272 of the base plate 1-46 on the left outer side wall 1-115 (Fig. 8B) in.

现参照图12A-12E,将给出右滑杆1-73的特征。 Referring now to Figures 12A-12E, the features of the right slider 1-73. 如上所述,舵杆1-76通过柱形连接柱1-256而与右滑杆1-73相连接。 As described above, the tiller 1-76 connection post 1-256 of the right slider 1-73 via the cylindrical connection. 右滑杆1-73中有形成的S形槽1-281,该S形槽1-281是左滑杆1-70上的S形槽1-262的翻转形式。 The right slider 1-73 has an S-shaped slot 1-281 is formed, the S-shaped slot 1-281 is S-shaped slot on the left slider 1-70 1-262 inverted form. 它在图7很好地示出了。 It is well shown in FIG. 7. 在仔细考虑了图7以后,将会很清楚,当滑杆1-70,1-73连接于舵轩1-76上时,S形槽1-262,1-281会相互镜象翻转,这种设置是必要的,因为滑杆1-70,1-73在舵杆1-76的作用下会以相反的方向移动。 In Figure 7 after careful consideration, it becomes apparent, when the sliders 1-70, 1-73, 1-76 are connected to the rudder when Xuan, S-shaped slot 1-262,1-281 be flipped mirror each other, which kinds of arrangement is necessary since the sliders 1-70, 1-73 move in opposite directions will be in the role of the tiller 1-76. 在右滑杆1-73上的S形槽1-281在右滑杆1-73处于其右滑杆槽1-157的操作位置上时也会向右外侧壁1-121敞开。 On the right slider 1-73 in the S-shaped slot 1-281 in the right slider 1-73 also opens toward the right outer side wall 1-121 when the right slider channel its operative position 1-157 on. 类似于上述有关左滑杆1-70的内容,当盘盒接收器1-82处于底板1-46的适当位置上时,右升降销1-139(图15B)载于右竖槽1-133中(图8B),由于右升降销1-139要比右外侧壁1-121的厚度长,因而,右升降销1-139通过右竖槽1-133从右外侧壁1-121伸出,并载于右滑杆1-73上的S形槽1-281中。 Similar to what was said about the left slider 1-70, when the cartridge receiver 1-82 is in place on the base plate 1-46, the right lift pin 1-139 (Fig. 15B) rides in the right vertical slot 1-133 (Figure 8B), Since the right lift pin 1-139 is longer than the right outer side wall 1-121 of the thickness of the long, therefore, the right lift pin 1-139 projects through the right vertical slot 1-133 right outer side wall 1-121, and contained in the S-shaped slot 1-281 in the right slider 1-73. 右竖槽1-133限制了右升降销1-139平行于底板1-46的纵轴(即平行于垂直通过前壁1-112和后竖直壁1-127的线)运动。 The right vertical slot 1-133 restricts the right lifting pin 1-139 from traveling parallel to the longitudinal axis of the base plate 1-46 (i.e., parallel to the vertical through the forward wall 1-112 and the rear vertical wall 1-127) movement. 由于右升降销1-139载于S形槽1-281中,所以盘盒接收器1-82的竖直高度会通过S形槽1-281中右升降销1-139的位置而确定。 Since the right lift pin 1-139 rides in the S-shaped slot 1-281, the cartridge receiver 1-82 is a vertical height will lift pin 1-139 in position by the S-shaped slot 1-281 in the right is determined. 右滑杆1-73上的S形槽1-281运动到右竖槽1-133的后面,与左滑杆1-70上的S形槽1-262运动到左竖槽1-130的后面,二者速度相同但方向相反。 S-shaped slot 1-281 in the right slider 1-73 is moved to the back of the right vertical slot 1-133 and the S-shaped slot 1-262 in the left slider 1-70 movement behind the left vertical slot 1-130 , both of the same speed but in the opposite direction. 然而,S形槽1-262,1-281的翻转镜象设计确保了,在任何特定时刻,左、右升降销1-136,1-139分别地保持在底板1-46底部实质上相同的垂直高度上。 However, S-shaped slots flipped mirror image design 1-262,1-281 ensures that, at any particular time, the left and right lift pins 1-136, respectively, are held at the bottom of the base plate 1-46 is substantially the same vertical height.

仍主要参照图12A-12E,右滑杆1-73包括下列附加特征,凹进部分1-284是设置在右滑杆1-73的顶表面上。 Still referring primarily to FIG. 12A-12E, the right slider 1-73 includes the following additional features, recessed portion 1-284 is provided on the top surface of the right slider 1-73. 销(未示出)可横过右滑杆槽1-157而水平地安装,以便沿凹进表面1-284滑动。 Pin (not shown) can be across the right slider channel 1-157 horizontally mounted so as to slide along the recessed surface 1-284. 沿凹进表面1-284滑动的水平销将限制右滑杆1-73的最大向前和向后运动,因为水平销将会达到右滑杆1-73运动极限位置上的凹进1-284边缘。 Sliding along the recessed surface 1-284 would limit the horizontal pin maximum right slider 1-73 forward and backward movement, since the horizontal pin would reach the right slider 1-73 movement limit position of the recess on the 1-284 edges. 右滑杆1-73还包括凹口区域1-287,以接纳接收器锁闩1-166的止动爪1-290(图17A和17B)。 Right slider 1-73 also includes a notched region 1-287 to accommodate a receiver latch 1-166 paw 1-290 (Figs. 17A and 17B). 升起部分1-293设置在右滑杆1-73的后端部上。 A raised portion 1-293 is provided on the rear end of the right slider 1-73. 当舵杆1-76以第一方向(如图13中逆时针方向)转动时,会将右滑杆1-73在右滑杆槽1-157中向后驱动,锁定动作会发生在接收器锁闩1-166止动爪1-290与右滑杆1-73的升起部分1-293之间。 When the tiller 1-76 rotates in a first direction (counterclockwise in FIG. 13) is rotated, driving the right slider 1-73 rearward in the right slider channel 1-157, a latching action takes place in the receiver latch 1-166 and the paw 1-290 of the right slider 1-73 between the rising portion 1-293. 特别是,位于止动爪1-290上的第一滑动表面1-296(图17A)会滑过右滑杆1-73升起部分1-293上的第二滑动表面1-299(图12C和12E)。 In particular, the detent pawl is located in a first sliding surface 1-296 (Fig. 17A) 1-290 on the right slider 1-73 will slide over the raised portion of the second sliding surface 1-299 (Fig. 12C 1-293 on and 12E). 当表面1-296和299相互滑过时,以图17A箭头1-302所示方向弹簧顶的止动爪1-290会进入保持右滑杆1-73处于向后位置上的右滑杆1-73凹口区域1-287,接着,使盘盒接收器1-82处于其最上位置。 When the surface 1-296 and 299 slide over each other, in the direction indicated by arrow 1-302 in Fig. 17A spring top paw 1-290 of the right slider 1-73 will be put on hold in the right slider rearward position 1- 73 notched region 1-287, and then, the cartridge receiver 1-82 in its uppermost position. 当盘盒接收器处于该位置时,任何光驱1-10中的盘盒1-13将会退出,或可替换地可将盘盒1-13装入光驱1-10中。 When the cartridge receiver is in this position, any disk cartridge drive 1-10 1-13 will exit, or alternatively, a disc cartridge 1-13 into the drive 1-10.

左和右滑杆1-70,1-73上的S形槽1-262和1-281在将盘盒装于主轴电机上和由主轴电机上将其卸下时在由本发明所完成的脱离动作中分别起着重要的作用。 S-shaped slot on the left and right sliders 1-70, 1-73, 1-262 and 1-281 in the disc cartridge from the spindle motor and the spindle motor will be accomplished by the present invention is disengaged remove action, respectively, play an important role. 下面将进一步地讨论适用于本发明产生脱离动作的S形槽1-262,1-281的这种作用。 Discussed further below applies generated from the operation of the present invention, the S-shaped groove of this effect 1-262,1-281.

现参见图15A和15B,将描述盘盒接收器1-82和设置其上的各部件。 Referring now to Figures 15A and 15B, will be described the cartridge receiver 1-82 and the components disposed thereon. 盘盒接收器1-82是一体的,它是塑料模铸件,左门杆1-85(图7)和右门杆1-88是加上去的。 The cartridge receiver 1-82 is one, it is a plastic cast, the left door link 1-85 (Fig. 7) and right door link 1-88 are additions. 当光驱1-10完全组装成时,盘盒接收器1-82会载于底板1-46左外侧壁和右外侧壁1-115,1-121上。 When the drive 1-10 is fully assembled, the cartridge receiver 1-82 1-46 will be uploaded onto the bottom left and right lateral wall of the outer side wall 1-115, 1-121. 盘盒接收器1-82随着升降销1-136,1-139按照它们各自的S形槽1-262,1-281上下移动而竖直地上下运动。 The cartridge receiver 1-82 as the lift pins 1-136, 1-139 move up and down in accordance with their respective S-shaped slots 1-262,1-281 and vertically up and down movement. 盘盒接收器1-82围绕一根通过左右升降销1-136,1-139的想象的横轴也会有轻微的上下摇动,这种轻微的摇动会同上下运动一起产生本发明所获得的适宜的脱离动作。 The horizontal axis of the cartridge receiver 1-82 around a left and right lift pins 1-136, 1-139 by the imagination will slightly shaken up and down, this slight rocking up and down movement in conjunction with the present invention together generate suitable obtained peeling action. 盘盒接收器1-82如果在除去光驱1-10的盖时可由机构残留部分上卸下或排出。 The cartridge receiver 1-82 may be removed if the removing or discharging the remainder of the mechanism when the disc drive 1-10 of the cover.

盘盒接收器1-82其上形成有左盘盒接收通道1-305和右盘盒接收通道1-308,止动挡板1-311设置在右盘盒接收通道1-308的后部,以防止盘盒1-13不适当地插入。 The cartridge receiver 1-82 has a left cartridge receiving channel 1-305 and a right cartridge receiving channel 1-308 formed thereon, the stop bumper 1-311 is positioned in the rear of the right cartridge-receiving channel 1-308, to prevent improper insertion of the disc cartridge 1-13. 如图6和7所见,盘盒1-13具有一对模制到侧壁1-37中的槽1-314,如果将盘盒1-13正确插入,其后壁1-38首先进入盘接收口1-22,盒盘1-13上的槽1-314中之一将接纳止动挡板1-311,并使盘盒1-13完全地插入光驱1-10中。 6 and 7, the disc cartridge 1-13 has a pair of molded into the side walls 1-37 slots 1-314, If the disc cartridge 1-13 is inserted correctly, its rear wall 1-38 entering the disc receiving port 1-22 first, one of the slots 1-314 in the disc cartridge 1-13 will accommodate the stop bumper 1-311, allowing the disc cartridge 1-13 to be fully inserted into the drive 1-10. 另一方面,如果使用者将盘盒1-13其朝前的标示端1-34首先插入到盘接收口1-22中时,止动挡板1-311将撞击盘盒1-13的标示端1-34,由此防止盘盒1-13完全插入到光驱1-10中。 On the other hand, if the user inserts the disc cartridge 1-13 with the forward-facing label end 1-34 entering the disc receiving port 1-22 first, the stop bumper 1-311 will impact the label disc cartridge 1-13 end 1-34, thereby preventing the disc cartridge 1-13 is fully inserted into the drive 1-10. 盘盒接收器1-82的后壁1-317其上形成有凹口区1-320,该凹口区1-320使安装到右门杆1-88上的锁定释放凸耳1-172(图16)作用于接收器锁闩1-166的竖直表面1-169(图17B)上。 Cartridge receiver 1-82 on the rear wall 1-317 has a notched region 1-320 formed, the notched region 1-320 permits the right door link 1-88 to the lock release trip lug 1-172 ( Figure 16) acting on the vertical surface of the receiver latch 1-166 1-169 (Fig. 17B). 由于左右门杆1-85和1-88随着盘盒1-13插入到盘盒接收器1-82中而分别向光驱1-10的后部转动,当盘盒1-13接近完全插入时,凸耳1-172会通过压接收器锁闩1-166的竖直表面1-169而使其转动,该接收器锁闩1-166的转动,使爪1-290脱离其右滑杆1-73升起部分1-293上的锁定位置。 Since the left and right door link 1-88 as the disc cartridge 1-13 is inserted into the cartridge receiver 1-82 are rotated toward the rear of the disc drive 1-10, as the disc cartridge 1-13 approaches full insertion at 1-85 and , the trip lug 1-172 1-166 1-169 vertical surface to rotate the receiver latch by pressing, the rotation of the receiver latch 1-166 frees the paw 1-290 from its right slider 1 -73 raised portion on the locking position 1-293. 当接收器锁闩1-166以这种方式松开时,可使盘盒接收器1-82下降,将盘盒1-13放置在主轴电机1-61的操作位置上。 When the receiver latch 1-166 is released in this way, can the cartridge receiver 1-82 can be lowered, placing the disc cartridge 1-13 on the spindle motor 1-61 in operating position on.

参见图7,15A,15B,16A和16B,现将描述左门杆1-85和右门杆1-88与接收器盒1-82的安装。 See Figure 7,15A, 15B, 16A and 16B, will now be described installation 1-85 and the right door link 1-88 to the receiver cartridge 1-82 left door lever. 可将左右门杆1-85和1-88分别靠近后壁1-317而安装到盘盒接收器1-82的后角上。 The left and right door link rear wall 1-317 is attached to the cartridge receiver 1-82 rear corners respectively adjacent to the 1-85 and 1-88. 特别是,左门杆1-85可在第一转动点1-323上转动地安装到盘盒接收器1-82上,并且右门杆1-88在第二转动点1-326上转动地安装到盘盒接收器1-82上。 Specifically, the left door link 1-85 is rotatably mounted in the first rotation to the disc cartridge receiver on a 1-82 point 1-323, and the right door link 1-88 is rotatably at a second pivot point 1-326 mounted to the cartridge receiver 1-82. 门杆1-85和1-88通过弹簧(未示出)而偏置向光驱1-10的面板1-19,在操作中,门杆1-85,1-88的一个或另一个会拉开盘盒活门锁,并且在将盘盒1-13插入光驱1-10中时打开盒活门1-49。 One or the other will pull the door 1-85 and 1-88 by a spring (not shown) and a bias to drive 1-10 1-19 panel, in operation, the door lever 1-85,1-88 opening box shutter lock and the disc cartridge 1-13 is inserted into the drive 1-10 to open the cartridge shutter 1-49. 是否由左门杆1-85或右门杆1-88开盒活门1-49是由在将盘盒1-13插入光驱1-10中时盘盒1-13哪一面朝上而确定。 Whether the left door or the right door link 1-85 1-88 1-49 opens the cartridge shutter is in the disk cartridge inserted into the drive 1-13 1-10 1-13 when the cartridge is determined by which side up. 如果盘盒1-13第一面朝上插入,则右门杆1-88操作活门锁并打活门1-49。 If the disc cartridge 1-13 on the first face insert, the right door link 1-88 operates the shutter latch and opens the shutter 1-49. 如果将盘盒1-13另一面朝上插入,则左门杆1-85操作活门锁并打开活门1-49。 If the disc cartridge 1-13 insert the other side up, the left door link 1-85 operates the shutter latch and opens the shutter 1-49. 当没有盘盒1-13在光驱1-10中时,门杆1-85和1-88会靠在门杆止挡1-329上,它整体地制成盘盒接收器1-82的一部分。 When no disc cartridge 1-13 in the drive 1-10, 1-85 and 1-88 the door against door link stops 1-329, which are integrally formed part of the cartridge receiver 1-82 . 这些门杆止挡1-329确保了,门杆1-85和1-88的自由端1-332适当地定位,以便在将盘盒1-13插入光驱1-10中时释放活门锁并打开活门1-49。 These door link stops 1-329 ensure that the door links 1-85 and free ends 1-332 1-88 suitably positioned so that the disc cartridge 1-13 into the drive when you release the shutter latch and open 1-10 Gates 1-49.

现参照图18-22,将更详细描述磁偏置线圈组件1-94。 Described in more detail, magnetic bias coil assembly 1-94 Referring now to Figure 18-22. 在光驱1-10进行写入和清除操作过程中使用偏置线圈组件1-94。 Write and erase operation using the bias coil assembly 1-94 in the drive 1-10. 偏置线圈组件1-94包括钢条1-335,它包封在线圈1-338中。 The bias coil assembly 1-94 includes a steel bar 1-335 wrapped in a coil of wire 1-338. 当偏置线圈组件1-94定位在盘1-14上时,如图23中最好地示出,它将径向伸过盘1-14,并由此能够在盘1-14的径向条带上产生强磁场,从主轴1-62(图23-25)附近延伸到盘1-14的边缘。 When the bias coil assembly 1-94 is positioned 1-14, the 23 best shown in the disc, it extends radially across the disc 1-14 and is thus capable of radial disc 1-14 strip to produce a strong magnetic field, extending from near the spindle 1-62 (Figs. 23-25) to the edge of the disc 1-14. 当盘1-14通过主轴电机1-61而在偏置线圈组件1-94下转动时,便会在盘1-14的整个表面上产生磁场,如此就使用户能够将信息写入盘1-14最内到最外轨道的所有部分上。 When the disc 1-14 is rotated by the spindle motor 1-61 in the bias coil assembly 1-94 will generate a magnetic field over the entire surface of the disc 1-14, thus enabling the user to write information to the disc 1- 14 onto all portions of the outermost track. 线圈1-338和条1-335被偏置线圈顶壳1-341盖上,可安装到偏置线圈底壳1-344上。 Coil 1-338 and bar 1-335 are covered bias coil housing top 1-341, can be mounted to a bias coil housing bottom 1-344.

偏置线圈组件1-94安装到偏置线圈弯曲部1-347上,图22,它依次地安装到偏置线圈臂1-97上,图21。 The bias coil assembly 1-94 is mounted to a bias coil flexure 1-347, Fig. 22, which in turn is mounted to a bias coil arm 1-97, Fig. 偏置线圈臂1-97跨在底板1-46的宽度上,并且通过一对偏置线圈夹1-100(图18)可转动地置于底板1-46的角柱1-178和1-181上,图8A和8B。 The bias coil arm 1-97 straddles the width of the base plate 1-46, and placed in the base plate 1-46 prism 1-178 and 1-181 by a pair of the bias coil clamps 1-100 (Fig. 18) is rotatably On, 8A and 8B. 如此偏置线圈夹1-100起支承块作用,在它们的下面偏置线圈臂1-97能够转动。 The bias coil clamps 1-100 thus act as bearing blocks under which the bias coil arm 1-97 can rotate. 偏置线圈夹1-100包括止挡横档1-350,图18,其在排出操作过程中将终止盘盒接收器1-82向上移动,正如下面参照图23-25更详细加以描述的。 The bias coil clamps 1-100 include a stop ledge 1-350, Fig. 18, which terminates the cartridge receiver 1-82 is moved upward in the process of discharge operation, as will be more detailed with reference to FIG. 23-25 described. 如前所述,偏置线圈臂1-97包括杠杆臂1-275,它在操作中与左滑杆1-70的后端上凹口1-268相连系,用以升降偏置线圈组件1-94。 As described above, the bias coil arm 1-97 includes the lever arm 1-275, which is connected to the notch 1-268 on the system in operation with the rear end of the left slider 1-70 to lift and lower the bias coil assembly 1 -94. 由于杠杆臂1-275啮合左滑杆1-70上的凹口1-268,左滑杆1-70控制何时偏置线圈组件1-97转向或离开盘盒1-13。 Since the lever arm 1-275 engages the notch of the left slider 1-70 1-268, the left slider 1-70 controls when the bias coil assembly 1-97 is rotated onto or off of the disc cartridge 1-13.

偏置线圈组件1-94可绕靠近其中心的点1-353摆动或转动,并且它是弹簧弹顶向下的。 The bias coil assembly 1-94 is rotatable about a point 1-353 near its center, the swing or rotation, and it is spring-loaded downward. 采用这种方式,使偏置线圈组件1-94在处于下部位置时(即图23所绘位置,其中盘盒1-13完全装载)和在处于上部位置时(即图25中所绘位置,其中盘盒1-13已卸载)保持与盘盒1-13平行。 In this manner, the bias coil assembly 1-94 when in the down position (i.e., the position depicted in FIG. 23, wherein the disc cartridge 1-13 is fully loaded) (i.e., the position depicted in FIG. 25 when in the upper position, wherein the disc cartridge 1-13 is unloaded) in parallel with the disc cartridge 1-13. 在处于上部位置时偏置线圈组件1-94保持与盘盒1-13平行的能力提供了光驱1-10所需公差,用以能够完成退盘操作,如下所述。 When in the upper position and maintain the bias coil assembly 1-94 parallel capacity disc cartridge 1-13 provides the clearance needed for the drive 1-10 to be able to complete a disk-ejection operation, as described below. 当处于下部位置上并加载于盘盒1-13时,偏置线圈组件1-94会在三处停留在盘盒1-13上。 When in the lower position and loaded in the disc cartridge 1-13, the bias coil assembly 1-94 in three places to stay on the disc cartridge 1-13.

现进一步参照图23-25,将描述盘盒1-13由光驱1-10中排出。 Now further reference to Figure 23-25, the discharge will be described disc cartridge 1-13 from the disc drive 1-10. 图23描绘了带有盘毂1-15的盘盒1-13完全装载在主轴电机1-61的主轴1-62上。 Figure 23 depicts a disc hub 1-15 of the disc cartridge with 1-13 fully loaded onto the spindle 1-62 of the spindle motor 1-61. 在该结构中,将偏置线圈组件1-94通过开着的活门1-49而装于盘盒1-13中。 In this configuration, the bias coil assembly 1-94 is loaded into the disc cartridge 1-13 through the open shutter 1-49. 当以这种方式完全地装载盘盒1-13时,左滑杆1-70通过舵杆1-76已滑动到其最后位置,偏置线圈臂1-97的杠杆臂1-275已转向光驱1-10的后部,正是杠杆臂1-275的该转动,使偏置线圈组件1-94装到盘盒1-13中。 When fully loaded in this manner the disc cartridge 1-13, the left slider 1-70 by the tiller 1-76 has been slid to its most rearward position, the lever arm of the bias coil arm 1-97 has shifted drive of 1-275 rear 1-10, it is the lever arm 1-275 rotates the bias coil assembly 1-94 into the disc cartridge 1-13. 由于盘盒接收器1-82的升降销1-136和1-139由于竖槽1-130和1-133(图8A和8B)而只限于竖直运动,当左滑杆1-70通过舵杆1-76已驱动向光驱1-10后部时,如图23中所绘,盘盒接收器1-82通过其升降销1-133和1-136而驱动到S形槽1-262和1-281的最低点。 Since the disc cartridge receiver 1-82 lift pins 1-136 and 1-139 due to the vertical slot 1-130 and 1-133 (Figs. 8A and 8B) and limited vertical movement, when the left slider 1-70 by the tiller 1-76 has been driven toward the rear of the disc drive 1-10, as depicted in FIG. 23, the cartridge receiver 1-82, via its lift pins 1-133 and 1-136, has been driven to the S-shaped slots 1-262 and lowest point 1-281.

现将参照图24描述退出过程的中间阶段。 Now referring to Figure 24 depicts an intermediate stage exit process. 在使用者起动由光驱1-10中退出盘盒1-13以后,图9所示的退出电机1-208会以第一方向(图9中逆时针方向)转动舵杆1-76。 The users starting from the disc drive 1-10 after the disc cartridge 1-13, the ejection motor shown in FIG. 9 1-208 in a first direction (counterclockwise in Fig. 9) rotates the tiller 1-76. 舵杆的该转动将左滑杆1-70拉向光驱1-10的前部,如图24所示。 This rotation of the drive pull the left slider 1-70 toward the front of the tiller 1-10, as shown in Fig.24. 当左滑杆1-70向前滑动时,凹口1-268向前转动杠杆臂1-275,由此使偏置线圈组件1-94升出盘盒1-13。 When the left slider 1-70 slides forward, the notch 1-268 rotates the lever arm 1-275 forward, thus the bias coil assembly 1-94 out of the disc cartridge 1-13. 在图24中还可以看到,固定到盘盒接收器1-82上的升降销1-136和1-139将通过舵杆1-76的运动在S形槽1-262和1-281中被压向上。 In Figure 24 can also be seen, fixed to the cartridge receiver 1-82 on the lift pins 1-136 and 1-139 by the motion of the tiller 1-76 in the S-shaped slots 1-262 and 1-281 is pressed upward. 由于升降销1-136和1-139位于盘盒接收器上的某点上,在那里通过两升降销1-136和1-139的横轴将不再通过主轴1-62,“脱离”作用会随盘盒接收器1-82的升起而获得,它使盘毂1-15离开主轴磁铁1-64。 Since the lift pins 1-136 and 1-139 are positioned on the cartridge receiver at a point on, where through both lift pins 1-136 and 1-139 of the horizontal axis will no longer pass through the spindle 1-62, a "peeling" action will be raised with the cartridge receiver 1-82 is obtained, the disc hub 1-15 from the spindle magnet 1-64. 换句话说,如图24中所示,在退出过程中,盘1-14不是竖直地升起离开主轴1-62。 In other words, as shown in Figure 24, the exiting process, the disc 1-14 is not lifted vertically from the spindle 1-62. 相反,当升降销1-136和1-139沿着各自的S形槽1-262和1-281运动时,由于盘盒接收器1-82的升降销1-136,1-139的位置,使盘盒1-13的后部比盘盒1-13的前端先升起。 Conversely, when the lift pins 1-136 and 1-139 are moved along the respective S-shaped slots 1-262 and 1-281 movement, due to the cartridge receiver 1-82 of the lift pins 1-136, 1-139 position, 1-13, the cartridge rear portion of the front end than the first disc cartridge 1-13 rises. 该脱离操作减小了用以从主轴电机1-61的磁性夹1-64移去盘毂1-15所需的峰值力。 This reduces the operation for departing from the magnetic clamp 1-61 of the spindle motor 1-64 remove the disc hub 1-15 peak force required.

仍参照图24,很明显,在盘盒接收器1-82通过滑杆1-70和1-73的运动已升起预定量以后,盘盒接收器1-82后壁1-317上的前缘1-356,图15A,会压在偏置线圈夹1-100上的止动横挡1-350的下表面上,图18。 After Still referring to FIG. 24, it is apparent that after the cartridge receiver 1-82 by the movement of the sliders 1-70 and 1-73 has been lifted a predetermined amount, before 1-82 on the rear wall 1-317 of the cartridge receiver edge 1-356, Fig. 15A, the pressure on the bias coil clamps 1-100 stop ledge on the lower surface 1-350, and Fig. 18. 在止动横挡1-350底表面和唇缘1-356顶表面之间的该接触,与舵杆1-76的连续转动一起,以及滑杆1-70和1-73的最终纵向运动,致使盘盒接收器1-82在图24中略微地向上倾斜。 In the contact stopper ledge 1-350 and the lip 1-356 bottom surface between the top surface, and the continuous rotation of the tiller 1-76, as well as the final longitudinal motion slider 1-70 and 1-73, causes the cartridge receiver 1-82 to pitch slightly upward in Fig. 24. 这实质上出现在升降销1-136,1-139连续托起接收器时,在止动横挡1-350与唇缘1-356之间的接触点附近。 This essentially occurs as the lift pins 1-136, 1-139 continue to pick up the receiver, in the vicinity of the stop ledge 1-350 and the lip contact point between 1-356. 这种盘盒接收器1-82的稍微倾斜运动影响上面所称的“脱离”操作。 This disc cartridge receiver 1-82 is slightly inclined movement impact referred to above "peeling" action.

图25描绘了在盘盒接收器1-82完成略微上倾以后,和盘盒接收器1-82压到邻近盘接收口1-22的止挡以后,光驱1-10的相对位置。 Figure 25 depicts a cartridge receiver 1-82 after the slight upward pitching complete, and the cartridge receiver 1-82 is pressed against the stopper adjacent to the disc receiving port 1-22 after the drive 1-10. 在这点,左滑杆1-70已到达其最前位置,并且已将杠杆臂1-275拉到其最前位置,由此使偏置线圈组件1-94转出盘盒1-13。 At this point, the left slider 1-70 has reached its furthest forward position and has pulled the lever arm 1-275 to its furthest forward position, thereby rotating the bias coil assembly 1-94 out of the disc cartridge 1-13. 由此,使偏置线圈组件平行并停于盘盒1-13上方,实质上靠在光驱1-10顶表面的内侧上,或靠在位于光驱1-10顶表面内侧上的印刷电路板上。 Thereby, the bias coil assembly parked parallel to and above the disc cartridge 1-13, substantially against the inside of the top surface of the disc drive 1-10, or a printed circuit board located against the inside top surface of the disc drive 1-10 . 偏置线圈组件1-94从在盘盒1-13内的加载位置到其刚描述的升起位置,其竖直运动最好是大约9mm。 The bias coil assembly 1-94 from the loading position within the disc cartridge 1-13 to its just-described raised position, its vertical motion is preferably about 9mm.

当盘盒接收器1-82上升到其最高位置(在最低位置上方大约5mm)时,右滑杆1-73(图12A-12E)会通过接收器锁闩1-166(图17A和图17B)而锁在其最后部位置如上面充分描述的。 When the cartridge receiver 1-82 is raised to its highest position (at the lowest position above about 5mm), the right slider 1-73 (Fig. 12A-12E) through the receiver latch 1-166 (Figs. 17A and 17B ) is latched in its rear-most position as fully described above. 当盘盒接收器1-82处于图25所绘的上部位置时,盘盒接收器1-82平行于底板1-46定位,准备排出盘盒1-13。 When the cartridge receiver 1-82 is in the upper position of FIG. 25 depicted, the cartridge receiver 1-82 is positioned parallel to the base plate 1-46, ready to discharge the disc cartridge 1-13. 如上所述偏压向光驱1-10前端的门杆1-85和1-88的弹力,和偏压向关闭位置的盘盒活门1-49的弹力使盘盒1-13从光驱1-10中排出,如图25中所示。 Bias to the disc drive 1-10 as described above the front end of the door links 1-85 and 1-88 of the stretch, and the bias to the closed position of the elastic force of the cartridge shutter 1-49 cartridge 1-13 from the disc drive 1-10 discharged, 25 as shown in FIG.

装盘操作实质上与上述退盘操作相反。 Loading operation is substantially above the eject operation opposite. 因此,将不再对插盘操作做详细描述。 Therefore, the disc insertion process will not be described in detail.

在本发明中,当盘毂1-15脱离主轴磁铁1-64时,所需的退出力可通过将盘1-14由装载位置移动到卸载位置的方式而有效地减小。 In the present invention, where the disc hub 1-15 from the spindle magnet 1-64, the required ejection force by the disc 1-14 is moved from the loaded position to the unloaded position manner effectively reduced. 通过根据本发明使用“脱离”运动,为移动盘毂1-15需要的力比通常竖直升降系统要小。 According to the present invention by using the "peeling" motion, to remove the disc hub 1-15 than the force required in conventional, vertical-lifting systems. 另外,设计节省了整个驱动器高度。 In addition, the design conserves overall drive height. 上述设计完成了由主轴磁铁1-64上使盘毂1-15脱离,它采用了使用光驱1-10侧面的可用空间的机构来完成的,而不是需要跨过底板1-46的宽度的一些部件,把盘盒接收器1-82两侧的运动系在一起并使用附加高度来完成。 The above-described design accomplishes the spindle magnet 1-64 of the disc hub 1-15 from the disc drive 1-10 using it uses the available space of the side surface of the bodies to complete, rather than across the width of the base plate 1-46 require some components, the sports department of the cartridge receiver 1-82 sides together and using additional height to do. 这种设计的另一有益特征是,大多数要求的尺寸的非临界特性。 Another useful feature of this design is that the non-critical nature of most of the required size. 此外,将偏置线圈组件装入盘盒1-13中的偏置线圈致动机构是很简单的,并且具有极少量的磨损点。 Further, the bias coil assembly into the cartridge 1-13 bias coil actuating mechanism that is simple and has a minimum number of wear points. 整个设计便于组装,并且对于大多数部件可以使用简单方便的制造部件而制成。 Entire design is easy to assemble and for the most part you can use simple and easy to fabricate parts.

在对于本发明优选实施例进行了上述描述的同时,在不脱离本发明精神或范围内可进行许多改变,对于本领域的专业人员来说,这将是明显的。 While the preferred embodiments of the invention have been described above, in many variations may be made without departing from the spirit or scope of the present invention, those skilled in the art, it will be apparent. 例如通过取消用以操作偏置线圈臂1-97的部件,本发明可用于不需要偏置线圈组件1-94(即相位改变或一次写入系统)的媒质系统。 For example, by eliminating the parts used to operate the bias coil arm 1-97, the present invention can be used not require the bias coil assembly 1-94 (i.e., phase change or write once systems) medium system. 另外,虽然在优选实施例中,存储媒质是5.25英寸磁光盘盒,本发明还可应用于所有类型的媒质和所有尺寸的驱动装置。 Further, although in the preferred embodiment, the storage media is a 5 inch magneto-optic disc cartridge, the present invention is applicable to all types of media and all sizes of drives.

两轴移动线圈致动器图26示意地表示按照本发明所构成的两轴电磁致动器2-10。 Two-Axis Moving Coil Actuator Fig. 26 schematically shows the present invention according to the two-axis electromagnetic actuator 2-10 constructed. 致动器2-10包括设置在透镜架2-14内的物镜2-12。 The actuator 2-10 includes an objective lens disposed within the lens holder 2-14 2-12. 径向或跟踪线圈2-16绕在并固定于透镜架2-14上,使得它一般地垂直于Z轴而定位。 A radial or tracking coil 2-16 is wound around and fixed to the lens holder 2-14 so as to be generally positioned perpendicular to the Z axis. 第一和第二聚焦线圈2-18和2-20定位在透镜架2-14的两侧,并固定到跟踪线圈2-16上,以便一般地垂直于Y轴而定位。 The first and second focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 are positioned at the sides of the lens holder 2-14 and are affixed to the tracking coil 2-16 so as generally positioned perpendicular to the Y axis. 第一对永久磁铁2-22邻近第一聚焦线圈2-18而定位,第二对永久磁铁2-24邻近第二聚焦线圈2-20而定位。 A first pair of permanent magnets 2-22 adjacent the first focus coil 2-18 positioned, a second pair of permanent magnets 2-24 is positioned adjacent the second focus coil 2-20.

如图27中所示,透镜架2-14包括其中央具有圆形孔2-32的一般矩形凸缘2-30。 As shown in Figure 27, the lens holder 2-14 includes a central circular aperture having a generally rectangular collar 2-30 2-32. 将物镜2-12粘到凸缘2-30上的圆孔2-32顶部的位置。 The objective lens 2-12 is glued into position on top of the circular aperture 2-32 in the collar 2-30 on. 凸缘2-30由一般I形平台2-34支撑,该台具有一对槽2-44它形成在台的边缘上,用以在跟踪线圈绕于平台上时装定并卡紧跟踪线圈2-16。 2-30 2-34 flange supported by a generally I-shaped platform, the station has a pair of grooves formed on the edge of it 2-44 units to the tracking coil wound on a platform of fashion and secure the tracking coil 2- 16. 支撑平台2-34的底座2-36包括其间形成有槽2-50的第一和第二T形部分2-46和2-48。 Base supporting the platform 2-34 2-36 2-50 includes a groove formed therebetween first and second T-shaped sections 2-46 and 2-48. 正如下面将要详细说明的那样,该底座2-36起着对于透镜架2-14质量平衡的作用。 As will be described in detail below, this base 2-36 plays balance for the lens holder 2-14 mass effect. 凸缘2-30,平台2-34和底座2-36在两侧上找平以形成透镜架的第一和第二相对面2-52和2-54。 The collar 2-30, platform 2-34 and 2-36 on both sides of the leveling base to form first and second opposing surfaces of the lens holder 2-52 and 2-54.

聚焦线圈2-18和2-20固定到跟踪线圈2-16上,使得聚焦线圈的中轴与跟踪线圈的中轴重合,相交,并最好是垂直。 The focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 affixed to the tracking coil 2-16 such that the central axis of the tracking coil axis of the focusing coils are coincident, intersect, and preferably perpendicular. 聚焦线圈2-18和2-20最好是由具有粘结材料层于其上的热粘接线制成,并且最好是绕于适当工具或支撑上。 The focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 are preferably formed from thermally bonded wire having a bond material layer thereon and are preferably wound on a suitable tool or support. 线圈2-18和2-20最好是尽可能紧密地绕于支撑上,使导线不会变形。 Coils 2-18 and 2-20 are preferably wound tightly as possible to the support, without deforming the wire. 正如本技术领域的专业人员将会知道的,该紧密度将随导线的类型而改变。 As those skilled in the art will appreciate, this tightness will vary with the type of the wire is changed. 在绕制过程中,聚焦线圈2-18和2-20最好是加热而使导线上的粘接材料层熔化,从而有利于增加绕制线圈的密实度和硬度。 During the winding process, the focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 are preferably heating the adhesive material layer on the wire melts, and thus help to increase the density of the wound coils and hardness. 温度最好选择得高到足够熔化粘接材料,但不要过高而使绝缘熔化。 Temperature is preferably chosen to be high enough to melt the bond material, but not so high as to melt the insulation. 在冷却之后,将线圈2-18和2-20由支撑上取下,然后将这些独立线圈使用适当的粘合剂以公知方式固定到跟踪线圈2-16上。 After cooling, the coils 2-18 and 2-20 are removed from the support and these freestanding coils using a suitable adhesive known manner affixed to the tracking coil 2-16.

第个独立聚焦线圈2-18和2-20形状均为椭圆,并且具有由一对较短端2-58所连接的两个细长边2-56。 Each freestanding focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 is oval in shape and having two elongated by a pair of shorter ends 2-58 sides 2-56 joined. 线圈2-18和2-20的边2-56和端2-58环绕一开口或空心的环形中心2-60。 The coils 2-18 and 2-20 sides 2-56 and ends 2-58 of surround an open or hollow annular center 2-60. 跟踪线圈2-16绕于透镜架2-14的I形平台2-34上,使得线圈被接纳并固定于槽2-44内,并靠在透镜架的相对面2-52和2-54上定位。 Tracking coil wound around the lens holder 2-16 I-shaped platform on 2-14 2-34 such that the coil is received by and secured within the grooves 2-44 within and against the opposite side of the lens holder 2-52 and 2-54 positioning. 参照图26和图27两者将两个聚焦线圈2-18和2-20安装到跟踪线圈2-16上,使得跟踪线圈定位在每个聚焦线圈的中心2-60内,聚焦线圈2-18和2-20进一步定位,使得每个线圈相接于透镜架2-14的相对面2-52和2-54。 Referring to FIG. 26 and FIG. 27, the two focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 affixed to the tracking coil 2-16 such that the tracking coil is positioned within the center of each focus coil 2-60, the focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 are further positioned such that each coil abuts the opposed faces 2-14 of the lens holder 2-52 and 2-54. 以这种方式,使跟踪线圈2-16和聚焦线圈2-18和2-20刚性地固定于透镜架2-14上,由此得到一更为坚固的驱动单元,它相当于一单个体。 In this manner, the tracking coil 2-16 and focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 are rigidly secured to the lens holder 2-14, thereby creating a more rigid driven unit that behaves as a single lumped mass.

参照图28,29,30和31,在操作中,光源元件(未示出),典型地为激光二极管,发射激光光束2-70,图31。 Referring to FIG. 29, 30 and 31, in operation, a light source element (not shown), typically a laser diode, emits a laser light beam 2-70, Fig. 光束2-70入射到棱镜2-72上,它正交地将光束向上反射到物镜2-12上。 31. The beam 2-70 is incident upon a prism 2-72 which orthogonally reflects the light beam upward toward the objective lens 2-12. 透镜2-12将光束2-70在记录媒质表面上会聚成一精确的焦点或光点2-74,记录媒质诸如光盘2-76。 The lens 2-12 converges the beam 2-70 on the surface of the recording medium to a precise focal point or optical spot 2-74, a recording medium such as optical disc 2-76. 当射到光盘2-76上时,光束2-70通过存储在盘2-76上的信息改变,并且会作为载有与盘2-76上已编码的信息相同的发散束而被反射,该反射光束再进入物镜2-12,它在其中被准直,并且再通过棱镜2-72反射到光检测器(未示出),它可用来检测存储在盘2-27上的数据。 Upon striking the disc 2-76, the light beam 2-70 is changed by the information stored on the disc 2-76 and will be used as a carrier has been encoded on the disc 2-76 same information a divergent light beam is reflected, the reflected beam re-enters the objective lens 2-12 where it is collimated therein, and is again reflected by the prism 2-72 to a photo detector (not shown), which can be used to detect data stored on the disc 2-27. 另外,如果落于光检测器上的光束是不聚焦的或未对准的,则进行对未对准或散焦的量的电子测量,并用作反馈而提供给本技术领域公知的伺服系统(未示出),进行物镜2-12相对于盘2-76的适当再对准。 Further, if the light beam falling on the photodetector is out of focus or misaligned, the amount of electronic measurement of misalignment or defocusing and used as feedback for the art known servo system ( not shown), the objective lens 2-12 relative to the appropriate re-alignment of the disc 2-76.

正是这些反馈信号确定了,使光束相对于盘2-76进入到希望的聚焦位置所需的致动器2-10及载于其上的物镜2-12的移动量和方向。 It is these feedback signals which determine the beam relative to the disc 2-76 desired into the desired focus position of the actuator 2-10 and the amount of movement and direction of the objective lens 2-12 carried thereon the. 当需要径向或跟踪移动使物镜2-12定位在光盘2-76上所选轨道的中心下时,电流提供给跟踪线圈2-16,电流与由永久磁铁对2-22和2-24所产生的磁场交互作用而产生使致动器2-10的跟踪方向移动的力。 When radial or tracking movement is required to make the objective lens 2-12 positioned in the center of a selected track on the optical disc 2-76 next time, the current applied to the tracking coil 2-16, current and by the permanent magnet pairs 2-22 and 2-24 generating a magnetic field generated by the interaction of the actuator 2-10 in the tracking direction of the moving force. 这些力是按照Lorentz定律F=BXIl产生的,其中F代表作用在跟踪线圈2-16上的力,B代表在永久磁铁对2-22和2-24之间的磁场的磁通密度,I代表通过跟踪线圈2-16的电流,和l代表线圈2-16的长度。 These forces are generated according to the Lorentz law F = B X I l produced, wherein F represents the force acting on the tracking coil 2-16 force, B represents the permanent magnet pairs 2-22 and 2-24 of the magnetic field between the flux density, I representative of the current through the tracking coil 2-16, and l is the length of the coil 2-16. 当提供给跟踪线圈2-16的电流I的逆时针方向流过线圈时,相对于图29的取向,产生使致动器2-10向右移动的力,该向右移动在图31中是以箭头2-15表示的。 When supplied to the tracking coil 2-16 counterclockwise current I flows through the coil, relative to the orientation of Fig. 29, so that the actuator 2-10 to the right to produce a force causing movement, the rightward in Fig. 31 is arrow 2-15. 当提供给线圈2-16的电流的相反方向或顺时针方向流过线圈时,产生使致动器2-10向左移动的力,如图31中的箭头2-17所示。 When supplied to the coil in the opposite direction or clockwise direction of the current flowing through the coils 2-16, 2-10 to produce movement of the actuator so that the force caused by the left, FIG. 31 by arrow 2-17. 以这种方式,使致动器2-10径向移动,从而将物镜2-12定位在光盘2-76表面上所需信息轨道的中心下。 In this manner, the actuator 2-10 is moved radially to the objective lens 2-12 positioned on the surface of the disc 2-76 beneath the center of the desired information track.

当在固定于透镜架2-14侧面的跟踪线圈2-16上的两聚焦线圈2-18和2-20中产生电流时,会产生致动器2-10实现聚焦的移动。 When fixed to the side surface of the lens holder 2-14 in the tracking coil 2-16 in the two focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 in current is generated, will produce movement of the actuator 2-10 to effect focusing. 当提供通过这些线圈2-18和2-20的电流使电流在图30的平面上逆时针方向流动时,将产生一力,它的作用使透镜架2-14和物镜2-12向上朝光盘2-76的表面移动,如图31中的箭头2-19所示,相反,当提供电流使电流在图30的平面上以顺时针方向流过线圈2-18,2-20时,会产生一力,它使透镜架2-14向下移动,如图31中的箭头2-21所示,或远离开盘2-76的表面。 When these coils 2-18 and 2-20 provide current through a current flow in the counterclockwise direction in the plane of FIG. 30, it will generate a force, which acts to move the lens holder 2-14 and objective lens 2-12 upward toward the disc 2-76 moving surface, as shown by arrow 2-19 in Fig 31, on the contrary, when the current to provide a current in the plane of FIG. 30 in a clockwise direction through the coil 2-18,2-20, will produce a force, which move the lens holder 2-14 downward, as shown in FIG. 31 by arrow 2-21, or away from the opening surface 2-76.

由于跟踪线圈2-16与透镜架2-14结合在一起,并依次地聚焦线圈2-18和2-20直接地与跟踪线圈2-16结合在一起,从而使线圈和透镜架相当于一“单个体”,并且会明显地增大线圈相对于透镜架去耦的频率,采用本发明的致动器设计已测得,去耦频率高达30KHz。 Because the tracking coil 2-16 and the lens holder 2-14, and in turn, the focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 are coupled directly to the tracking coil 2-16, the coils and lens holder behave as a " single lumped mass "and the coils are significantly increased with respect to the lens holder decoupling frequency, using the present invention the actuator design have been measured, the decoupling frequency of up to 30KHz.

参照图28和29,磁铁对2-22和2-24在透镜架2-14移动过程中保持静止,并固定于通常为矩形的壳体或基座2-80内。 Referring to Figures 28 and 29, the magnet pairs 2-22 and 2-24, remain stationary during movement of the lens holder 2-14 and are affixed within a generally rectangular housing or base 2-80. 可装配两对吊线2-82和2-84以悬吊起磁铁对2-22和2-24之间的物镜架2-14。 Can be equipped with two pairs of hanging wire 2-82 and 2-84 to suspend the magnet to a holder between 2-22 and 2-24 2-14. 线对2-82和2-84安装于静止印刷电路板2-85上,它相对于透镜架2-14垂直定位,并起着支撑线对2-82和2-84的作用。 Wire pairs 2-82 and 2-84 are attached to a stationary printed circuit board 2-85 which is relative to the lens holder 2-14 vertical positioning, and plays a supporting line of 2-82 and 2-84. 线对2-82和2-84进一步地固定到移动电路板2-87上的电气接点上,该电路板也以垂直取向地安装于透镜架2-14上。 Wire pairs 2-82 and 2-84 are further attached to electrical contacts 2-87 on the moving circuit board, the circuit board is mounted in a vertical orientation to the lens holder 2-14. 特别地,每个聚焦线圈2-18和2-20的自由端焊接于电气接点2-86上,使得电流可通过也焊接于接点2-86上的第二或底部线对2-84而提供给聚焦线圈2-16和2-18。 In particular, the free end of each focus coil 2-18 and 2-20 is soldered to electrical contacts 2-86 such that current can be also soldered to the contacts 2-86 of the second or bottom wire pair 2-84 which provide to the focus coils 2-16 and 2-18. 每个聚焦线圈2-18和2-20的另一自由端可焊接到电路板2-87上,并沿电气接点2-88连接。 The other free end of each focus coil 2-18 and 2-20 is soldered to the circuit board 2-87 and along an electrical contact 2-88. 跟踪线圈2-16的自由端和第一或顶部吊线对2-82可焊接到移动电路板2-87上的电气接点2-89上,使电流可通过顶部线对提供给线圈。 The free end of the tracking coil 2-16 and the first or top suspension wire pair 2-82 are soldered to electrical circuit board 2-87 on mobile contacts 2-89 such that current is supplied to the line through the top of the coil. 透镜架2-14的底座2-36起着质量平衡的作用,它可以抵消物镜2-12和电路板2-87的重量。 A base 2-36 of the lens holder 2-14 plays a mass balance by offsetting the weight of the objective lens 2-12 and the circuit board 2-87. 透镜架2-14连接到电路板2-87。 The lens holder 2-14 is attached to the circuit board 2-87.

可替换地,可以使用四个弯曲来悬吊透镜架2-14。 Alternatively, you can use the four bent to suspend the lens holder 2-14. 弯曲按所希望地起着平行片簧的作用,它允许物镜架2-14为聚焦进行的上下移动,同时阻止透镜2-12光轴取向的变化。 The flexures would desirably act as parallel leaf springs which permit the objective lens holder 2-14 to move up or down for focusing while prohibiting changes in the orientation of the optical axis of the lens 2-12. 以这种方式,使物镜2-12在透镜架2-14以聚焦方向移动时,将不会相对于光盘2-76的表面倾斜。 In this manner, the objective lens 2-12 as the lens holder 2-14 to the focusing direction, not with respect to the inclined surface of the disc 2-76. 每个弯曲进一步包括窄部,它象铰链一样操作,以便允许物镜架2-14在侧对侧的方向上进行一些移动用以跟踪调节。 Each flexure further includes narrow portions which operate as a hinge so as to allow some movement of the lens holder 2-14 in a side to side direction for tracking adjustments.

除了完成透镜架2-14的精聚焦和跟踪移动以外,通常需要检测透镜架2-14相对于底座2-80的位置。 In addition to completing the lens holder 2-14 than fine focusing and tracking movements, often desirable to detect the lens holder 2-14 with respect to the base 2-80. 为了确定在跟踪和/或聚焦两个方向上物镜2-12的位置,致动器2-10装备有位置传感器2-90。 In order to determine the position of the objective lens 2-12 in the tracking and / or focusing direction, the actuator 2-10 is equipped with a position sensor 2-90. 最好是,发光二极管(LED)2-92与传感器2-90相对地定位在致动器2-10的一侧上,使得在物镜架2-14在底座2-80内居中时,由LED 2-92所射出的光将通过透镜架2-14上的槽2-50照到传感器2-90的一部分上。 Preferably, a light emitting diode (LED) 2-92 is positioned opposite the sensor 2-90 on one side of the actuator 2-10, so that the objective lens holder 2-14 is centered within the base 2-80, the LED 2-92 will light emitted through the slot 2-14 in the lens holder 2-50 strikes the portion of the sensor 2-90. 位置敏感检测器可适宜补充作为传感器2-90,并且传感器的定位使得当透镜架2-14在底座2-80内居中心时,由LED 2-92所发射的光将通过槽缝2-50,并将分布于检测器上。 Position sensitive detector suitable complement sensor 2-90 and the sensor is positioned such that when the lens holder 2-14 at the center within the base 2-80, the light emitted by the LED 2-92 will pass through the slit 2-50 , will be distributed on the detector. 由此,当透镜架2-14以侧对侧方向即跟踪方向移动时,传感器2-90的各部分将会被照亮,以指示在跟踪方向上透镜架2-14的位置。 Thus, when the lens holder 2-14 in a side-side direction, i.e., the tracking direction, various parts of the sensor 2-90 will be illuminated, to indicate the position of the tracking direction of the lens holder 2-14. 接着,当透镜架2-14相对于底座2-80不居中时,由LED 2-92所发射的光的一部分将会受到透镜架2-14的阻挡,致使光不对称地分布在传感器2-90上。 Subsequently, when the lens holder 2-14 is not centered with respect to the base 2-80, a portion emitted by the LED 2-92 will light blocked by the lens holder 2-14, causing an unequal distribution of light sensors 2- 90. 然后,将该不对称分布通过公知电路和方法分析的确定透镜架2-14相对于底座2-80的位置。 Then, the asymmetric distribution analysis by well-known circuitry and methods of determining the lens holder 2-14 with respect to the base 2-80.

当控制信号由伺服系统产生时,将根据透镜架2-14和安装其上的物镜2-12所需的移动方向,提供给跟踪线圈2-16和/或聚焦线圈2-18和2-20一定电流。 When the control signal generated by the servo system, according to the desired direction of movement of the lens holder 2-12 and objective lens 2-14 attached thereto, and is supplied to the tracking coil 2-16 and / or the focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 certain current. 该伺服系统和控制电流量的反馈电路在本领域是公知的。 Such servo systems and feedback circuits which control the amount of current are well known in the art. 如上所述,该电流与由永久磁铁对2-22和2-24所产生的电磁场相互作用,产生使透镜架2-14和安装其上的物镜2-12在适当的聚焦或跟踪方向上位移的力。 As described above, this current interacts with the electromagnetic field by the permanent magnet pairs 2-22 and 2-24 produced interact to produce the lens holder 2-14 and objective lens is mounted thereon 2-12 displacement in the appropriate focusing or tracking direction force.

现将更加详细地描述聚焦和跟踪机构的操作和结构。 Operation will now be described in greater detail and structure of the focus and tracking mechanism. 如图32和33所示,永久磁铁对2-22和2-24以相反的磁极相互对立地取向。 As shown in Figure 32 and 33, the permanent magnet pairs 2-22 and 2-24 in the opposite poles opposing each other orientations. 更特别地,第一对磁铁2-22包括第一或顶部磁铁2-100,和第二或底部磁铁2-102,它们是沿平界面相连的叠层关系,使得顶磁铁2-100的北极和底磁铁2-102的南极相邻于透镜架2-14而定位,如图33中所示。 More particularly, a first pair of magnets 2-22 includes a first or top magnet 2-100 and a second or bottom magnet 2-102 in a stacked relationship joined along a planar interface, such that the north pole of the top magnet 2-100 and adjacent to the south pole of the bottom magnet 2-102 in the lens holder 2-14 and positioned, as shown in Fig. 33. 第二对磁铁2-24包括第三或顶部磁铁2-104和第四或底部磁铁2-106,它们是具有相反取向的沿平界面相连的叠层关系,使得顶磁铁2-104的南极和底磁铁2-106的北极相邻于透镜架2-14而定位,如图33中所示。 The second pair of magnets 2-24 includes a third or top magnet 2-104 and a fourth or bottom magnet 2-106 in a stacked relationship joined along a planar interface having the opposite orientation is connected, such that the south pole of the top magnet 2-104 and adjacent the bottom magnet 2-106 in the lens holder 2-14 and positioned, as shown in Fig. 33. 如图32中所示,由该取向产生磁力线起始于每个磁铁对2-22和2-24的北极,并终止于每个磁铁对的南极。 As shown in Figure 32, the magnetic field lines generated by the initial orientation of each magnet pair 2-22 and 2-24 in the Arctic, and terminates at the south pole of each magnet pair. 铁板2-110(为了清楚以虚线示出)可安装到每个磁铁对2-22和2-24的与透镜架2-14相对的永久磁铁侧上。 Iron plates 2-110 (shown in phantom for clarity) may be attached to each magnet on the side of the permanent magnet pairs 2-22 and 2-24 of the lens holder 2-14 relative. 铁板2-110有效地“分流”由磁铁2-100,2-102,2-104和2-106的与透镜架2-14相对的侧所发出的磁道,由此会增加透镜架相邻部分的磁通,并产生致动器功率的相应增加。 The iron plates 2-110 effectively "shunt" the magnetic 2-100,2-102,2-104 and the track and opposite the lens holder 2-14 2-106, adjacent the lens holder thereby increasing flux portion, and producing a corresponding increase in actuator power.

在图34中更详细地示出了作用在致动器2-10上的聚焦力。 In Figure 34 is shown in more detail the role of the actuator 2-10 in the focusing force. 当电流I以所示方向,即由相邻于顶磁铁2-100,2-104的图纸平面出来并从相邻于底磁铁2-102和2-106的图纸平面进入而提供给聚焦线圈2-18和2-20时,会产生力FFOCUS1和FFOCUS2,它会被转换给透镜架2-14以加速或减速移动物体(透镜架),并转换给吊线对2-82和2-84,弯曲吊线以移动透镜架2-14及相关物镜2-12便靠近光盘2-76。 When the current I in the direction indicated, i.e., adjacent the top magnet 2-100,2-104 by the plane of the drawing and out from adjacent the bottom magnet 2-102 and 2-106 into the plane of the drawing is supplied to the focus coils 2 -18 and 2-20, it will produce power FFOCUS1 and FFOCUS2, it will be translated to the lens holder 2-14 to accelerate or decelerate the moving mass (lens holder) and to the suspension wire pairs 2-82 and 2-84, bending suspension wires to move the lens holder 2-14 and associated objective lens 2-12 closer to the optical disc 2-76. 由于如上所述的磁力线曲线,使磁场方向在聚焦线圈2-18,2-20中竖直变化。 As described above, because the flux lines curve, the direction of the magnetic field vertically in the focus coils 2-18,2-20 change. 例如,对于相邻第一磁铁对2-22定位的聚焦线圈2-18,在垂直截开邻近顶磁铁2-100的线圈的图34平面上,磁场在线圈2-18的顶部具有第一方向,由B1表示,在邻近底磁铁2-102的截面上,磁场在线圈2-18的底部具有第二方向,由B2表示。 For example, adjacent the first magnet pair 2-22 for the focus coil 2-18 positioned in a vertical cross-sectional adjacent the top magnet 2-100 of the plane coil 34, the magnetic field at the top of the coil 2-18 having a first direction by B1, in the cross section adjacent the bottom magnet 2-102, the magnetic field at the bottom of the coil 2-18 and a second direction, represented by B2. 根据Lorentz定律F=BXIl,电流与磁场B1交互作用而产生作用在邻近顶磁铁2-100的聚焦线圈2-18部分上的第一分力F1,并与磁场B2交互作用而产生作用在邻近底磁铁2-102的聚焦线圈部分上的第二分力F2。 According to the Lorentz law F = B X I l, the current interacts with the magnetic field B1 to produce an effect on the focus coil adjacent the top magnet 2-100 2-18 portion of the first component force F1, and the interaction with the magnetic field B2 have an effect on the portion of the focus coil adjacent the bottom magnet 2-102 of the second force component F2. 当分力F1和F2水平部分的大小相等而方向相反时,根据矢量加法原则,这些水平分力分量相互抵消而产生合力FFOCUS1,它在图34平面上是垂直向上的。 When the size of the force components F1 and F2 are equal and the horizontal portion of the opposite direction, according to the rules of vector addition, these horizontal force components cancel each other and produce a resultant force FFOCUS1, which is vertically upward in the plane of Fig. 类似地,整个线圈2-18的其它部分上的水平力分量抵消了,而得到一垂直合力,它严格地垂直向上(即垂直向上而没有有效的水平分量)因此使透镜架2-14移动更靠近光盘2-76的表面。 Similarly, other portion of the horizontal force on the whole of the coil 2-18 are canceled, giving a vertical resultant force which is strictly vertically upward (i.e., vertically upward and has effectively no horizontal component) and therefore moves the lens holder 2-14 to move more close to the surface of the optical disc 2-76.

当由第二磁铁对2-24所产生的磁力线与第一磁铁对2-22所产生的弯曲相反时,则在聚焦线圈2-20上任何点的磁场方向均不同于在聚焦线圈2-18上相应点磁场的方向。 When the curved line of magnetic force by the opposite second magnet pair 2-24 generated by the first magnet pair 2-22 generated, the magnetic field on the focus coil 2-20 is different than the direction at any point in the focus coil 2-18 the corresponding point of the magnetic field direction. 再有,由于磁力线弯曲,会使作用于线圈2-20上的磁场方向沿线圈垂直地变化。 Further, because the flux lines curve, the direction of the magnetic field acting on the coil 2-20 varies vertically along the coil. 在垂直截开邻近第二磁铁对2-24顶磁铁2-104的线圈的图34平面上,在线圈2-20的顶部磁场方向由B3表示,并且根据Lorentz定律会产生方向F3的力,同时在邻近底磁铁2-106的截面上,在线圈2-20底部上磁场方向由B4表示,并产生力F4。 Which vertically bisects adjacent the second magnet pair 2-24 of the top magnet 2-104 of the coil plane of FIG. 34, the magnetic field direction at the top of the coil 2-20 is represented by B3, a force is generated according to Lorentz law in the direction F3, while On the cross section adjacent the bottom magnet 2-106 at the bottom of the coil 2-20 given by B4 at the direction of the magnetic field, and a force F4. 各力相加产生合力FFOCUS2,如所示,它是严格地垂直向上的。 The forces add to produce a resultant force FFOCUS2, as shown, is strictly vertically upward.

因此,可以看到,分别作用在聚焦线圈2-18和2-20上的力FFOCUS1和FFOCUS2使透镜架2-14向上移动。 Thus, it can be seen, respectively acting on the focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 force FFOCUS1 and FFOCUS2 the lens holder 2-14 upward. 相反地,如果电流以相反方向提供给聚焦线圈2-18和2-20时,将会产生使透镜架2-14向下一些力,或更远离光盘2-76的表面。 Conversely, if the current in the opposite direction to the focus coils 2-18 and 2-20, will have to move the lens holder 2-14 downward, or farther away from the surface of the disc 2-76. 通过使物镜2-12靠近或远离盘2-76表面的移动,使聚焦线圈2-18和2-20可把射出物镜2-12的激光束精确地聚焦在光盘2-76上。 By moving the objective lens 2-12 closer to or away from the surface of the disk migration 2-76, the focus coils 2-18 and 2-20 exiting the objective lens 2-12 to precisely focus the laser beam on the optical disc 2-76.

如图35中所示,当在固定于透镜架2-14上的跟踪线圈2-16中产生电流时,会产生使致动器2-10影响细调跟踪的移动。 As shown in Figure 35, when current is generated in the tracking coil fixed to the lens holder 2-14 to 2-16, will produce the actuator 2-10 to effect fine tracking movement. 在图35的平面上,它水平地平分了跟踪线圈2-16,具有方向B1的磁场作用于位于最靠近第一磁铁对2-22的线圈2-16的截面上,并且具有方向B2的磁场作用于位于最靠近第二磁铁时2-24的线圈截面上。 In the plane of FIG. 35 which horizontally bisects the tracking coil 2-16, a magnetic field having direction B1 acts on the located closest to the first magnet pair 2-22 and 2-16 of the coil cross-section, and has a direction of a magnetic field B2 when acting on the cross section located closest to the second magnet coil 2-24. 例如,如果将电流I以逆时针方向提供给跟踪线圈2-16时,力F1会作用于邻近第一磁铁对2-22的跟踪线圈部分上,力F2会作用于邻近第二磁铁对2-24的跟踪线圈部分上。 For example, if a current I is applied in a counterclockwise direction when supplied to the tracking coil 2-16, a force F1 acts adjacent the first magnet portion of the tracking coil 2-22 and a force F2 acts on the adjacent the second magnet pair 2- the upper portion of the tracking coil 24. 这些力在矢量加法定律下相加而产生合力FTRACK,它可使透镜架2-14在图35的平面中向右移动。 These forces add under the laws of vector addition to produce a resultant force adding FTRACK, which move the lens holder 2-14 to the right in the plane of FIG. 35. 当力以这种方式作用于跟踪线圈2-16上时,它们通过透镜架2-14变换,使移动物体(透镜架)加速或减速,并变换给吊线对2-82和2-84,它们在相应方向上弯曲,以移动物镜2-12,并精确地将由其射出的激光束定于光盘2-76表面上所选取的数据轨道的中心内。 In this way when the force acting on the tracking coil 2-16, which through the lens holder 2-14, the moving mass (lens holder) to accelerate or decelerate, and into the suspension wire pairs 2-82 and 2-84, they bend in the corresponding direction to move the objective lens 2-12 and precisely to set the laser beam exiting therefrom within the center of the upper surface of the disc 2-76 selected data track. 相反地,如果将电流I以顺时针方向提供给线圈2-16时,则产生的合力会使透镜架2-14向图35平面中的左边移动。 Conversely, if a current I is 2-16 in a clockwise direction around the coil, a force is generated to move the lens holder 2-14 to the left in the plane 35 in FIG.

由此,可以看到,本发明的耦合排列进一步减小了作用于线圈2-16,2-18和2-20上的合力与物镜2-12光轴之间的距离,减少了在聚焦和跟踪操作过程中运动的不利方式,如摆动,滚动和偏转。 Thus, it can be seen the coupling arrangement of the present invention further reduces the distance acting on the coil 2-16, 2-18 and 2-20 on the optical axis between the objective lens 2-12 and the force, reducing the focusing and unfavorable way process of tracking the movement of the operation, such as swing, roll, and yaw.

采用本发明的致动器设计,只需要两对永久磁铁,即总共四块磁铁,和三个线圈,便可实现在跟踪和聚焦方向上的移动,由此减小了致动器的尺寸和重量,并获得较高的去耦频率。 According to the present invention the actuator design, only two pair of permanent magnets, i.e., four total magnets, and three coils are required to effect movement in both the tracking and focusing directions, thereby reducing the size of the actuator and by weight, and yielding higher decoupling frequencies. 当用于致动器的部件数降低时,会使致动器与先前具有许多线圈、磁铁和极部的致动器设计相比更便于制造和组装。 When the number of parts is reduced for the actuator, the actuator is the actuator previously having many more coils, magnets, and pole design is easy to manufacture and assemble compared. 另外,由于跟踪和聚焦线圈2-16,2-18和2-20直接地结合到透镜架2-14上,而不绕于轭或极部上,所以明显地改善了线圈刚性和共振频率特性。 In addition, because the tracking and focus coils 2-16, 2-18, and 2-20 are coupled directly to the lens holder 2-14 and are not wound around yokes or poles on, is significantly improved, coil rigidity and resonance frequency characteristics . 进一步地,线圈2-16,2-18和2-20的直接耦合减小了产生有效跟踪与聚焦力的点与物镜光轴之间的距离,由此减少了不利运动,如摇动、滚动和偏转。 Furthermore, direct coupling coil 2-16, 2-18 and 2-20, reduces the distance between an effective tracking and focus forces between the point and the optical axis of the objective lens, thereby reducing the adverse movements such as rocking, rolling and deflection.

本发明改善了电机特性。 The present invention improves motor performance. 对于按照本发明所构成的致动器,已测得对于聚焦方向最优值为130m/s2/sqrt.(w),对于径向为70m/s2/sqrt.(w)。 For the actuator according to the present invention is constituted, have been measured for the focus direction and 130m / s2 / sqrt. (W), for the radial 70m / s2 / sqrt. (W). 这些数值明显高于以前的数值。 These values are significantly higher than previously realized. 本技术领域的专业人员将会认识到,本发明的设计也保证了大约40%的线圈导线用来,由此增加致动器的效率超过了先前的设计。 Those skilled in the art will recognize that the design of the present invention also ensures that approximately 40% of the coil wire is utilized, thereby increasing the efficiency of the actuator over prior designs.

参照图26中所示的座标系统已描述了两轴电磁致动器2-10的优选实施例,其中光盘2-76定位在物镜2-12的上方,使得聚焦可通过使致动器2-10沿Z轴的上下移动而完成,而跟踪移动可通过使致动器沿Y轴侧对侧移动而完成。 Coordinate system shown in FIG. 26 has been described with reference to the two-axis electromagnetic actuator 2-10 of the preferred embodiment, wherein the optical disc 2-76 is positioned above the objective lens 2-12 such that focusing by the actuator 2 -10 moved up and down along the Z-axis is completed, and tracking movement is effected by moving the actuator along the Y-axis side-side motion. 然而,本技术领域的专业人员将会认识到,本发明的致动器2-10还可包含在具有不同于所示取向的光学系统中。 However, those skilled in the art will recognize that the actuator 2-10 of the present invention may also be incorporated in optical systems having different orientations than those illustrated.

聚焦传感装置图36是本发明光束聚焦传感装置3-10优选实施例的方框图。 Focus Sensing Apparatus Fig. 36 is a beam focus sensing apparatus of the present invention is a block diagram of a preferred embodiment 3-10. 装置3-10包括一光学装置3-12,用以提供伺服光束S,它示出照射到光盘3-14上的光束1的聚焦。 Apparatus 3-10 includes an optical arrangement 3-12 for providing a servo beam S, which is shown illuminating beam focused on the optical disc 3-14 1. 伺服光束S包括由盘3-14所反射的照射光束1的一部分。 3-14 servo beam S comprises a portion of an illuminating beam reflected from the disc. 用以产生这种伺服光束的技术对于本技术领域的专业人员来说是公知的。 For generating such a servo beam techniques to those skilled in the art is well known. 例如,在美国专利号4,862,442中描述了一种光学系统,即用以产生伺服光束S的光学装置3-12,它在这里可结合作参考。 For example, in U.S. Patent No. 4,862,442 describes an optical system for generating the servo beam S of the optical arrangement 3-12, which is herein incorporated by reference. 下面将进一步简要说明光学装置3-12的操作。 The following brief description will be further operation of the optical arrangement 3-12.

如图36中所示,光学装置3-12包括一激光源3-16,它产生直线偏振光束B。 As shown, the optical device 36 includes a laser source 3-16 3-12 which generates a linearly polarized beam B. 光束B通过准直透镜3-18进行准直,并且准直光束通过光学分光装置3-20引导到物镜3-24上,然后,准直光束通过物镜3-24会聚到光盘3-14的表面上。 Beam B passes through the collimator lens 3-18 collimated, and the collimated light beam through an optical splitter means 3-20 guided to the objective lens 3-24, and then, the collimated light beam converged onto the surface of the optical disc through the objective lens 3-24 3-14 on. 例如光盘可包括CD盘,视盘或光存储盘。 E.g., the disc may comprise a CD, video disc, or optical memory disc. 盘3-14将聚焦在其上的照射光束通过物镜3-24反射回分光装置3-20。 The disc 3-14 illuminating beam focused thereon back through the objective lens 3-24 3-20 spectral reflection means. 本技术领域的专业人员将会知道,分光装置3-20可包括第一分光镜(未示出),用以将反射的照射光束第一部分改变方向为以便形成伺服光束S。 Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the beamsplitting arrangement 3-20 may include a first beamsplitter (not shown) for the first portion of the reflected illuminating beam to change direction in order to form the servo beam S. 分光装置3-20通常还将包括第二分光镜(未示出)用以将反射的照射光束第二部分改变方向以产生一数据光束,该数据光束载有存储于光盘3-14上的信息。 Beamsplitting arrangement 3-20 will also generally include a second beamsplitter (not shown) for supplying the second portion of the reflected illuminating beam to change direction to produce a data light beam, the light beam carrying information data stored on the disc 3-14 . 伺服光束S可通过FTR棱镜3-30折射,其设计和结构将在下面更全面地加以讨论。 The servo beam S by FTR prism 3-30, the design and structure is discussed more fully below.

正如下面详细描述的,伺服光束S通过FTR棱镜3-30分成发射光束T和反射光束R。 As described in detail below, the servo beam S is intercepted by an FTR prism 3-30 is divided into transmitted beam T and a reflected beam R. 在图36的实施例中,发射和反射光束T和R实质上截面和强度相等。 In the embodiment of FIG. 36, the transmitted and reflected beams T and R are of substantially equal cross section and intensity. 发射光束T入射到第一四元检测器3-32上,同时反射光束R入射到第二四元检测器3-34上。 The transmitted beam T is incident on a first quad detector 3-32, while the reflected beam R is incident on a second quad detector 3-34. 对应于发射和反射光束T和R的强度分布由四倍检测器3-32和3-34产生电信号,它通过控制单元3-37而使用,以产生微分聚焦误差信号(DFES),表示在光盘3-14上照射光束1的聚焦。 Corresponding to the transmitted and reflected beams T and R of the intensity distribution produced by the quad detectors 3-32 and 3-34 produce electrical signals which via the control unit 3-37 to generate a differential focus error signal (DFES), expressed in the focus of the illuminating beam on the disc 3-14. 下面讨论控制单无3-37的一优选实施例和用以产生DFES的有关方法。 The following discussion of the control unit 3-37 to a preferred embodiment and associated method for generating the DFES. 例如,可将聚焦误差信号用来控制机械装置(未示出),其设置是用来通过改变物镜3-24相对于盘3-14的位移而调整照射光束1的聚焦。 For example, the focus error signal is used to control a mechanical arrangement (not shown), which is provided for by changing the objective lens 3-24 relative to the disc 3-14 displacement adjust the focus of the illuminating beam.

图37表示FTR棱镜3-30放大的顶视截面图。 Figure 37 shows the FTR prism 3-30 enlarged top cross-sectional view. 棱镜3-30包括第一和第二光学元件3-35和3-36,它夹有一分离层3-38,光学元件3-35和3-36可由玻璃制成,它具有比分离层3-38大的折射率。 The prism 3-30 includes first and second optical members 3-35 and 3-36 which sandwich 3-38, the optical members 3-35 and 3-36 may be formed from a separate layer of glass, which has a score separation 3- 38 large refractive index. 例如,在一优选实施例中,光学元件3-35和3-36可由具有折射率为1.55的玻璃制造,而分离层3-38可由固体组成诸如折射率分别为1.38和1.48的氟化镁(MgF2)或硅石(SiO2)之一。 For example, in a preferred embodiment, the optical members 3-35 and 3-36 may be manufactured of glass having a refractive index of 1.55, while the separation layer 3-38 is composed of a solid such as a refractive index of 1.38 and 1.48, respectively, magnesium fluoride ( MgF2) or silica (SiO2) one. 只要光学元件3-35和3-36具有较大的折射率分离层3-38可不必由固体组成,它可由液体或空气制。 Provided that the optical members 3-35 and 3-36 are of a larger index of refraction separation layer 3-38 need not consist of a solid, it may be a liquid or air.

光束S中的光与层3-38相互作用的物理意义简要说明如下。 The light beam S with layer 3-38 is the physical interaction briefly described below. 如果层3-38和光学元件3-35不存在,全内反射公知现象会发生在光学元件3-36的斜面上,以光束R的方向射出所有光束S,然而,一些光能以不传播的“损耗波”形式存在于光学元件3-36的斜面后。 If layer 3-38 and optical member 3-35 are not present, well-known phenomenon of total internal reflection takes place at the hypotenuse face of optical member 3-36, the direction of beam R sending all of beam S, however, some light energy is not propagated "evanescent waves" after the ramp is present in the form of optical member 3-36. 当光学元件3-35被带到距离光学元件3-36足够近时,该能量将无损耗地耦合进元件3-35中,并以光束T的方向传播。 When optical member 3-35 is brought close enough to optical member 3-36 distance, this energy is coupled without loss into member 3-35 and T is the direction of beam propagation. 该现象称作受抑全反射(FTR)。 This phenomenon is known as frustrated total internal reflection (FTR). 在这种情况下,如果将FTR棱镜相对于光束S设置,使得在分离层3-38上光束S的入射角A接近于受抑全反射区域,那么发射和反射电线将具有很陡的斜率(角敏感性)。 In this case, if the FTR prism disposed with respect to beam S such that the separation layer 3-38 at the angle of incidence of the light beams S A close frustrated total reflection region, then the transmitted and reflected wire having a steep slope ( angle sensitivity). 这允许了很敏感的聚焦传感系统的制造。 This allows the fabrication of a very sensitive focus sensing system. 另外,对于基于FTR原理的该系统的发射和反射曲线与多层结构的曲线相比较,对于光束S的光波长相对是不敏感的。 Further, compared to the emission curve of the system based on the FTR principle and reflection curves of a multilayer structure, the wavelength of light in beam S, is relatively insensitive.

棱镜3-30可通过常规薄膜技术而由在两个光学元件的任一个上首先沉积分离层而制成。 The prism 3-30 may be made by conventional thin film techniques on either one of the two optical elements is deposited on the first separation layer. 然后可将互被光学元件粘接到带有光粘剂的分离层暴露表面上。 May then be cross-optical element to be bonded on the separation layer with an optical glue exposed surface. 虽然第一和第二光学元件3-35和3-36的折射率通常选择为一样的,但也可以选择不同折射率的。 Although the index of refraction of the first and second optical elements 3-35 and 3-36 are usually chosen to be the same, but you can also choose a different refractive index. 在优选实施例中,第一和第二光学元件具有一样的折射率,以这样的几何结构使得发射和反射光束T和R实质上具有相同截面。 In a preferred embodiment, the first and second optical element having the same refractive index, in such a geometry that the transmitted and reflected beams T and R are of substantially the same cross section.

正如图38的正视图所示,第一四元检测器3-32包括第一、第二、第三和第四光测元件3-40,3-42,3-44和3-46,它们分别对应于射于其上的发射光束T的强度而产生电信号,以后称作T1,T2,T3和T4。 As shown in Figure 38 to face, the first quad detector 3-32 includes first, second, third and fourth elements 3-40, 3-42 and 3-46 photometric, they respectively correspond to the emission impinging thereon on the intensity of the beam T which produce electrical signals hereinafter referred to as T1, T2, T3 and T4. 类似地,第二四元检测器3-34包括第五,第六,第七和第八光测元件3-50,3-52,3-54和3-56,它们分别对应于入射的反射光束R而提供电信号,以后称作R1、R2、R3和R4。 Similarly, the second quad detector 3-34 includes fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth light sensing element 3-50,3-52,3-54 and 3-56, which correspond to the reflection of incident R beams which provide electrical signals hereinafter referred to as R1, R2, R3 and R4. 光测元件可以是PIN二极管,其中由每个二极管输出的电平正比于它所接收的光能。 Photodetective elements may be PIN diodes, wherein the ratio of the output from each diode is in electrical Pingzheng optical energy it receives.

当图36的物镜3-24相对于盘3-14如此放置,使得光束I被正确地聚焦时,包含在伺服光束S内的光线被准直(即基本平行),因此以基本上相同的角A入射到分离层3-38上,如图37所示。 When the objective lens 3-24 of Fig. 36 with respect to the disc 3-14 such that the illuminating beam I is properly focused, included within the servo beam S are well collimated light (i.e., substantially parallel) and are therefore substantially the same angle A incident on the separation layer 3-38, shown in Figure 37. 与此相反,当物镜3-24不在由盘3-14的表面占据的平面上对光束聚焦时,构成伺服光束S的光线将不是互相会聚就是发散。 In contrast to this, when the objective lens 3-24 on the plane surface of the disc 3-14 is not occupied by the light beam focusing rays comprising the servo beam S will not converge to each other or divergent. 因此当光束I被合适地聚焦时在伺服光束S内的所有光线将以基本相同的角度照射到分离层3-38上,而当光束I没有聚焦时各种各样入射角的光线将访问寻址分离层3-38。 Therefore, when the illuminating beam I is appropriately focused in the light of all the servo beam S will be substantially within the same angle impinge on the separation layer 3-38, and when the beam I is out of focus to access various angles of incidence will seek Address separation layer 3-38. 棱镜3-30如此设计,使得分离层3-38的反射率和透射率对入射到分离层3-38上的光能的角度极其敏感。 The prism 3-30 is designed so that the separation layer 3-38 reflectance and transmittance is extremely sensitive to the angle of incident light on the separation layer 3-38. 这样,发射和反射光束T和R的强度中的空间分布将随光束I相对于盘3-14表面的聚焦位置的改变而改变。 Thus, the transmitted and reflected beams T and R of the spatial intensity distribution of the illuminating beam I relative to the change with the focus position of the surface of the disc 3-14 varies. 即,被合适地聚焦的光束I就产生充分准直伺服光束S,从而使其中所有的光线都经受分离层3-38相同程度的反射。 That is, the light beam is properly focused I rise to a well collimated servo beam S, such that all the rays thereof experience the same degree of the separation layer 3-38 reflection. 因而,当光束I被合适地聚焦时透射和反射光束T和R将是基本上强度均匀的。 Thus, when I is appropriately focused beam transmitted and reflected beams T and R will be of substantially uniform intensity. 相反,会聚或发散的伺服光束S将产生空间强度分布不均匀的发射和反射光束T和R,这是因为伺服光束S内的光线受到分离层3-38不同程度的反射所致。 Conversely, a convergent or divergent servo beam S will produce nonuniform spatial intensity distributions of emitted and reflected beams T and R, which is because the light within the servo beam S by the separation layer 3-38 due to different degrees of reflection. 借助于检测发射和反射光束强度的空间变化,光检测器3-32和3-34产生可被用来产生指示光束I的聚焦位置的DFES的电信号。 Space by detecting the transmitted and reflected beam intensity variation, the photodetectors 3-32 and 3-34 may be used to generate an electrical signal indicative of the focus position of the illuminating beam I the DFES.

参见图39可进一步理解根据伺服光束S的准直程度可使DFES合成的方式。 Referring to Figure 39 can be further understood DFES synthesized according to the degree of collimation of the servo beam S mode. 图39表明FTR棱镜3-30的反射率(光束R的强度光束S的强度)对于伺服光束S内的光线相对于分离层3-38的入射角的函数关系。 Figure 39 shows that the reflectivity of the FTR prism 3-30 (intensity of beam R intensity of beam S) of light within the servo beam S relative to the separation layer 3-38 is a function of incidence angle. 具体地说,图39的曲线表明棱镜3-30响应0.78μm波长的S偏振和P偏振光能的照射的反射率Rs和Rp。 Specifically, Figure 39 shows that the curve of the prism 3-30 in response to 0.78μm reflectance S and P polarized light can be polarized irradiation wavelength Rs and Rp. 图39的反射率曲线是关于FTR棱镜3-30的,它具有厚度为4.5μm折射率为1.38的分离层3-38,该分离层由折射率为1.55的玻璃元件夹在中间。 Reflectance curves 39 pertain to a FTR prism 3-30 having a thickness of 4.5μm refractive index of the separation layer 3-38 is 1.38, the refractive index of the separating layer is made of a glass element sandwiched 1.55. 如图39所示,棱镜3-30最好相对于伺服光束S被定位于入射角A1,使得棱镜3-30在工作点P附近工作。 39, the prism 3-30 is preferably positioned relative to the servo beam S at an incident angle A1, such that the prism 3-30 in the working point P. 即在工作点P,棱镜3-30被定位,使得合适地聚焦在盘3-14上的光束I造成充分准直的伺服光束S,该伺服光束具有以角A1投射到分离层3-38的光线。 I.e. at the operating point P, the prism 3-30 is positioned such that properly focused beam I on the disc 3-14 engenders a well collimated servo beam S, the servo light beam having an angle A1 impinge on the separation layer 3-38 light. 因为在操作点P棱镜3-30的反射率近似为0.5,所以由包括棱镜3-30的光学装置3-12产生的透射光束和反射光束的平均强度基本相等。 Because the operating point P reflectivity of the prism 3-30 is approximately 0.5, so the transmitted beam by the optical means comprises a prism 3-30 and 3-12 produced the average intensity of the reflected light beam are substantially equal.

当在物镜3-24和盘3-14之间的间隔改变,便得伺服光束S以会聚或发散方式失去准直时,其第一部分将以大于A1的入射角投射到分离层3-38上。 When the objective lens 3-24 and vary a space between the disc 3-14, the servo beam S is convergent or divergent manner collimated when A1 is greater than the first portion thereof will impinge on the separation angle of incidence on the layer 3-38 . 例如,在图39中的入射角A2下,伺服光束的相应的部分将经受近似0.7的反射率。 For example, in figure 39 the incident angle A2, the corresponding portion of the servo beam will experience a reflectivity of approximately 0.7. 由于当伺服光束S充分准直时第一伺服光束部分只经受0.5的反射率,接收来自第一伺服光束部分的反射和透射光束R和T的部分的检测器3-32和3-34的区域将比当光束I被合适地聚焦时分别集聚更多及更少的光能。 Because when the servo beam S is well collimated the first servo beam portion is subject to a reflectivity of 0.5, 3-32 and 3-34 from the receiving area of the first servo beam portion reflected and transmitted beams R and T of the detector portion than when the beam I is properly focused, respectively, will collect more and less optical energy. 类似地,检测器3-32和3-34的区域,它们和来自以小于角A1的入射角A3入射到分离层3-38上的伺服光束S的第二部分的透射和反射光束T、R的部分呈光学校直,将比在合适聚焦条件下分别受到更多及更少的光能照射。 Similarly, the detector area 3-32 and 3-34, and the angle of incidence which is less than the angle A1 to A3 from the transmitted and reflected beams incident on T second portion of the servo beam S on the separation layer 3-38, R optical alignment of some were, respectively, than by more and less optical energy irradiation condition of proper focus. 响应由光检测器3-32和3-34产生的代表透射和反射光束T和R强度的空间分布不均匀性而产生的电信号,就产生了DFES。 In response to an electrical signal representative of the transmitted and reflected beams T and R of the spatial intensity distribution generated by the non-uniformity of the photodetectors 3-32 and 3-34, and is produced DFES. 而且,因为在这里所述的最佳实施例中,棱镜3-30是不吸收光的,由一部分伺服光束S的入射角的改变引起的透射光束T的强度的变化反映为由同一伺服光束部分产生的反射光束R的部分的幅值相等而方向相反的变化。 Moreover, since the preferred embodiment described herein, the prism 3-30 is optically nonabsorbing, variation by changing the angle of incidence of a portion of the servo beam S transmitted beam T arising from the intensity of the servo beam portion reflected by the same the amplitude of the reflected portion of the generated light beam R of equal and opposite changes in direction. 使用下列公式可以从透射光束或反射光束独立地产生非差分误差信号:(1)FES(透射的)=(T1+T2)-(T3+T4)(2)FES(反射的)=(R1+R2)-(R3+R4)在差分系统中,通过控制单元3-37按下式产生差分误差信号:(3)DFES=(R1+R2+T3+T4)-(T1+T2+R3+R4)控制单元3-37包括用来进行公式(3)的运算操作的电路,并根据这些操作产生DFES。 Using the following equation can be generated independently from either the transmitted or reflected beam, the non-differential error signal: (1) FES (transmitted) = (T1 + T2) - (T3 + T4) (2) FES (reflected) = (R1 + R2) - (R3 + R4) In the differential system, by a control unit 3-37 to generate a differential error signal by the following equation: (3) DFES = (R1 + R2 + T3 + T4) - (T1 + T2 + R3 + R4 ) used for the control unit 3-37 includes a formula (circuit 3) of the arithmetic operations, and for generating a DFES based on these operations. 包括了前置放大器(未示出),用来在由控制单元3-37处理之前放大来自光检测器3-32和3-34的电信号。 Preamplifiers (not shown), prior to processing by the control unit 3-37 3-32 and 3-34 amplifies the electrical signal from photodetector.

利用这里描述的双向四路光检测器装置导致差分聚焦误差信号的合成,该信号具有减少对光束某些不完善性的灵敏度,这些不完善性并不是光束相对于盘3-14的聚焦位置不精确所引起的影响。 Described herein use the dual quad photodetector arrangement leads to the synthesis of differential focus error signal, the signal having a reduced sensitivity to certain beam imperfections, these imperfections are not the focus position of the beam relative to the disc 3-14 is not The exact cause of the impact. 因为与光束的聚焦位置无关的伺服光束强度局部减小以基本相同的方式影响检测器3-32和3-34,由于在公式(3)中产生的相应的抵消,这种减小不影响DFES的值。 Because the intensity of the servo beam and the focus position of the beam regardless of a localized decrease in substantially the same manner affects the detectors 3-32 and 3-34, due to the corresponding cancellation generated in equation (3), such a decrease does not affect DFES value.

在如上所述的发明背景中,现有的聚焦系统一般不适用于执行由公式(3)描述的差分聚焦检测装置。 Background of the Invention as described above, prior focusing systems were generally ill differential focus detection means for performing by the formula (3) described. 具体地说,本发明的特点在于FTR棱镜3-30能够提供横截面和强度基本相同的透射和反射光束,使两者可被有效地用于合成DFES。 Specifically, the feature of the present invention is that the FTR prism 3-30 to provide substantially the same cross section and intensity of the transmitted and reflected beams, so that the two can be effectively used for the synthesis DFES.

除了提供DFES用来维持光束I的聚焦在垂直于盘3-14表面的方向之外,来自光检测器3-32和3-34的电输出也可被控制单元3-37使用以产生跟踪误差信号(TES)。 In addition to providing a DFES for maintaining the illuminating beam I is focused on the direction perpendicular to the disk surface than 3-14, the electrical outputs from the photodetectors 3-32 and 3-34 may also be used by the control unit 3-37 to generate a tracking error signal (TES). TES代表光束I相对于压刻在盘3-14表面上的常规螺旋或同心引导轨迹(未示出)的径向位置。 TES is indicative of the illuminating beam I relative to the embossed surface of the disc 3-14 in the conventional spiral or concentric guiding tracks (not shown) of the radial position. TES使光束I能跟随引导轨迹而不管其中的偏心率,这由控制一机械装置(未示出)来实现,该机械装置可有效地调节物镜3-24相对于盘3-14的径向位置。 The TES enables the beam I to follow the guiding tracks despite eccentricities therein, by controlling a mechanical arrangement (not shown) is achieved, the mechanism is effective to adjust the radial position of the disc of the objective lens 3-24 relative to the 3-14 . TES由控制装置3-37根据来自光检测器3-32和3-34的电输出按照下式计算:(4)TES=(T1+T3+R3+R1)-(T2+T4+R2+R4)此外,从伺服光束空间强度的变化和光束的寻迹位置之间存在的关系可以导出跟踪误差信号的方法也在例如美国专利4,707,648中披露了。 TES is calculated by the control unit 3-37 on the basis of electrical outputs from the photodetectors 3-32 and 3-34 in accordance with the following equation: (4) TES = (T1 + T3 + R3 + R1) - (T2 + T4 + R2 + R4 ) Furthermore, from between spatial intensity changes of the servo beam and the tracking position of the light beam relationship between a tracking error signal can be derived, for example a method is also disclosed in U.S. Pat.

在用于控制光束相对于光盘的聚焦的或许大多数系统中总是希望响应光检测元件的电输出产生跟踪和聚焦误差信号二者。 For controlling a light beam with respect to the optical disc focusing perhaps the majority of systems always want the output of the light detecting element in response to the electrical generating tracking and focus error signals. 因为已知产生聚焦和跟踪误差信号二者,一般至少需要一个回路光检测器,所以此外披露的本发明的实施例参照回路光检测器进行了说明。 Because it is known to produce both the focusing and tracking error signals, generally require at least one quad photodetector, so in addition to the disclosed embodiments of the present invention with reference to quad photodetectors have been described. 然而还知道,聚焦误差信号可以根据由只具有两个独立的光敏感区(双元件检测器)的光检测器产生的电信号导出。 Also known, however the focus error signal can be derived according to the electric signal by having only two independent photosensitive regions (bicell detectors) generated by an optical detector. 因而,在只需要产生聚焦误差信号的应用中,一个光检测元件可以代替光检测器3-32的第一第二元件3-40和3-42,并且一个光检测元件可以代替第三第四元件3-44和3-46。 Thus, in applications requiring only the generation of the focus error signal, a light detecting element can be used instead of the photodetector 3-32 first and second elements 3-40 and 3-42, and a light detecting element can replace the third and fourth elements 3-44 and 3-46. 类似地,一个光检测元件可用来代替光检测器3-34的第五第六元件3-50和3-52,并且一个元件可以代替第七第八元件3-54和3-56。 Similarly, a light detecting element can be used instead of the photodetector 3-34 fifth and sixth elements 3-50 and 3-52, and a component can be substituted for the seventh and eighth elements 3-54 and 3-56.

在工作点P附近的图39的反射率曲线的斜率正比于由装置3-10产生的DFES的灵敏度。 The slope of the working point P of the reflectivity profile of Fig. 39 is proportional to the DFES generated by the apparatus 3-10 sensitivity. 具体地说,装置3-10对于光束I的焦点改变的灵敏度随灵敏度曲线斜率的增加而增加。 Specifically, the apparatus 3-10 to changes in the focus sensitivity of the light I with increasing sensitivity curve slope increases. 因而,本发明的目的在于提供棱镜3-30,其特征在于反射率曲线尽可能地陡。 Accordingly, an object of the invention to provide a prism 3-30 characterized by a reflectivity profile steep as possible.

图39的反射率曲线在工作点P附近的形状可通过调节分离层3-38的厚度而改变。 39 is a graph showing the reflectance at the working point P of the shape by adjusting the thickness of the separation layer 3-38 is changed. 例如,增加分离层3-38的厚度将朝着图39所示的极限角Ac方向平移最小反射率率角Am而不影响极限角Ac的值。 For example, increasing the thickness of the separation layer 3-38 at the critical angle Ac toward the direction shown in Figure 39 pan angle of minimum reflectivity Am without affecting the value of the critical angle Ac. 因而,增加分离层厚度可以增加工作点P附近的反射率曲线的斜率。 Thus, increasing the separation layer thickness serves to increase the slope of the reflectivity of the working point P of the curve. 类似地,减少分离层3-38的厚度可增大极限角Ac和最小反射率角Am之间的角位移。 Similarly, reducing the thickness of the separation layer 3-38 may increase the critical angle Ac and the angle of minimum reflectivity Am angular displacement between. 棱镜3-30的反射率曲线的形状可以改变,以便调节DFES的灵敏度。 Shape of the reflectivity profile of the prism 3-30 may be varied in order to adjust the sensitivity of the DFES. 通过例如使用具有大于光束I的半个波长的厚度的分离层,可得到合适的斜率。 For example, by using a thickness greater than half the wavelength of light I of the separation layer, to obtain a suitable slope.

极限角Ac的值可通过改变分离层3-38相对于玻璃元件3-35和3-36的折射率进行调整。 Ac limit value can be achieved by changing the angle separation layer 3-38 relative refractive index glass elements 3-35 and 3-36 to adjust. 这样,分离层厚度的调整结合分离层和周围的玻璃元件的折射率的调整可使用棱镜3-30按照希望的反射率曲线制造。 Thus, adjustment of the separation layer thickness in conjunction with controlling the refractive index of the glass element separation layer and surrounding the prism 3-30 may be used in accordance with a desired reflectivity profile.

图40是作为物镜3-24相对于盘3-14的所希望位移的偏差的函数而由装置3-10产生的DFES(NDFES)的标称值的曲线。 Figure 40 is a desired objective lens 3-24 relative to the disc 3-14 displacement deviation curve function and generated by the apparatus 3-10 DFES (NDFES) of the nominal value.

图40的数据是再次利用这样的棱镜3-30获得的,它具有夹在折射率为1.55的玻璃元件之间的厚度为4.5μm折射率为1.38的分离层,用波长为0.78μm的伺服光束照射棱镜3-30。 Again, the data in Figure 40 utilizing a prism 3-30 obtained, which has a refractive index of a thickness sandwiched between the glass element 1.55 is 4.5μm refractive index of the separation layer is 1.38, the wavelength of 0.78μm of the servo beam prism 3-30 being illuminated. 如图40所示,当在物镜3-24和盘3-14之间具有所希望的位移时DFES的值最好为零。 40, when between the objective lens 3-24 and the disc 3-14 desired displacement value of the DFES is preferably zero. DFES的符号(+或-)代表物镜和盘表面之间的位移是大于或小于为合适聚焦所需的值。 DFES sign (+ or -) represents displacement of the objective lens and disc surface exceeds or is less than the value required for proper focusing. 如上所述,DFES可用来控制一个机械装置(未示出)以便调节物镜3-24和盘3-14之间的距离。 As described above, DFES may be used to control a mechanical arrangement (not shown) in order to adjust the distance between the objective lens 3-24 and the disc 3-14. 有理由重视的是在由0(零)盘位移限定的工作点处NDFES的斜率近似为0.16μm`(-1`)。 By reason attention is 0 (zero) disc displacement at the working point defined by the slope of the NDFES is approximately 0.16μm `(- 1`).

虽然已说明伺服光束S当入射到分离层3-38上时应该是基本准直的,但本发明不限于只产生准直伺服光束的结构。 Although description of the servo beam S incident on the separation layer 3-38 when the time should be substantially collimated, but the present invention is not limited to configurations giving rise to collimated servo beams. 当使用会聚或发散的伺服光束时,光束的聚焦位置的不准将改变其会聚或发散的程度。 When a convergent or divergent servo beam, inaccuracies in the focus position of the illuminating beam will alter the degree of convergence or divergence. 本领域的技术人员会理解,本发明的聚焦检测装置可被用来根据会聚或发散的这种变化产生DFES。 Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the focus sensing apparatus of the present invention may be used to generate a DFES based on such changes in convergence or divergence.

本发明的聚焦检测装置已经表明克服了其它聚焦检测系统中的固有的缺点,借助于提供形状和强度基本相同的透射和发射光束,从中可以独特地导出高精度、对幅值(altitude)的不敏感的聚焦误差信号。 Focus sensing apparatus of the present invention have been shown to overcome the other focus detection systems inherent drawbacks, by providing substantially the same shape and intensity of the transmitted and transmitted beams, from which a high precision, amplitude (altitude) does not sensitive focus error signal. 这里披露的聚焦检测技术仍然保留某些相关的聚焦检测系统中具有的特征,诸如对机械振动的灵敏度低,对盘倾斜的灵敏度小以及增强的热稳定性等。 The focus sensing technique disclosed herein nonetheless retains features present in certain related focus detection systems have characteristics such as low sensitivity to mechanical vibration, decreased sensitivity to disc tilt, and increased thermal stability.

查找致动器图41示意地说明示范性光读/写系统4-50的操作,它从信息存储媒质例如光盘4-54上的精确位置4-52中读出数据。 Seek Actuator Fig. 41 schematically illustrates an exemplary optical read / write system 4-50 in operation, it is from the information storage medium, such as the precise location 4-52 on the disc 4-54 in reading data. 虽然所示系统4-50是一种写一次(write-once)或WORM系统,本领域的技术人员可以理解本发明的托架和致动器组件也可被用于磁光可擦除系统中。 While the system 4-50 illustrated is a write-once (write-once) or WORM system, those skilled in the art will recognize that the carriage and actuator assembly of the present invention may also be used in magneto-optical erasable system . 利用由光源4-58产生的光束4-56,信息被传送到盘4-54并从其上读出,该光束通过几个元件,其中包括立方形的光束分离器4-60,该光束分离器按照光束4-56的偏振将其分离,四分之一波片4-62,它改变光束4-56的偏振,准直器透镜4-64以及物镜4-66,它们联合作用把光束4-56引向盘4-54上所希望的位置4-52。 4-58 utilizing a light beam 4-56 produced by a light source, information is transferred to the disc 4-54 and is read out therefrom, which passes through several components, including cubic beamsplitter 4-60, the beam splitter device according to the polarization of the beam will be separated 4-56, quarter wave plate 4-62 which changes the polarization of the light beam 4-56, a collimator lens 4-64, and an objective lens 4-66, in combination, the light beam 4 -56 on the disc toward the desired location 4-54 4-52.

在操作中,光源4-58(它一般是激光二极管)向凸准直透镜4-64发射光束4-56。 In operation, the light source 4-58 (typically a laser diode) to the convex collimator lens 4-64 emitted light beam 4-56. 准直透镜4-64把此光源光束4-56转控成平行的线性S偏振的光束4-70并将其引向光束分离器4-60。 The collimator lens 4-64 converts this source beam 4-56 into a parallel, linearly S polarized light beam 4-70 and toward the beamsplitter 4-60. 立方形光束分离器4-60通过把两个直角棱镜4-72和4-74沿其各自的斜边连接而成,并包括在两个斜边之间形成光束分离界面4-76的偏振敏感涂层光束分离器4-60分离和/或结合不同的偏振状态,即线性S偏振和线性P偏振状态的光束。 Cube-shaped beamsplitter 4-60 by attaching two right angle prisms 4-72 and 4-74 are connected along their respective hypotenuses and includes between the two oblique sides forming a beamsplitting interface 4-76 of the polarization-sensitive 4-60 breakcoating beam splitter and / or a combination of different polarization states, namely linear S polarization and linear beam P polarization state. 由偏振敏感涂层完成分离,该涂层透射线性P偏振光束并反射线性S偏振的光束。 Separation is accomplished by the polarization sensitive coating, the coating which transmits linearly P polarized light beams and reflects linearly polarized S light beams. 从光束分离器4-60出来的光通过四分之一波片4-62,它把线性偏振的光束4-70转换成圆偏振的光束4-78。 Out from the beamsplitter 4-60 passes through the quarter wave plate 4-62 which converts the linearly polarized light beam 4-70 to a circularly polarized light beam 4-78. 圆偏振的光束4-78从四分之一波板4-62出来后,便进入致动器4-80。 Circularly polarized beam from the quarter-wave plate 4-78 4-62, 4-80 will enter the actuator.

致动器4-80包括反射镜4-82,它垂直地将光束4-78向上反射给物镜4-66。 The actuator 4-80 includes a mirror 4-82 which orthogonally reflecting the light beam 4-78 upward toward the objective lens 4-66. 物镜4-66把圆偏振光束4-78会聚成盘4-54表面上的精确焦点4-52。 This objective lens 4-66 converges the circularly polarized beam 4-78 to the precise focal point 4-52 on the disc 4-54 surface. 当照到盘4-54上时,圆偏振光束4-78被盘4-54上存储的信息改变,并作为发散的圆偏振光束4-84被反射,它带有和盘4-54上的编码信息相同的信息。 When shine disc 4-54, the circularly polarized beam 4-78 is altered by changing the information stored on the disc 4-54 and is reflected as a divergent circularly polarized light beam 4-84, and it has on the disc 4-54 encoding the same information. 反射的圆偏振光束4-84重新进入物镜4-66被准直。 This reflected circularly polarized light beam 4-84 re-enters the objective lens 4-66 where it is collimated. 光束4-84再从反射镜4-82反射并再进入四分之一波片4-62。 Beam reflected from the mirror 4-84 and then 4-82 and 4-62 and then into the quarter-wave plate. 从四分之一波片4-62出来之后,圆偏振光束被会聚为线性P偏振光束4-86。 Upon exiting the quarter wave plate 4-62, the circularly polarized beam is converted to a linearly P polarized light beam 4-86. 由于线性P偏振光束通过光束分离器4-60被透射而不在分离界面上反射时,光束4-86便继续进入光检测器4-88,它检测存储在盘4-54中的数据。 As linearly P polarized light passes through the beamsplitter 4-60 without reflection and transmission is on the beam splitting interface, this light beam 4-86 continues to a photodetector 4-88, which detects the data stored on the disc 4-54. 此外,如果落在光检测器4-88上的光束4-86散焦或没有对准,则用电子的方法测量未对准或散焦的程度,作为反馈用于伺服系统(未示出),使物镜4-66重新正确对准。 In addition, if the light beam 4-88 falling on the photodetector 4-86 defocusing or not the alignment, the method of electronically measuring the degree of misalignment or defocusing, as feedback for a servo system (not shown) , which properly realigns the objective lens 4-66.

图42说明按照本发明构成的电磁托架和致动器组件4-100。 Figure 42 illustrates the components in accordance with the invention of the electromagnetic bracket and actuator 4-100. 该组件可与光学组件4-102一起用来如上结合图41所述在光盘表面上读写数据,其中光源4-58,检测器4-88,准直透镜4-64,四分之一波片4-62以及光束分离器4-60全都包含在组件4-102中。 The assembly can be used with an optics module 4-102 described above in connection with FIG. 41 read and write data on the optical disc surface, wherein the light source 4-58, detector 4-88, collimating lens 4-64, quarter wave beam splitter plate 4-62 and 4-60 are all included in the module 4-102. 主轴电机4-104位于组件4-100附近,并使光盘(未示出)围绕组件4-100的转轴A旋转。 A spindle motor 4-104 is located in the assembly 4-100, and an optical disc (not shown) around the axis of rotation A above the assembly 4-100. 组件4-100包括托架4-106它具有第一第二承载表面4-108和4-110,可滑动地分别安装在第一第二导轨4-112和4-114上,还包括致动器4-116,它安装在托架4-106上。 The assembly 4-100 includes a carriage 4-106 having first and second bearing surfaces 4-108 and 4-110 slidably mounted on first and second guide rails 4-112 and 4-114, further comprising an actuator 4-116, which is mounted on the carriage 4-106. 可以理解,导轨4-112和4-114提供一个供托架运动的框架。 Will be appreciated, the rails 4-112 and 4-114 provide a frame for the carriage movement. 从光学组件4-102中的光源4-58发出的光束4-120通过圆孔4-118进入致动器4-116,并被装在致动器内部的反射镜反射,通过限定光轴O的物镜4-122到达盘的表面。 The beam optical component from the light source 4-58 4-120 4-102 through hole 4-118 enters the actuator 4-116 and is reflected by the mirror mounted on the inside of the actuator, by defining the optical axis O The objective lens 4-122 reaches the disc surface. 可以理解,盘的转轴A并行于物镜4-122的光轴O。 Will be appreciated, the disc rotation axis A parallel to the optical axis of the objective lens 4-122 O.

托架4-106和其上的致动器4-116由粗跟踪电机其沿跟踪方向沿导轨4-112和4-114水平运动,以访问盘表面上的各个信息光道。 The carriage 4-106 and its actuator 4-116 thereof by a coarse tracking motor in the tracking direction along the guide rails 4-112 and 4-114 horizontal motion to each of the access information tracks on the disc surface. 跟踪电机包括包括两个永磁铁4-130和4-132其中每个磁铁被分别固定在C形外极靴4-134和4-136上。 Tracking motor includes two permanent magnets 4-130 and 4-132 wherein each magnet is attached to the C-shaped outer pole piece on 4-134 and 4-136 respectively. 两个内极靴4-138和4-140横跨外极靴4-134和4-136的端部,从而围绕永磁铁4-130和4-132形成一矩形盒。 Two inner pole pieces 4-138 and 4-140 are positioned across the ends of the outer pole piece 4-134 and 4-136, thus forming a rectangular box around the permanent magnets 4-130 and 4-132. 两个等长度的粗调线圈4-142和4-144长度相等,并被固定在图43的垂直板4-174和4-176上,并以足够的间隙包围着内极靴,以便当托架4-106沿跟踪方向运动时在极靴4-138和4-140上运动。 Two coarse coils 4-142 and 4-144 of equal length are equal in length, and is fixed to the vertical plate 43 of FIG. 4-174 and 4-176, and with sufficient clearance surrounding the inner pole piece so that when the care When the holder 4-106 in a tracking direction in the pole piece 4-138 and 4-140 movement. 在本实施例中,这些粗调线圈4-142和4-144是粗跟踪电机的唯一的可运动的部分。 In this embodiment, these coarse coils 4-142 and 4-144 are the only portion of the movable coarse tracking motor. 如下所详细说明的,致动器4-116也可以移动物镜4-122,使其离盘更近或更远,从而把发出的光束4-120聚焦在盘表面上所希望的位置上。 Described in detail below, the actuator 4-116 can also move the objective lens 4-122 closer to or farther away from the disc, thereby focusing the exiting light beam 4-120 at a desired position on the disk surface.

图43是托架4-106和致动器4-116的详图。 Figure 43 is a carriage 4-106 and actuator 4-116 in greater detail. 托架4-106包括大体为矩形的基座4-150,其上固定着致动器4-116。 The carriage 4-106 includes a generally rectangular base 4-150 to which the actuator 4-116 is fixed. 基座4-150具有基本扁平的顶面4-152,其中形成有大体矩形的室4-154。 The base 4-150 has a substantially flat top surface 4-152 having formed therein a generally rectangular chamber 4-154. 第一承载面4-108是圆柱形的,而第二承载面4-110由两个椭圆承载部分4-160和4-162构成,它们的长度近似相等并在基座4-150的内部相遇。 The first bearing surface 4-108 is cylindrical in shape, while the second bearing surface 4-110 consists of two elliptical bearing sections 4-160 and 4-162 of approximately equal length which meet inside the base 4-150 . 导轨4-112和4-114相对于光轴O的间距被这样选择,使得每个承载面4-108和4-110受到相同的预加载(prelad)量。 Rails 4-112 and 4-114 relative to the optical axis O of the pitch is selected such that each bearing surface 4-108 and 4-110 is subjected to the same pre-load (prelad) amount. 承载面4-108和4-110还这样设计,使得这两个面具有基本相同的与导轨4-112和4-114接触的表面积。 The bearing surfaces 4-108 and 4-110 are further designed such that both surfaces have substantially the same surface area contacting the rails 4-112 and 4-114. 组成第二承载面的承载部分的长度大致等于第一承载面的长度,虽然考虑到磨损二者的长度可能需要有较小的差异。 Length of the bearing sections comprising the second bearing surface is approximately equal to the length of the first bearing surface, although the length to account for wear may require minor differences.

两个垂直壁4-156和4-158从基座4-150靠近室4-154端的顶面4-152向上延伸。 Two vertical walls 4-156 and the top surface 4-154 4-158 4-152 extend upwardly from the ends of the base 4-150 adjacent chamber. 基座4-150还包括两个平台区域4-164和4-166,它们形成在支承载面4-108和4-110上方的基座4-150的端部。 The base 4-150 further includes two platform regions 4-164 and 4-166, which is formed at the end portion of the bearing surfaces 4-108 and 4-110 of the base 4-150 above. 台阶4-168把基座4-150的顶面4-152和第二平台区域4-166相连。 A step 4-168 joins the top surface 4-152 of the base 4-150 and the second platform region 4-166. 第一U形缺口4-170形成在第一平台区域4-164中,第二U形缺口4-172形成在第二平台区域4-166和台阶4-168中。 A first U-shaped notch 4-170 is formed in the first platform region 4-164, the second U-shaped notch 4-172 is formed in the second platform region 4-166 and step 4-168.

粗调线圈4-142和4-144被分别固定在两个垂直板4-174和4-176上。 Coarse coils 4-142 and 4-144 are attached to the two vertical plates 4-174 and 4-176, respectively. 板4-174和4-176分别位于基座4-150端部的缺口4-180和4-182中。 The plates 4-174 and 4-176 are located at the ends of the base 4-150 notches 4-180 and 4-182 in. 基座4-150还包括质量平衡板4-184,它通过螺钉4-188固定在基座4-150的底面4-186上,以及质量平衡凸起4-190,它从临近第一粗调线圈4-142的基座4-150向外伸出。 The base 4-150 further includes a mass balancing plate 4-184 which is fixed by screws on the bottom surface of the base 4-188 4-150 4-186, and a mass balancing projection 4-190 which from adjacent the first coarse coil 4-142 of the base 4-150 projecting outwardly. 圆孔4-192形成在基座4-150的前侧,并接收从图42中的光组件4-102发出的光束4-120。 A circular aperture 4-192 is formed in the front side of the base 4-150 and receives the light beam emitted from the optical module in FIG. 42 4-102 4-120. 具有圆孔4-198在其中的支架4-196沿着基座4-150的前侧4-194被置于第二垂直壁4-158和第一平台区域4-164之间。 Having a circular aperture 4-198 therein along the front side of the base bracket 4-196 4-150 4-194 4-164 is placed in the second vertical wall 4-158 and the first platform region. 支架4-196还包括缺口4-200,它接收光检测器4-202,使得光检测器4-202位于支架4-196和第一平台区域4-164之间。 The bracket 4-196 additionally includes a notch 4-200 which receives a photodetector 4-202 such that the photodetector 4-202 is positioned between the bracket 4-164 and the first platform region 4-196.

至动器4-116通常称为“2-D”致动器用于作两维(degree)运动,即聚焦和跟踪,它被安装在垂直壁4-156和4-158以及平台区域4-164和4-166之间。 The actuator 4-116, often referred to as "2-D" actuator is used for two-dimensional (degree) motion, i.e. focusing and tracking, is mounted on the vertical walls 4-156 and 4-158 and the platform regions 4-164 and between 4-166. 棱镜(未示出)位于基座4-150的室4-154内,用来折射从光组件4-102发出的光束4-120,使得光束通过物镜4-122从致动器4-116射出。 A prism (not shown) located within the chamber 4-154 in the base 4-150, for refracted beam emitted from the optics module 4-102 4-120, 4-122 through the objective lens so that the beam emitted from the actuator 4-116 . 物镜4-122位于与聚焦和细跟踪电机相连的透镜夹持器2-210内,聚焦和细跟踪电机使物镜4-122运动以便把射出的光束4-120精确地对准并聚焦在光盘平面上的所希望的位置上。 The objective lens 4-122 positioned to focus and fine tracking motor connected to the lens holder 2-210, the focus and fine tracking motor which moves the lens 4-122 so that the emitted light beam 4-120 to precisely align and focus the optical disc plane on the desired position. 物镜4-122确定通过透镜中心垂直延伸的光轴O。 Determining the optical axis of the objective lens 4-122 which extends vertically through the lens center O.

致动器4-116的元件可由图44最清楚地看出。 4-116 actuator element 44 may be best seen in FIG. 透镜夹持器4-210大体上呈矩形且包括贯通的大体矩形开孔4-212。 The lens holder 4-210 is generally rectangular in shape and includes a generally rectangular opening 4-212 therethrough. 透镜夹持器4-210的顶面4-214包括位于两个肩部4-218和4-220之间的圆颈圈4-216。 Lens holder 4-210 4-214 top surface includes a circular collar located between two shoulders 4-218 and 4-220 between 4-216. 具有基本上等于圆颈圈4-216的直径的圆孔4-222形成在透镜夹持器的底面4-224中。 Circular holes having substantially equal diameter circular collar 4-216 is formed in a bottom surface 4-222 of the lens holder 4-224. 矩形聚焦线圈4-230位于透镜夹持器4-210的矩形开孔4-212内。 Rectangular focus coil 4-230 lens holder located within the rectangular opening 4-210 4-212. 两个椭圆形的细跟踪线圈4-232和4-234位于聚焦线圈4-230的第一端4-240的拐角处,另两个相同的跟踪线圈4-236和4-238位于聚焦线圈4-230的第二端4-242的拐角处。 Two oval-shaped fine tracking coils 4-232 and 4-234 of the focus coil 4-230 located at the corner of a first end 4-240, and two more identical tracking coils 4-236 and 4-238 of the focus coil 4 -230 of the second end of the corner of 4-242. 第一对U形极靴2-244包围着聚焦线圈4-230的第一端4-240和缚在该第一端上的跟踪线圈4-232以及4-234,而第二对U形极靴4-246包围着聚焦线圈4-230的第二端4-242和缚在该第二端上的跟踪线圈4-236和4-238。 The first pair of U-shaped pole pieces 2-244 surrounds the first end of the focus coil 4-230 and 4-240 tied on the first end of the tracking coils 4-232 and 4-234, and a second pair of U-shaped pole pieces 4-246 surrounds the second end 4-230 of the focus coil 4-242 on the second end of the tracking coils 4-236 and 4-238. 此外,两个永磁铁4-250和4-252位于各自的极靴对4-244和4-246之间,与各自的跟踪线圈4-232,4-234和4-236,4-238相邻。 In addition, two permanent magnets 4-250 and 4-252 are positioned between the respective pole piece pairs 4-244 and 4-246, the respective tracking coils 4-232, 4-234 and 4-236, 4-238 phase o.

两个顶弯曲臂4-260和4-262和透镜夹持器4-210的顶面4-214相连,而两个另外的底弯曲臂4-264和4-266和透镜夹持器4-210的底面相连。 Two top flexure arms 4-260 and 4-262 and lens holder 4-210 attached to the top surface 4-214 while two additional bottom flexure arms 4-264 and 4-266 and lens holder 4- attached to the bottom surface 210. 每个弯曲臂最好由蚀刻的或冲压的金属薄片构成(一般是钢或铍铜),其厚度为25μm到75μm的量级。 Each flexure arm preferably consists of etched or stamped metal sheet (typically steel or beryllium copper) with a thickness of the order of 25μm to 75μm. 为简化起见,将只对弯曲臂4-260进行说明。 For simplicity, only the flexure arm 4-260 will be described. 不过,应当说明,其余的弯曲臂4-262,4-264和4-266的结构基本相同。 However, it should be explained, that the remaining flexure arms 4-262, 4-264 and 4-266 substantially identical. 弯曲臂4-260包括与第一、第二、第三水平部分4-272,4-274和2-276相连的第一垂直部分4-270。 The flexure arm 4-260 includes a first, second, and third horizontal portion 4-272,4-274 and 4-276 of the first vertical section 4-270. 第三水平部分4-276还和与其成直角的横臂4-280相连。 The third horizontal section 4-276 and therewith also at right angles 4-280. 第一水平部分4-272包括肩部4-218,它与透镜夹持器4-210上的相应的肩部4-218相连。 The first horizontal section 4-272 includes a shoulder 4-278 which the corresponding shoulder 4-210 on the lens holder 4-218 attached. 以类似的形式,第二顶弯曲臂4-262的肩和相应的肩4-220相连而底部弯曲臂4-264和4-266的肩和透镜夹持器4-210的底面上的相应的结构相连。 In a similar manner, the shoulder and the second top flexure arm 4-262 attaches to the corresponding shoulder and the bottom flexure arms 4-220 and 4-266 shoulders 4-264 and lens holder 4-210 of the bottom surface of the corresponding structure connected.

弯曲臂4-260,4-262,4-264和4-266还和支撑件4-290相连。 4-260,4-262,4-264 bent arm and connected to the support member 4-266 and 4-290 also. 支撑件4-290包括接收第二对极靴4-246的中央缺口4-292。 The support member 4-290 includes receiving a second pair of pole pieces 4-246 central notch 4-292. 凸出部分4-294形成在支撑件4-290的顶底面上的缺口4-292的每个侧部。 A ledge 4-294 is formed in each side portion of the support member 4-290 of the top and bottom surfaces of the notch 4-292. 弯曲臂4-260和4-262的横臂部分4-280与这些凸出部分4-294相连,而弯曲臂4-264和4-266和支撑件4-290底上的相应的凸出部分相连,从而从支撑件4-290共同地悬挂着透镜夹持器4-210。 4-280 and 4-294 projecting portion is connected, while flexure arms 4-264 and the corresponding projecting portion and the support member 4-290 4-266 on the bottom of the flexure arms 4-260 and 4-262 of the wishbone connected, thereby collectively hung from the support member 4-290 of the lens holder 4-210. 支撑件4-290还包括用来接收发光二极管4-300的孔4-296。 The support member 4-290 further includes aperture 4-300 for receiving a light emitting diode 4-296. 二极管4-300和图43中的支架4-196中的孔4-198以及位于该支架上的缺口4-200内的光检测器4-202对齐,使得发光二极管4-300被激励时,从支架4-196的孔4-198中发出基本上准直的光,并入射到光检测器4-202上。 Diode 4-300 and Figure 43 aperture 4-198 in the bracket 4-196 and is located on the holder alignment notch 4-202 within the photodetector 4-200, such that the light emitting diode 4-300 is energized, from 4-196 and 4-198 in the bracket holes emitted substantially collimated light is incident on the photodetector 4-202. 根据透镜夹持器4-210相对于支撑件4-290的位置,由二极管4-300发的光将落到检测器4-202的不同部分。 According to the lens holder 4-210 with respect to the position of the support member 4-290, light issued by the diode 4-300 will fall onto various portions of the detector 4-202. 通过分析检测器4-202上入射的光量,可以产生一位置校正信号,从而确定用于在盘的表面上的希望位置进行精确聚焦和跟踪所需的位移量。 By analyzing the amount of light incident on the detector 4-202, a position correction signal can be generated to determine a desired position on the surface of the disc used was the amount of displacement required for precise focusing and tracking.

在所说明的实施例中,细调电机总体包括透镜夹持器4-210,物镜4-122聚焦线圈4-230以及细跟踪线圈4-232,4-234,4-236和4-238。 In the illustrated embodiment, the fine motor mass consists of the lens holder 4-210, the focus coil 4-230 and objective lens 4-122 fine tracking coils 4-232, 4-234 and 4-238. 托架总体包括基座4-150,粗跟踪线圈4-142和4-144,支架4-196,以及光检测器4-202,支撑件4-290,垂直板4-174和4-176,质量平衡板4-184和螺钉4-188,永磁铁4-250和252,极靴4-244和4-246,以及承载表面4-108和4-110。 The carriage mass consists of the base 4-150, course tracking coils 4-142 and 4-144, the bracket 4-196, and photodetector 4-202, the support member 4-290, the vertical plates 4-174 and 4-176, mass balance plate 4-184 and screw 4-188, 4-250 and 252 permanent magnet, pole pieces 4-244 and 4-246, 4-108 and 4-110 and the bearing surfaces.

参照以上结合图43和图44的说明,粗跟踪线圈4-142和4-144具有相等的尺寸并以物镜的光轴O为对称。 Referring to above in connection with FIG. 43 and FIG. 44, the coarse tracking coils 4-142 and 4-144 have equal dimensions and are symmetric about optical axis O of the objective lens. 此外,跟踪线圈对4-232,4-234和4-236,4-238具有相等的尺寸以透镜4-122的光轴O为对称。 Further, the tracking coil pairs 4-232, 4-234 and 4-236, 4-238 have equal dimensions and optical axis O of the lens 4-122 are symmetric. 质量平衡板4-184和质量平衡凸起4-190作有利的选择以补偿支撑件4-290,弯曲臂4-260,4-262,4-264,4-266,承载表面4-108,4-110,支架4-196和光二极管4-202的质量,使得托架的质量中心以及细调和聚焦驱动器(包括极靴4-244,4-246,永磁铁4-250,4-252,聚焦线圈4-230,以及跟踪线圈4-232,4-234,4-236,4-238)的质量中心大体上与透镜4-122的光轴O相交。 Mass balancing plate 4-184 and mass balance projection 4-190 are advantageously selected to compensate for the support member 4-290, the flexure arms 4-260,4-262,4-264,4-266, bearing surfaces 4-108, 4-110, bracket 4-196 and photodetector 4-202 mass, center of mass of the carriage so that the fine and focus drives (consisting of the pole pieces 4-244, 4-246, the permanent magnets 4-250, 4-252, the focus coil 4-230, and tracking coils 4-232,4-234,4-236,4-238) substantially intersecting the center of mass and optical axis O 4-122 of the lens. 以下将详细说明,这些重力中心和透镜4-122的光轴的对准以及电机作用在托架4-106和致动器4-116上的作用力和反作用力的对称确保使会给物镜4-122的位置带来不利影响的运动方式减到最小。 Described in detail below, the symmetrical alignment of action and reaction as well as the motor and the role of these centers of gravity of the optical axis of the lens 4-122 on the carriage 4-106 and actuator 4-116 ensure that the objective lens 4 will adversely affect the -122 position to minimize movement.

参见图45,与粗跟踪线圈4-142,4-144相邻的永磁铁4-130,4-132产生磁场B,其磁力线向里伸进粗调线圈4-142和4-144。 Referring to Figure 45, the coarse tracking coils 4-142, 4-130,4-132 adjacent permanent magnets generate a magnetic field B, whose lines of flux extend inwardly toward the coarse coils 4-142 and 4-144. 当粗跟踪运动要把物镜4-122定位在光盘上所选光道的下面时,就向粗跟踪线圈4-142,4-144送入电流。 When coarse tracking movement of the objective lens 4-122 is positioned below the selected track on the optical disc, it is fed to the coarse tracking coils 4-142, 4-144 current. 电流与磁场B相互作用便产生使托架4-106沿跟踪方向运动的力。 Current interacts with the magnetic field B to produce the carriage 4-106 in the tracking direction of movement of the force. 所述力按Lorentz定律F=BXIl产生,其中,如上所述,F代表作用在聚焦线圈上的力,B代表在两个永磁铁之间磁场的磁通密度,I代表流过聚焦线圈的电流,l代表线圈的长度。 The forces are generated according to the Lorentz law F = B X I l, wherein, as stated above, F represents the force acting on the focus coil, B represents the magnetic flux density between the two permanent magnets of the magnetic field, I representative a current flowing through the focus coil, l representing the coil length. 例如,当送入第一粗跟踪线圈4-142电流I沿进入图45的平面的方向流过位于磁场B中的线圈部分时,便产生沿箭头4-320的方向的力FCoarse1。 For example, when the direction into the first coarse tracking coils 4-142 enters the current I along the plane of FIG. 45 the magnetic field B in the flow through the portion of the coil, forces FCoarse1 direction of the arrow 4-320. 类似地,当电流I流过处于离开图45的平面方向的磁场B中的第二跟踪线圈4-144的部分时,便产生沿箭头4-322方向的力FCoarse2。 Similarly, when current I flows through the portion out of the plane direction of the magnetic field B of FIG. 45 in the second tracking coil 4-144 is, they have a force in the direction of the arrow 4-322 FCoarse2. 力FCoarse1和FCoarse2使托架4-106水平向左运动。 Force FCoarse1 and FCoarse2 the carriage 4-106 horizontally to the left.

相反,图46所示为如果处于磁场B内的跟踪线圈4-142,4-144中的电流I的方向相反,则力FCoarse1和FCoarse2将使托架朝进入图46的纸面(向图45的右方)方向运动。 On the contrary, if it is shown in Figure 46 the tracking coils 4-142, 4-144 within the magnetic field B in the direction opposite to the current I, the forces FCoarse1 and FCoarse2 move the carriage into the paper surface of Fig. 46 (45 to FIG. the right) direction. 沿跟踪方向的运动量取决于供入粗调线圈4-142和4-144的电流量。 In the tracking direction depends on the amount of motion to the coarse coils 4-142 and 4-144 of the current amount. 用这种方式,托架4-106运动使物镜如此定位,使得从透镜4-122出来的激光束4-120在光盘表面上所希望的信息光道内聚焦。 In this manner, the carriage 4-106 is moved to the objective lens positioned such that the lens 4-122 from the laser beam is focused on the optical disc surface 4-120 within the desired information track.

当控制信号由光学组件4-102产生时,给定的电流被加于细跟踪线圈4-232,4-234,4-236以及4-238上,或者加于聚焦线圈4-230上,这根据透镜夹持器4-210和连在其上的物镜4-122所需的位移的方向而定。 When the control signal is generated by the optics module 4-102, a given current is applied to the fine tracking coils 4-232 and 4-238, or the focus coil 4-230 According 4-210 and objective lens 4-122 attached direction desired displacement of the lens holder thereon may be. 这种控制电流量的伺服系统和反馈电路是非常熟知的。 This servo control system and the amount of current feedback circuit is very well known. 这一电流和由永磁铁4-250,4-252产生的电磁场的相互作用便产生使透镜夹持器4-210和连于其上的物镜4-122沿合适的跟踪或聚焦方向移动的力。 This current interaction of the electromagnetic field generated by the permanent magnets 4-250, 4-252 and will produce the lens holder 4-210 and objective lens 4-122 attached thereto is moved in the appropriate tracking or focusing direction of the force . 例如,如果希望沿聚焦方向按照聚焦误差信号重新定位,这信号就被传送到伺服放大器(未示出),该伺服放大器产生通过聚焦线圈4-230的电流。 For example, if you want to reposition according to a focus error signal the focusing direction, which signal is transmitted to a servo amplifier (not shown), the servo amplifier through the focus coil 4-230. 如上所述,力按Lorentz定律F=BXIl产生。 As mentioned above, according to the Lorentz force law F = B X I l produce.

现在参见图47,二维致动器4-116的永磁铁4-250和4-252被这样对准,使得每个磁铁4-250,4-252的南极面向透镜夹持器4-210。 Referring now to Figure 47, two-dimensional actuator 4-116 of the permanent magnets 4-250 and 4-252 are so aligned such that each magnet's south pole 4-250, 4-252 face the lens holder 4-210. 在这种结构中,形成磁场B,其磁力线发自磁铁4-250,4-252并指向透镜夹持器4-210内部,如图所示。 In this configuration, a magnetic field B, whose lines of flux originate at the magnets 4-250, 4-252 and lens holder 4-210 to point, as shown in FIG. 当电流I流入聚焦线圈4-230并通过位于所示方向的磁场B内的线圈4-230部分时,便在聚焦圈4-230的每一部分产生向上的力FFocus,它被传递给弯曲臂4-260,4-262,4-264,以及4-266,使弯曲臂弯曲,从而移动透镜夹持器4-210和相联的物镜4-122使其靠近光盘。 When the current I flowing into the focus coil 4-230 and 4-230 through the coil portion is located within the direction shown by the magnetic field B, an upward force FFocus each section of the focus coil 4-230 which is translated to the flexure arms 4 -260,4-262,4-264, and 4-266, bending the flexure arms to move the lens holder 4-210 and associated objective lens 4-122 closer to the optical disc. 相反,当电流I沿与上述相反的方向运动时,将产生作用在弯曲臂上的向下的力,从而使透镜夹持器4-210和物镜4-122远离光盘表面。 Conversely, when the current I along the opposite direction and will have an effect on the bending arm downward force, so that the lens holder 4-210 and objective lens 4-122 farther away from the disc surface. 位移的大小取决于加入聚焦线圈4-230的电流的大小。 Magnitude of the displacement depends on the magnitude of the current to the focus coil 4-230. 通过使物镜4-122靠近或移开光盘表面,在聚焦线圈4-230的作用下使从物镜4-122出来的激光束4-120精确地聚焦在盘上所希望的信息光道内。 By moving the objective lens 4-122 closer to or farther away from the surface of the optical disc, the focus coil 4-230 acts to make the objective lens 4-122 to precisely focus the laser beam 4-120 within the desired information on the disc track.

如图48所示,致动器4-116实现细跟踪的运动在4个细跟踪线圈4-232,4-234,4-236以及4-238中产生电流时发生,细跟踪线圈固定在聚焦线圈4-230上。 As shown in Figure 48, 4-116 to effect fine tracking actuator motion in four fine tracking coils 4-232 and 4-238 occur when a current is generated, the fine tracking coils affixed to the focus the coil 4-230. 当电流沿所示方向通过处于磁场B内的跟踪线圈部分而加于跟踪线圈时,便产生力FTrack,使透镜夹持器4-210向右移动。 When the current in the direction shown by the tracking coil portion and the magnetic field B is applied to the tracking coil, it generates a force FTrack, the lens holder 4-210 to the right. 当力FTrack作用在跟踪线圈4-232,4-234,4-236和4-238上时,它们通过聚焦线圈4-230和透镜夹持器4-210传到弯曲臂4-260,4-262,4-264和4-268,这些弯曲臂沿相应方向弯曲,因而物镜4-122沿力的方向移向图48的右方。 When the forces FTrack acting on the tracking coils 4-232, 4-234 and 4-238, they are through the focus coil 4-230 and lens holder 4-210 to the flexures arms 4-260,4- 262,4-264 and 4-268, the flexure arms bend in the appropriate direction of direction, and thus the objective lens 4-122 along the force toward the right in FIG. 48. 当电流沿相反方向通过跟踪线圈4-232,4-234,4-236和4-238时,则产生使透镜夹持器4-210向左运动的力。 When the current in the opposite direction through the tracking coils 4-232, 4-234 and 4-238, the force is generated to move the lens holder 4-210 to the left movement. 施加于细跟踪线圈4-232,4-234,4-236和4-238中的电流比施加于粗跟踪线圈4-242,4-244的电流相对地小,因而这些细跟踪线圈的大小也远小于粗调线圈,以便提高谐振频率,使得可具有较高的伺服带宽,以便控制实现较紧密的跟踪误差。 Current is applied to the fine tracking coils 4-232 and 4-238 in the current ratio is applied to the coarse tracking coils 4-242,4-244 relatively small, and thus the size of the fine tracking coils also much smaller than the coarse coils to increase resonance frequencies and thus enable higher servo bandwidths which can then control to tighter track errors.

图49A-56B是致动器和托架组件4-100的示意图,它们说明利用本发明的设计实现的力的对称和平衡。 Figure 49A-56B is a schematic view of the actuator and carriage assembly 4-100 which illustrate the symmetry and balancing design of the present invention achieves a force.

图49A是说明在水平面内作用在致动器4-116上的粗调或托架电动力对称性的示意图。 Figure 49A is a schematic view in a horizontal plane coarse or carriage motor forces symmetry on the actuator 4-116 in Fig. 当如上所述把电流加于粗跟踪线圈4-142和4-144上时,便产生力FCoarse1和FCoarse2,它们集中于分别位于永磁铁4-130和4-132附近的粗调线圈4-142,4-144的部分内。 As described above, when current is applied to the coarse tracking coils 4-142 and 4-144, forces FCoarse1 and FCoarse2, which are located centrally on the permanent magnets 4-130 and 4-132 of the coarse coils 4-142 partly within 4-144. 选择第一粗调线圈4-142的大小等于第二粗调线圈4-144的大小,并使每个线圈中的电流相同,从而使作用在线圈上的力FCoarse1和FCoarse2相等。 Selecting a first coarse coil 4-142 equals the size of the second coarse coil 4-144 and keeps the same current to each coil, so that the forces acting on the coils are equal FCoarse1 and FCoarse2. 此外,粗调线圈4-142和4-144距物镜4-122的距离LC1和LC2相等,从而使绕物镜4-122围绕光轴O得到的力矩相等,因而使托架纵向左右摇摆(yaw)最小。 Further, the coarse coils 4-142 and 4-144 from the objective lens 4-122 are equal distances LC1 and LC2, so that the objective lens 4-122 about the optical axis O is equal to the torque obtained, thus making the carriage yaw (yaw) Min. 在图49B中,在垂直平面上示出了粗调电动力FCoarse1和FCoarse2的中心。 In Fig. 49B, in the vertical plane shows the coarse motor forces FCoarse1 and FCoarse2 the center. 因为力FCoarse1和FCoarse2和托架质量的中心CMC垂直地对齐(即它们这些力通常与直线相交,该直线垂直于径向以及垂直于含托架质量中心CMC的光轴),所以绕水平轴的转矩相等,并减小了可以使棱镜将光束角偏移从而引入跟踪偏离的托架俯仰摇摆(pitch)。 Because the forces FCoarse1 and FCoarse2 and the center of mass of the carriage CMC vertically aligned (i.e., are generally intersected by a line orthogonal to the radial direction and the optical axis O containing the center of mass of the carriage CMC), the moments about the horizontal axis torque equal, and which can cause the prism to deflect the beam angle, thereby introducing track offset deviation carriage pitch (pitch).

在水平和垂直平面内的细跟踪电动力如图50A和50B所示。 Fine tracking motor forces in the horizontal and vertical planes as shown in Figs. 50A and 50B. 由处于永磁铁4-250和4-252产生的磁场内的细跟踪线圈4-232,4-234,4-236和4-238的激励产生的力FTrack1和FTrack2被集中在细跟踪线圈对4-232,4-234和4-236,4-238之间,并沿跟踪方向水平地延伸。 Force exerted by the fine tracking coil is within the excitation field permanent magnets 4-250 and 4-252 generated 4-232 and 4-238 generated FTrack1 and FTrack2 is concentrated on the fine tracking coils 4 between -232,4-234 and 4-236, 4-238, and extend horizontally in the tracking direction. 这些线圈的大小相等且通入的电流量也相等,使得综合力FTrack1和FTrack2相等。 The size of these coils are equal and the amount of current are equal, so that the overall force FTrack1 and FTrack2 equal. 此外,细跟踪线圈4-232,4-234,4-236和4-238距透镜4-122的光轴O的距离LT相等。 Further, the fine tracking coils 4-232, 4-234 and 4-238 from the optical axis O of the lens 4-122 are equal distances LT. 因而绕光轴O产生的转矩相等,使得透镜夹持器4-210以及其上的透镜4-122绕垂直轴的纵向左右摇摆被减小。 Thus the moments produced about the optical axis O are equal, such that the lens holder 4-210 and lens 4-122 thereon about the vertical axis of yaw is reduced. 如图50B所示,合成的细跟踪力FTrack作用在细调电动部分CMF的质量中心,从而使透镜夹持器的俯仰摇摆减到最小。 As shown in Figure 50B, the fine tracking forces FTrack acts on the fine motor CMF in the center of mass, so that the lens holder pitch is minimized.

图51A表示来自细跟踪电机的反作用力FReact1和FReact2,它们沿与图50A所示的细调跟踪电机作用力FTrack1和FTrack2相反的方向作用在托架4-106上。 51A illustrates the reaction forces from the fine tracking motor FReact1 and FReact2, which along with Figure 50A the fine tracking motor forces and FTrack2 shown FTrack1 opposite direction acting on the carriage 4-106. 这些反作用力FReact1和RReact2作用在位于透镜夹持器4-210的每侧上的跟踪线圈4-232,4-234,4-236和4-238上的极靴4-244和4-246上。 4-244 and 4-246 on these reaction forces FReact1 and RReact2 acting on each side of the lens holder 4-210 and tracking coils 4-232 and pole pieces 4-238 on . 如上所述,跟踪力FTrack1和FTrack2的大小是相等的。 As described above, the tracking forces FTrack1 and FTrack2 size is equal. 此外,极靴4-244、4-246的尺寸也相同,使得产生反作用力FReact1和FReact2相等。 In addition, the size of pole pieces 4-244, 4-246 are equal, such that the reaction forces FReact1 and FReact2 equal. 因为极靴4-244和4-246距透镜4-122的光轴O的距离LR相等,所以绕光轴O的转矩大小相等,从这减小了绕垂直轴的转动或纵向左右摇摆。 Because the pole pieces 4-244 and 4-246 from the optical axis O of the lens 4-122 are equal distances LR, so about the optical axis O of torque equal in magnitude, reducing rotation about the vertical axis, or yaw. 图51B表示在垂直平面内的合成反作用力FReact。 Figure 51B shows the vertical plane of the synthesis reaction FReact. 如图所示,反作用力FReact作用在细调电机总体的质量中心CMF上,位于托架质量中心CMC上方距离为LRM处,因此在托架4-106上将作用一个转矩。 As shown, the reaction force FReact acting on the fine motor mass center of mass CMF, at the carriage center of mass distance LRM above the CMC, and therefore a torque will act on the carriage 4-106. 然而,因为距离LRM和反作用力FReact1和FReact2都相当小,所以这一转矩也相当小,不会显著影响托架的性能。 Because the distance LRM and the reaction forces FReact1 and FReact2 are quite small, so that torque is relatively small and does not significantly affect carriage performance.

作用在致动器4-116上的合成聚焦力FFocus1和FFocus2如图52A所示。 Acting on the actuator 4-116 resultant focus forces FFocus1 and FFocus2 shown in Fig. 52A. 聚焦力FFocus1和FFocus2集中在位于跟踪线圈4-232,4-234,4-236和4-238和极靴4-244,4-246之间的聚焦线圈4-230的部分上,靠近永磁铁4-250和4-252。 The focus forces FFocus1 and FFocus2 are centered in the portions located on the focusing coil and tracking coils 4-232, 4-234, 4-238, and between the pole pieces 4-244, 4-246 4-230, adjacent the permanent magnets 4-250 and 4-252. 聚焦线圈4-230绕在图44的透镜夹持器4-210的开口4-212内,使相同的电流流过和磁铁相邻的线圈4-230的每边,从而在透镜夹持器4-210的边上产生相等的力FFocus1和FFocus2,使透镜夹持器4-210和其上的物镜4-122沿垂直方向移动。 FIG focus coil 4-230 is wound in the lens holder 44 within the opening 4-212 4-210 so that the same current flows through each side of and adjacent to the magnet coils 4-230, so the lens holder 4 -210 edge producing equal forces FFocus1 and FFocus2, the lens holder 4-210 and objective lens 4-122 along the vertical direction. 线圈在透镜夹持器4-210的开口4-212内对称地设置,使得产生的力FFocus1和FFocus2的中心离开物镜4-122的光轴O相等的距离LF。 Coil 4-212 4-210 symmetrically disposed openings in the lens holder, so that the resulting forces FFocus1 and FFocus2 center of the optical axis O away from the objective lens 4-122 at equal distances LF. 在这种结构中,绕透镜4-122的光轴O产生的转矩是相等的,从而减小透镜夹持器4-210的横向左右摇摆(roll)。 In this configuration, the lens around the optical axis O of the torque 4-122 are equal, thereby reducing the lens holder 4-210 lateral yaw (roll). 此外,如图52B所示,当从托架的端部看时,聚焦力FFocus1和FFocus2(图中为FFocus)和托架质量的质量中心CMC对齐,从而减小托架4-106的俯仰摇摆。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 52B, when viewed from the end bracket, the focus forces FFocus1 and FFocus2 (in the drawing FFocus) and the center of mass of the carriage mass CMC aligned, thereby reducing pitch of the carriage 4-106 .

图53A的平面中示出了响应聚焦力FFocus1、FFocus2而产生的反作用力FFR1、FFR2。 53A is a plan view shown in response to the focus forces FFocus1, FFocus2 produced reaction FFR1, FFR2. 它们和聚焦力FFocus1、FFocus2的大小相等方向相反,并被集中在极靴4-244、4-246中间的细调电机永磁铁4-250、4-252附近。 They and focus forces FFocus1, FFocus2 are equal in magnitude in opposite directions, and are concentrated in the vicinity of the middle of the pole pieces 4-244, 4-246 fine motor permanent magnets 4-250, 4-252. 如上所述,聚焦力FFocus1、FFocus2相等,因而反作用力FFR1、FFR2也相等。 As described above, the focus forces FFocus1, FFocus2 are equal, thus, the reaction FFR1, FFR2 are equal. 此外,反作用力FFR1、FFR2距离物镜4-122的光轴O的距离LFR相等,从而进一步减少俯抑摇摆。 Further, the reactions FFR1, FFR2 from the optical axis O of the objective lens 4-122 are equal distances LFR, to further reduce pitch suppressing swing. 此外,如图53B所示,当从托架4-106的端部看时,反作用力FFR1、FFR2(图中为FFR)和托架质量的质量中心CMC对齐,借以减小托架的俯仰摇摆。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 53B, when viewed from the end portion of the carriage 4-106, the reaction forces FFR1, FFR2 (in the drawing FFR) and the center of mass of the carriage mass CMC alignment, thereby reducing the pitch of the carriage .

图54中示出了由透镜夹持器4-210上的弯曲臂4-260,4-262,4-264和4-266产生的力FFlex1、FFlex2。 Figure 54 shows a lens holder by the force FFlex1 flexure arms 4-210 and 4-266 on 4-260,4-262,4-264 generated, FFlex2. 所示的力FFlex1、FFlex2作用在上弯臂4-260、4-262上,本领域的技术人员显然易见,相同的力也作用在下弯臂4-264、4-266。 Forces FFlex1 shown, FFlex2 acting on the upper flexure arms 4-260, obvious to a person skilled in the art is easy to see, the same force acts on the lower flexure arms 4-264,4-266. 作用在上弯臂4-260、4-262上的力FFlex1、FFlex2分别集中在使弯臂固定在支撑件4-290上的弯臂4-260、4-262的横臂部分4-280上。 Acting on the upper flexure arms 4-260 force FFlex1, FFlex2 respectively centered at the bend arm is fixed to the support member 4-290 of the flexure arms 4-260 and 4-262 horizontal arm portion 4-280 . 如上所述,当这些力FFlex1、FFlex2作用在弯曲臂4-260、4-262上时,这些弯臂向合适的方向弯曲,从而实现细跟踪。 As described above, when these forces FFlex1, FFlex2 role in the flexure arms 4-260 and 4-262, the flexure arms bend in the appropriate direction to achieve fine tracking. 为了使弯臂4-260、4-262保持在其弯曲状态,细调电机产生反作用力FRA、FRB,被集中在透镜夹持器4-210每侧的极靴4-244和4-246处。 To maintain the flexure arms 4-260 and 4-262 in their bent condition, the fine motor generates reaction forces FRA, FRB, is concentrated in the lens holder 4-210 on each side of the pole pieces 4-244 and 4-246 of the . 如上所述,弯曲力FFlex1和FFlex2离开聚焦透镜4-122的光轴O一个距离LFlex,而反作用力FRA、FRB离开光轴O的距离分别为LRA、LRB。 As described above, the bending force FFlex1 FFlex2 focus lens 4-122 and the optical axis O by a distance LFlex, while the reaction forces FRA, FRB distance from the optical axis O, respectively LRA, LRB. 本领域的技术人员能够显然看出,由这些成对力产生的绕光轴O的转矩是不相等的,因为(FFlex1+FFlex2)LFlex不等于(FRALRA+FRBLRB)。 Those skilled in the art can clearly be seen that, about the optical axis O of the torque generated by the pairs of forces are not equal, since (FFlex1 + FFlex2) LFlex not equal (FRALRA + FRBLRB). 然而,因为这些力除在很低的频率(在典型情况下大约低于40Hz)之外已被有效地和托架解耦,所以在大多数正常操作条件下它们不会影响致动器的性能。 However, since these forces except at very low frequencies (typically below around 40Hz) than have been effectively decoupled from the carriage, so in most normal operating conditions do not affect actuator performance .

如上所述,托架4-106包括两个承载面4-108和4-110,它们可滑动地安装在导轨4-112和4-114上,以便把托架4-106定位在光盘上各个数据光道的下方。 As described above, the carriage 4-106 includes two bearing surfaces 4-108 and 4-110 which are slidably mounted on the guide rails 4-112 and 4-114 in order to position the carriage 4-106 on the optical disc each beneath the data track. 实际上,承载4-108、4-110作为把托架4-106保持在轨道4-112、4-114上方的“弹簧”。 In fact, the bearings 4-108 and 4-110 as holding the carriage 4-106 above the rails 4-112 and 4-114 of the "spring." 承载“弹簧”的刚性力FBearing1、FBearing2如图55A所示。 Bearing "spring" stiffness forces FBearing1, FBearing2 55A as shown in FIG. 力FBearing1、FBearing2被集中在承载面4-108、4-110和轨道4-112、4-114之间的接触点上,并通过轨道中心向下延伸。 Force FBearing1, FBearing2 are centered at the point of contact the bearing surface 4-108 and rail 4-112, 4-114 between, and extend downwardly through the track center. 如上所述,在承载面4-108和轨道4-112之间的面接触面积近似等于承载面4-110和轨道4-114之间的面接触面积,因而这些刚性力FBearing1、FBearing2基本相等。 As described above, the surface contact area between the bearing surface 4-108 and rail 4-112 is approximately equal to the surface contact area between 4-110 and rail 4-114 bearing surface, and thus these stiffness forces FBearing1, FBearing2 substantially equal. 承载面4-108、4-110距透镜光轴O一个相等的距离LBearing,从而使由这些力产生的绕光轴O的转矩相等,因此减小了托架的纵向左右摇摆。 Bearing surfaces 4-108 and 4-110 from the lens an equal distance from the optical axis O LBearing, so that the torque about the optical axis O produced by these forces are equal, thus reducing the carriage yaw. 参见图55B,在垂直平面内,净托架悬挂力FBearing作用在两个承载正中间的并与光轴O对准的一点上。 Referring to Figure 55B, in the vertical plane, the net carriage suspension force FBearing in the middle of both bearing and aligned with the optical axis O point.

作用在承载4-108、4-110和轨道4-112和4-114上的摩擦力FFriction1A、FFriction1B以及FFriction2如图56A所示。 Role in carrying friction FFriction1A 4-108,4-110 and on track 4-112 and 4-114, FFriction1B and FFriction2 shown in Figure 56A. 因为第一承载面4-108包括两部分4-160和4-162,所以有两个摩擦力FFriction1A、FFriction1B,每个分别与每个承载部分4-160、4-162有关,它们集中在承载面的中部,沿着和轨道4-114接触的面积的方向。 As the first bearing surface 4-108 includes two sections 4-160 and 4-162, the two friction FFriction1A, FFriction1B, each respectively associated with each bearing section 4-160,4-162 concerned, they are concentrated in the bearer midface along the area and rail 4-114 direction. 第二个摩擦力FFriction2作用在第二承载面4-108上并集中于承载面的中部,沿着与轨道4-112相接触的方向,如图所示。 The second friction force FFriction2 acts on the second bearing surface 4-108 and is centered in the middle of the bearing surface, along a direction in contact with the rail 4-112 as shown. 因为形成第一承载面4-110的承载部分4-160和4-162的接触面积基本上等于第二承载面4-108的接触面积,并且两个承载面的预载荷和磨擦系数相同,所以摩擦力FFriction1A、FFriction1B之和等于摩擦力FFriction2。 Because the formation of the first bearing surface 4-110 bearing contact area sections 4-160 and 4-162 substantially equals the area of the second bearing surface 4-108 of contact, and the preload and the coefficient of friction is the same for both bearing surfaces, so friction FFriction1A, FFriction1B equals friction FFriction2. 承载表面4-112和4-114离开聚焦透镜4-122的光轴O相等的距离LF,因而绕透镜的光轴的合力矩也相等。 The bearing surfaces 4-112 and 4-114 are located at the optical axis O of the focus lens 4-122 at equal distances LF, and thus about the lens optical axis of the moments are equal. 在垂直平面内,力FFriction1A、FFriction1B作用在轨道4-112、4-114和承载表面4-108、4-110之间的接触区域上,如图56B所示,它们被有利地设计成和托架质量中心CMC水平地对齐,从而减少可以产生托架俯仰摇摆的绕质量中心的转矩。 In the vertical plane, the force FFriction1A, FFriction1B acting on the rails 4-112, 4-114 and the contact area between the bearing surfaces 4-108, as shown in FIG. 56B, which are advantageously designed and care the center of mass CMC rack horizontally aligned, thereby reducing pitch of the carriage may produce a torque about the center of mass of the swinging.

图57-60说明垂直和水平加速度二者作用在托架4-106和致动器4-116上的惯性力。 57-60 illustrate both the vertical and horizontal acceleration acting on the carriage 4-106 and actuator 4-116 inertial forces. 响应组件的垂直加速度而作用在细调电机和托架上的惯性力如图57所示。 Vertical acceleration response components acting on the fine motor and carriage inertial forces shown in Figure 57. 图57和58A中第一向下的惯性力F1F等于细调电机的质量乘以加速度,它作用在细调电机的质量中心CMF。 Figure 57 and 58A, the first downward inertial force F1F equal mass of the fine motor multiplied by the acceleration acts at the center of mass of the fine motor CMF. 图57和58B中的第二向下的惯性力F1C作用在托架的质量中心CMC,并等于托架的质量乘以加速度。 Figure 57 and 58B, a second downward inertial force F1C in the center of mass of the carriage CMC, and is equal to the quality of the carriage multiplied by the acceleration. 图58A和58B进一步说明惯性力F1F和F1C和物镜4-122的光轴O水平地对齐。 58A and 58B further illustrate that the inertial forces F1F and F1C and the optical axis O of the objective lens 4-122 horizontally aligned.

图59A说明作用在粗调线图4-142、4-144和细调电机极靴4-244、4-246上分别用于产生托架和细调电机的加速度的惯性力。 Figure 59A illustrates the effect of the coarse coils 4-142, 4-144 and fine motor pole pieces 4-244,4-246, respectively, for generating the fine motor and carriage inertial forces of acceleration. 惯性力FIC1作用在第一粗调线圈4-142上部的中心,惯性力FIC2作用在第二粗调线圈4-144的上部的中心。 An inertial force FIC1 acts at the center 4-142 upper portion of the first coarse coil, an inertial force FIC2 acts at the upper portion of the second coarse coil 4-144. 如上所述,线圈4-142和4-144的大小相同,从而第一线圈4-142的质量等于第二线圈4-144的质量。 As described above, the coils 4-142 and 4-144 of the same size, so that the first coil 4-142 equals the mass of the second coil 4-144. 每个力FIC1和FIC2的大小等于各自线圈的质量乘以加速度,因而作用在线圈4-142和4-144上的惯性力相等。 Magnitude of each force FIC1 and FIC2 is equal to the respective coil multiplied by the acceleration, and the forces acting on the coils 4-142 and 4-144 of equal inertia force. 因为线圈4-142、4-144离开物镜4-122的光轴O的距离LC相等,所以由惯性力FIC1和FIC2产生的绕光轴的所得力矩相等。 Because the coils 4-142 and 4-144 of the optical axis O of the objective lens 4-122 are equal distances LC, so the equivalent inertial forces FIC1 and FIC2 produced about the optical axis of the resulting torque. 类似地,因为细调电机极靴4-244和4-246的大小相等且距光轴O的距离相同,作用在极靴上的惯性力FIP1、FIP2相等,绕物镜4-122的光轴O得出的力矩相等。 Similarly, because the fine motor pole pieces 4-244 and 4-246 are equal and the same distance from the optical axis O, acting on the pole pieces of the inertial force FIP1, FIP2 equal, the optical axis of the objective lens 4-122 O resulting moments equal. 对于托架和致动器组件的所有其它元件或“子部件”应用同样的分析,并按下述的详细解释,在弯曲臂的谐振频率以上由水平和垂直加速度产生的惯性力是平衡的且对称于光轴O。 For carriage and actuator assembly of all other components or "subparts" Applying this same analysis, in accordance with the following detailed explanation, the inertia force at the resonant frequency of the flexure arms by horizontal and vertical accelerations above generated is balanced and symmetrical to the optical axis O. 作用在组件上用于产生水平加速度的细调电机和托架的净惯性力FIF和FIC于是沿通过托架中心与光轴相交的直线起作用,如图59B所示。 The fine motor and carriage FIF and FIC net inertial force acting on the assembly for horizontal accelerations thus generated by the carriage along the center line intersecting with the optical axis acts, as shown in Fig. 59B. 由于粗调电机而产生的净惯性力FIC等于粗调电机的质量乘以加速度,而由于细调电机而产生的净惯性力FIF等于细调电机的质量乘以加速度。 The net inertial force due to the coarse motor FIC is equal to the generated mass of the coarse motor multiplied by the acceleration, while the net inertial force due to the fine motor FIF is equal to the mass of the fine motor multiplied by the acceleration.

在高频时,即在透镜夹持器-弯曲臂谐振频率,大约40Hz,以上沿跟踪方向被加速时,组件4-100的元件被解耦因而不影响物镜4-122的位置。 At high frequencies, i.e. the lens holder - when flexure arm resonance frequency, approximately 40Hz, or more is accelerated in the tracking direction, element assembly 4-100 decouple and do not affect the position of the objective lens 4-122. 因而,对于弯曲臂谐振频率以上或以下的加速度,惯性力不同。 Thus, for the acceleration of the flexure arm resonance frequency above or below, the inertial forces differ. 在高频时的水平加速惯性力如图60A所示。 In the horizontal high frequency acceleration inertial force as shown in Fig. 60A. 在这些高频上,致动器4-116和托架4-106解耦,使得等于细调电机的质量乘以加速度的第一惯性力F11作用在细调电机的质量中心CMF,等于粗调电机的质量乘以加速度的第二惯性力F12集中在托架部分的质量中心CMC。 At these high frequencies, the actuator 4-116 is decoupled from the carriage 4-106, such that equal mass of the fine motor multiplied by the acceleration of the first inertial force F11 in the center of mass of the fine motor CMF, equal coarse mass of the motor multiplied by the acceleration of the second inertial force F12 concentrated in the center of mass of the carriage CMC.

图60B说明低于弯曲臂谐振频率的水平加速度的惯性力。 Figure 60B illustrates the flexure arm resonance frequency lower than the level of the acceleration of the inertial force. 在这些低频上,细调电机部分和托架部分作为一个单元运动,它们具有净质量中心CMC′。 At these lower frequencies, the fine motor and carriage as a unit, which has a net center of mass CMC '. 如图所示,净质量中心CMC′位于托架质量中心CMC的垂直上方一个距离X处,因而粗调电机力FCoarse1、FCoarse2和磨擦力FFriction1和FFriction2不再和现在移到CMC′的托架质量中心对齐。 As shown, the net center of mass CMC 'is located vertically above the center of mass of the carriage CMC at a distance X, and thus the coarse motor forces FCoarse1, FCoarse2 and the friction forces FFriction1 and FFriction2 longer and now shifted to CMC' carriage mass center alignment. 虽然托架质量中心垂直地发生了位移,但组件4-100的对称性设计确保托架质量中心CMC不会在水平面内发生位移,因而作用在托架上的力仍保持对称于质量中心和光轴O,而与质量中心从CMC移到CMC′无关。 Although the center of mass of the carriage is displaced vertically, but the assembly 4-100 ensures that the symmetrical design of the carriage mass CMC does not occur the displacement in the horizontal plane, and thus the force acting on the carriage remain symmetrical about the center of mass and optical axis O, while the center of mass from CMC to CMC 'nothing to do.

此外,设计的对称性确保当在高频下托架的元件或子部件解耦时不发生质量中心CMC的水平位移。 In addition, the symmetry of the design ensures that when the bracket at high frequencies of the decoupling element or subassembly of the horizontal displacement of the center of mass CMC does not occur. 例如,在KHz级的频率上,细调电机极靴4-244,4-246和磁铁4-250,4-252将解耦。 For example, in the KHz frequency, the fine motor pole pieces 4-244, 4-246 and magnets 4-250, 4-252 will decouple. 不过,由于设计的对称性,质量中心不会在水平面内移位。 However, due to the symmetry of the design, the center of mass will not shift in the horizontal plane. 因为没有质量中心CMC的水平位移,聚焦电机的反作用力在子部件成为“松开”的这些频率之上不会引起托架的俯仰摇摆或左右摇摆。 Because there is no horizontal displacement of the center of mass CMC, the focus motor reaction force in subparts have come "loose" on these frequencies will not cause the carriage pitch or roll. 因而,借助于使透镜4-122的光轴O和质量中心水平地对准,则可使透镜的位置“在风暴眼内”不受在该位置上透镜受谐振,电机以及作用在组件4-100上的反作用力的影响最小。 Thus, by the optical axis O and center of mass of the lens 4-122 horizontally aligned, the position of the lens can be "in the eye of the storm" from the lens by resonance, motor, and acting on the position in the component 4- reaction forces on the 100 minimum.

图61A和61B是细跟踪位置对本发明的致动器4-116的细调电机电流的Bode传递图,其中细调电机的质量为1.9克,悬在其上的物镜的质量为0.24克。 Figure 61A and 61B are fine tracking position versus fine motor actuator current Bode transfer diagram 4-116 of the present invention, wherein the fine motor mass was 1.9 g, suspended in the objective lens on which the mass of 0.24 g. 如图61A所示,致动器呈现近乎理想的dB曲线4-310,它具有近似40dB/de cade的斜率,以及理想的相移曲线4-312,如图61B所示。 As shown in Figure 61A, the actuator exhibits an almost ideal dB curve 4-310 having an approximate slope of 40dB / de cade and an ideal phase shift curve 4-312, Fig. 61B. dB和相移曲线分别用迹线4-310和4-312表示,图61C和61D表示对同一传递函数当透镜沿水平方向或跟踪方向偏心0.15mm时的曲线。 dB and phase shift curves are identified trace lines 4-310 and 4-312, Figs. 61C and 61D illustrate the same transfer function when the lens in the horizontal direction or the tracking direction when the eccentric curve 0.15mm. 轨迹线分别为4-410′和4-412′的dB和相移曲线二者都揭示在大约3.2KHz处有一个扰动,或毛刺。 Trace lines 4-410 'and 4-412' in dB and phase shift curves both reveal about 3.2KHz and there is a disturbance, or glitch. 相位裕度大约凹下25度,使环路阻尼减小,并使调整时间和超调量增大。 Phase margin dips approximately 25 degrees, reducing loop damping, and to adjust the time and overshoot increases. 从透镜定位的观点看,透镜位置的水平移动干扰了作用在透镜上的各细跟踪力的平衡或对称,产生绕透镜光轴的转矩而引起纵向左右摇摆。 From the lens positioning, the horizontal shift in lens position disturbs the symmetry or balance acting on the lens of the fine tracking force, generating a torque about the lens optical axis caused yaw. 因而,可以看出,在组件4-100中绕透镜4-122的光轴O的各力的平衡将显著地改善跟踪定位。 Thus, it can be seen in the assembly 4-100 about the balance of forces of the lens optical axis O 4-122 significantly improves tracking position.

图62A-62C说明作用在组件4-100上的非对称聚焦力的影响。 Figure 62A-62C illustrate the impact acting on the assembly 4-100 asymmetrical focus forces. 图62A说明当跨过光道间距为1.5μm的光道时的跟踪信号,如迹线4-320所示,其中每个正弦波相应于光盘表面上的一个信息光道。 62A illustrates the tracking signal while crossing track pitch of 1.5μm in the track when, illustrated as trace line 4-320, wherein each sine wave corresponds to an information track on the disc surface. 在图62B中,聚焦力集中在细调电机质量中心CMF和光轴O上。 In Figure 62B, the focus force is concentrated in the center of mass of the fine motor CMF and the optical axis O. 上部的曲线4-322表示在这过程中加于聚焦线圈的电流,而下部曲线4-324表示对于聚焦电流为0.1Amp、聚焦加速度为0.75m/s`(2`)下跟踪一特定光道时的跟踪误差信号。 Tracking a particular track top trace 4-322 shows the process in which the current applied to the focus coil, while the bottom trace 4-324 shows for a focus current 0.1Amp, and a focus acceleration 0.75m / s `(2`) under the tracking error signal. 如图所示,跟踪误差信号实际上不受聚焦电流的影响。 As shown, the tracking error signal is virtually unaffected by the focus current. 图62C表示当聚焦力偏离质量中心CMF和光轴大约0.2mm时对如图62B中的电流和跟踪误差信号的影响。 62C shows the focus force is shifted center of mass CMF and the optical axis affects about 0.2mm in Fig. 62B when the current and tracking error signals. 相应的曲线分别用迹线4-322′和4-324′表示。 The corresponding curves are identified trace lines 4-322 'and 4-424', respectively. 现在跟踪信号明显地受聚焦电流的影响。 Now tracking signal clearly affected by the focus current. 在相同的聚焦电流和加速度下,产生了0.022μm的跟踪偏移。 Under the same focus current and acceleration, a tracking offset of 0.022μm. 一般在光驱中总的可允许的跟踪偏移处在0.05μm到0.1μm的范围内。 Generally drive the total allowable track offset in the range of 0.05μm to 0.1μm. 因而,通过校准聚焦力如图62B所示,跟踪偏移被显著地减小。 Thus, by calibrating the focusing force shown in FIG. 62B, the tracking offset is significantly reduced.

图63示出了托架和致动器组件4-400的另一个实施例,其中2-D致动器的质量中心和托架质量中心一致。 Figure 63 shows another carriage and actuator assembly 4-400 of the embodiment in which the 2-D actuator, the center of mass of the carriage mass center line. 除了绕物镜光轴基本对称之外,细调电机的质量中心和托架的质量中心一致并与光轴对齐。 In addition to being substantially symmetrical about the optical axis of the objective lens, the center of mass of the fine motor and center of mass of the carriage and aligned with the optical axis coincide. 第一实施例的托架和致动器组件4-100对于大部分频率范围是适当的。 Carriage and actuator assembly 4-100 of the first embodiment is adequate for most frequency ranges of. 不过,本另一实施例的组件4-400可用在希望在低于弯曲臂谐振频率的频率下避免托架质量中心偏移的情况下。 However, the components of another embodiment of the present embodiment can be used in the case of 4-400 hope at frequencies below the flexure arm resonance frequency to avoid the carriage center of mass offset.

组件4-400包括托架4-406,它具有第一第二承载表面4-408和4-410,基本上和组件4-100中的相同,可被能滑动地装在导轨(未示出)上,还包括二维致动器4-416,它装在托架4-406内。 The assembly 4-400 includes a carriage 4-406 having first and second bearing surfaces 4-408 and 4-410, 4-100 in substantially the same components, which can be slidably mounted on guide rails (not shown ), and also includes a two-dimensional actuator 4-416, which is mounted on the carriage 4-406. 托架4-406包括一对粗跟踪线圈4-412、4-414,位于形成在托架4-406内的靠近承载表面4-408、4-410各自的缺口4-417和4-418内,其作用是使托架4-406水平地沿跟踪方向运动,如图65所示,从而访问光盘表面上的各个信息光道。 The carriage 4-406 includes a pair of coarse tracking coils 4-412 and 4-414 formed in the carriage 4-406 is located adjacent the bearing surfaces 4-408 respective notches 4-417 and 4-418 within , which act to move the carriage 4-406 horizontally in a tracking direction, as shown in Figure 65, to access various information tracks on the disc surface.

致动器4-416包括透镜夹持器4-420,其上装着物镜4-422。 The actuator 4-416 includes a lens holder 4-420 having an objective lens 4-422 filled. 形成在托架4-406的顶部表面上的一对凸肩4-424支撑着一对顶部弯曲臂4-426,该弯曲臂被连于形成在透镜夹持器4-420上的一对凸起4-428的顶表面上。 Formed on the top surface of the carriage 4-406, a pair of shoulders 4-424 support a pair of top flexure arms 4-426, the flexure arms are attached to the lens holder is formed on a pair of projections 4-420 Since the top surface 4-428. 一对和顶弯曲臂4-426的结构相同的底弯曲臂4-429被托架底部中相应的凸肩(未示出)支撑着,并连接于透镜夹持器4-420上的凸起4-428的相应的底表面上。 Identical in structure to the top flexure arms 4-426 and the bottom bracket at the bottom flexure arms 4-429 are corresponding shoulder (not shown) supported and connected to the projections 4-420 on the lens holder of corresponding bottom surface 4-428 of the upper. 光束4-430通过椭圆孔4-432进入致动器4-416,并被含于致动器4-416内的反射镜(未示出)通过物镜4-422沿光轴O′反射。 The light beam 4-430 through a oval aperture 4-432 enters the actuator 4-416 and is reflected by a mirror contained inside the actuator 4-416 (not shown) through the objective lens 4-422 along an optical axis O '. 致动器416还被连接于聚焦和细跟踪电机上,该电机使透镜4-422移动,从而使射出的光束精确地对准并聚焦在光盘表面上的所需位置上。 The actuator 416 is further connected to the focus and fine tracking motor which move the lens 4-422 so that the emitted light beam to precisely align and focus the desired location on the disc surface. 聚焦和细跟踪电机包括两个永磁铁4-440、4-442装在透镜夹持器4-420相对的两端。 The focus and fine tracking motor includes two permanent magnets 4-440 and 4-442 of the lens holder 4-420 attached to opposite ends. 椭圆形细跟踪线圈4-444安装在每个永磁铁4-440、4-442上,靠近托架承载表面4-408、4-410。 Oval-shaped fine tracking coil 4-444 is affixed to each permanent magnet 4-440 and 4-442, adjacent the carriage bearing surfaces 4-408 and 4-410. 聚焦线圈4-448安装在托架4-406的顶表面和底表面上,由在托架的内部形成的凸肩支撑,使透镜夹持器4-420位于聚焦线圈4-448之间。 Focus coil 4-448 is mounted on the top surface and the bottom surface of the carriage 4-406, supported by ledges formed within the bracket, so that the lens holder 4-420 is positioned between the focus coils 4-448.

托架4-406和致动器4-416的粗跟踪运动以和图46、47所示的组件4-100的相同的方式进行。 The carriage 4-406 and actuator 4-416 coarse tracking movement and in the same manner as shown in FIG. 46 and 47 of the assembly 4-100 will be. 当电流被加在处于磁场中的粗跟踪线圈4-412、4-414时,则按Lorentz定律产生一个力,它的作用使托架4-406和致动器4-416沿跟踪方向运动,如图65所示,从而把物镜4-422定位在光盘上的各个信息道的下方。 When a current is applied when the magnetic field is 4-412 coarse tracking coils, a force is generated according to Lorentz law which acts to move the carriage 4-406 and actuator 4-416 in a tracking directions, As shown in Figure 65, thereby positioning the objective lens 4-422 beneath various information tracks on the optical disc.

图64说明致动器4-416的操作,用来使透镜夹持器4-420和其上的物镜4-422沿聚焦方向移动。 Figure 64 illustrates the operation of the actuator 4-416 to move the lens holder 4-420 and objective lens 4-422 carried thereon in a focusing direction. 当在聚焦线圈4-448中产生电流时,便在每个线圈内导出电磁场4-450。 When a current is generated in the focus coils 4-448, each coil will be derived in the electromagnetic field 4-450. 电磁场4-450对于各个聚焦线圈其方向不同,如图所示。 Electromagnetic field 4-450 for the respective focusing coils in different directions, as shown in FIG. 在所示的例子中,两个永磁铁4-440、4-442都被底聚焦线圈4-448(未示出)吸引,也都被顶聚焦线圈4-448排斥,这样便使透镜夹持器4-420向着底聚焦线圈4-448以及离开顶聚焦线圈4-448运动,从而使物镜4-422离光盘表面更远,其位移的大小取决于导出电磁场的强度。 In the example shown, both permanent magnets 4-440 and 4-442 by the bottom focus coil 4-448 (not shown) to attract, by the top focus coil 4-448, thus moving the lens holder 4-420 toward the bottom focus coil 4-448 and away from the top focus coil 4-448 movement, so that the objective lens 4-422 farther away from the disc surface, the magnitude of the displacement depends on the strength of electromagnetic field.

以类似的方式,图65示出了和细跟踪线圈4-444相互作用的永磁铁4-440、4-442。 In a similar manner, FIG. 65 illustrates the fine tracking coils 4-444 interacting permanent magnets 4-440 and 4-442. 跟踪圈4-444的通电使透镜夹持器4-420水平地沿跟踪方向朝右或朝左运动,这由通过线圈的电流方向而定。 Energization of the tracking coil 4-444 of the lens holder 4-420 horizontally to the right or left movement in the tracking direction, which the current through the coils may be. 例如,在所示的磁场4-460存在的情况下,透镜夹持器4-420和物镜4-422朝左运动。 For example, in the case of the magnetic field 4-460 illustrated, the lens holder 4-420 and objective lens 4-422 moved towards the left. 用这种方式,细跟踪线圈4-444的作用在于把从透镜4-422出来的光束更精确地定位在光盘上所希望的信息轨道的中心内。 In this manner, the fine tracking coils 4-444 act to come out from the lens 4-422 beam more precisely positioned within the center of the optical disk a desired information track.

在下面的讨论中,所标记的力和长度与上述结合组件4-100的讨论中的力和长度相应。 In the following discussion, the discussion above in conjunction with the force and the length of the labeled component in the 4-100 and the length of the corresponding force. 为说明方便,将使用撇符号“′”来讨论相应的值,同时,参看图46,49B,50A,51A-53A,55A,56A,58A和58B,这些图是讨论与组件4-100有关的长度和力时使用的。 For convenience of illustration, the prime symbol "'" to discuss corresponding values while reference to Figure 46,49B, 50A, 51A-53A, 55A, 56A, 58A and 58B, these figures are associated with the assembly 4-100 discussions The length and strength when used.

如上所述,粗跟踪电机的操作方式和组件4-100中的粗跟踪电机相同。 Same as described above, the coarse tracking motor operates in a manner the coarse tracking motor assembly 4-100. 粗跟踪线圈4-412和4-414具有相同的大小并距物镜4-422的光轴O′的距离相等。 Equal to the coarse tracking coils 4-412 and 4-414 have the same size and from the optical axis of the objective lens 4-422 O 'distance. 对线圈施加相同的电流,产生相应于图46中的力FCoarse1′和FCoarse2′,以距光轴O′相等的相应距离LC1′和LC2′图49B,作用在托架4-406上。 The same current applied to the coils such that corresponding forces Fig. 46 FCoarse1 'and FCoarse2', in order from the optical axis O 'equal corresponding distances LC1' and LC2 'FIG. 49B, acting on the carriage 4-406. 在垂直平面中,这些力FCoarse1′和FCoarse2沿半径方向与细调电机质量中心CMF′(图58A)和托架质量中心CMC′(图58B)这两个重合的质量中心对齐,从而减小托架和致动器的俯仰摇摆。 In the vertical plane, these forces FCoarse1 'and FCoarse2 in the radial direction of the corresponding fine motor mass CMF' (FIG. 58A), and carriage mass CMC '(FIG. 58B) both the center of mass coincident alignment, thereby reducing Torr rack and actuator pitch is. 以类似的方式,承载表面4-408和4-410距光轴O′的距离相等,使得托架悬挂力也以光轴O′对称。 In a similar manner, the bearing surfaces 4-408 and 4-410 from the optical axis O 'are equal distances, such that the carriage suspension forces are also optical axis O' symmetrical. 见作对照用的图55A,每个力FBearing1′1和FBearing2′距光轴O′的距离LBearing1′的距离相等,从而产生的绕光轴的转矩相等,从而进一步减少托架和致动器的俯仰摇摆。 See for comparison, Fig. 55A, each force FBearing1'1 and FBearing2 'from the optical axis O' of the distance LBearing1 'are equidistant, the moments produced about the optical axis are equal, thereby further reducing the carriage and the actuator pitch is. 与轨道接触的各承载的表面面积设计得基本相等,使得作用在托架4-406上的各摩擦力基本相等。 Surface area of the bearings which contacts the rails is designed to be substantially equal, so that the friction forces acting on the carriage 4-406 are substantially equal. 因为承载面4-408和4-410距光轴0′的距离相等,绕光轴的转矩相等,因而托架和致动器的纵向左右摇摆被减至最小。 Since the bearing surfaces 4-408 and 4-410 from the optical axis 0 'equal distance around the optical axis of the torque is equal and carriage and actuator yaw is minimized. 组件还被这样设计,使得各摩擦力与托架4-406和致动器的质量中心在垂直面上对齐。 Assembly is further designed such that the friction with the carriage 4-406 and actuator mass center aligned in the vertical plane.

细跟踪线圈4-444的大小相等并且所加电流也相等,从而作用在致动器上的细跟踪力相等。 Fine tracking coils 4-444 are of equal size and the current applied are equal, so that an equal effect on the actuator of the fine tracking forces. 此外,细跟踪线圈4-444距光轴O′一相等距离LT′,见图50A,因而绕光轴的转矩相等。 Further, the fine tracking coils 4-444 from the optical axis O 'equal distances LT', shown in Figure 50A, and thus about the optical axis are equal. 在垂直平面中,这些力FTrack1′和FTrack2′与致动器4-416和托架4-406的重心对齐,从而减少致动器4-416的俯仰摇摆。 In the vertical plane, these forces FTrack1 'and FTrack2' with the actuator 4-416 and carriage 4-406, the focus is aligned, thereby reducing pitch of the actuator 4-416 of the swing. 因为作用在组件上的细跟踪力相等,所以响应跟踪力FTrack1′和FTrack2而产生的反作用力FReact1和FReact2,见图51A,也相等。 Because acting on the assembly of fine tracking forces are equal, the response to the tracking forces FTrack1 'and FTrack2 generated reaction forces FReact1 and FReact2, Fig. 51A, are equal. 这些反作用力距光轴的距离LR′相等,并在垂直面上与重心对齐,使绕光轴的转矩相等,因而减小纵向左右摇摆。 These reaction forces from the optical axis of the distance LR 'are equal, and are vertically aligned with the center of gravity, so that the torque about the optical axis are equal, thereby reducing the yaw.

与上相似,聚焦线圈4-448的大小基本相等,加入其中的电流也相等,因而所产生的作用在致动器上的力FFocus1′和FFocus2′相等。 In a similar manner, the focus coils 4-448 are substantially equal magnitude, which current is equal to the added, and thus the resulting effect on the actuator forces FFocus1 'and FFocus2',. 不过,在本实施例中,聚焦线圈4-448距细调电机和托架互相重合的重心的距离相等,使得绕光轴O′的转矩相等。 However, in the present embodiment, the focus coil 4-448 and away from the fine motor coincident centers of gravity of the carriage an equal distance, such that about the optical axis O 'are equal. 此外,见图52A,因为聚焦力FFocus1′和FFocus2′相等,作用在细调电机总体的聚焦反作用力FFR1、FFR2(见图53A)相等,并距电机总体的重心CMF′和托架总体的重心CMC′的距离相等,因此,由反作用力产生的绕光轴O′的转矩相等,使致动器的俯仰摇摆进一步被减小。 In addition, Figure 52A, because the focus forces FFocus1 'and FFocus2', acting on the fine motor focus reaction forces FFR1, FFR2 (see FIG. 53A) are equal, and the overall center of gravity away from the motor CMF 'and carriage mass center of gravity CMC 'equal distance, therefore, the reaction force generated about the optical axis O' are equal torque, the actuator pitch is further reduced.

作用在致动器和细调电机上的弯曲力FFlex1′、FFlex2′以及响应该弯曲力而产生的反作用力FRA′、FRB′实际上和图54中对于组件4-100所示的相同。 In fact, and as shown in the same reaction forces FRA 4-100 acting on the actuator and fine motor bending force FFlex1 ', FFlex2' and in response to the flexure forces generated ', FRB' in Figure 54 for assembly. 因为弯曲力和反作用力不以光轴O′为对称,由这些力对产生的绕光轴O′的转矩不相等。 Because the flexure and reactions forces are not optical axis O 'are symmetrical, produced by these pairs of forces about the optical axis O' are not equal torque. 不过,除去在低频(一般低于约40Hz)之外,这些力实际上与托架4-406解耦,因此,在大部分操作条件下,这些转矩影响致动器的性能。 However, except at low frequencies (typically below about 40Hz), these forces are substantially decoupled carriage 4-406, therefore, under most operating conditions, such that these moments do not affect actuator performance.

这样,作用在组件4-400上的电动力和反作用力以光轴O′为对称,并在垂直面上和细调电机总体的重心CMF′以及托架总体的重力CMC′对齐。 Thus, acting on the assembly 4-400 of electric power and reaction forces about the optical axis O 'are symmetric, and in the vertical plane and the center of gravity of the fine motor mass CMF' and carriage mass CMC '. 因为细调电机总体和托架总体的重心相重合,所以致动器4-416或组件4-400的任何子部件的解耦不会使质心偏移作用在组件4-400上的力和转矩实际上总是对所有水平和垂直加速度保持平衡。 Because the overall center of gravity of the whole carriage and fine motor coincide, decoupling of the actuator 4-416 or any sub-components of the assembly 4-400 will not shift the center of mass so that acting on the assembly 4-400 and the force transfer Moments virtually always maintain a balance of all the horizontal and vertical acceleration.

变形的消色差的棱镜系统图66表示一种现有技术的光学系统,它具有光源5-102,该光源提供用虚线表示的入射光束5-106,一个简单的变形棱镜5-108,聚焦透镜5-110,以及光媒质4-112。 Anamorphic, Achromatic Prism System Fig. 66 shows a prior art optical system having a light source 5-102, which provides a light source with an incident beam 5-106 dashed lines, a simple anamorphic prism 5-108, a focusing lens 5-110, and an optical medium 4-112. 光束5-106以相对于棱镜的进入面法线的入射角5-114进入棱镜。 5-106 with respect to the beam enters the prism surface normal angle of incidence 5-114 enters the prism. 激光光源通常产生具有某些象散的椭圆光束,这在现有技术中是熟知的。 Laser light sources usually generate with some astigmatism, the elliptical beam, which is well known in the art. 变形的棱镜5-108沿椭圆的短轴提供扩张,从而校正了光束的椭圆性。 Along the minor axis of the elliptical prism 5-108 provides expansion deformation, thereby correcting for beam ellipticity. 选择入射角4-114以提供沿短轴所需的扩张。 Selecting the angle of incidence 4-114 to provide the desired expansion along the minor axis. 变形棱镜5-108还可以校正在入射光束4-106中的散象性。 The anamorphic prism 5-108 can also be corrected in the incident beam 5-106 astigmatism. 透镜5-110使得到的校正光束5-118聚焦,从而在光介质5-112上形成光点5-120。 The lens 5-110 focuses a resulting corrected beam 5-118, 5-112 on the optical medium so that the light spot 5-120 is formed.

只要入射光束5-106的波长保持恒定,简单棱镜5-108就足够了。 As long as the wavelength of the incident light beam 5-106 remains constant, simple prism 5-108 is adequate. 然而,实际上,正如现有技术中熟知的,由于温度变化,功率变化、随机的“状态跳跃”以及其它条件使光源波长一般说是有变化的。 However, in practice, as well known in the prior art, due to temperature changes, power shifts, random "mode hopping" and other conditions, the wavelength of the light source is generally said that there is a change. 在磁光盘系统中,激光功率不断地在用于写操作和用于读操作的值之间变换。 In magneto-optic disc systems, the laser power continually in for write operations and for converting between read operations.

在材料界面上光的折射角用Snell定律计算如已有技术中所公知:n1Sinθ1=n2Sinθ2其中:n1=材料1的折射率;θ1=相对于法线的入射角;n2=材料2的折射率;以及θ2=相对于法线的折射角。 The angle of refraction by Snell's law of computing glazing material interface as is well known in the prior art: n1Sinθ1 = n2Sinθ2 where: n1 = refractive index of the material 1; θ1 = angle of incidence with respect to normal; n2 = refractive index of 2 ; and θ2 = angle of refraction with respect to normal.

当光束5-106进入棱镜5-108时,这一关系控制着该光束的折射。 When the light beam 5-106 enters the prism 5-108 This relationship controls the beam refraction. 如图66所示,当一个波长的光束进入变形棱镜5-108时,光束以棱镜5-108的折射率和光束5-106的入射角5-114决定的给定角折射。 As shown in Figure 66, when a wavelength of a light beam enters the anamorphic prism 5-108, the beam is refracted at a given angle to the refractive index of the prism 5-108 and the angle of incidence of the light beam 5-106 5-114 decisions. 经过椭圆校正并且如可能的话经过象散校正的由入射光束5-106得到的光束5-118进入聚焦透镜5-110并在光媒质5-112上产生聚焦光点5-120。 After corrected for ellipticity, and possibly, astigmatism correction if the incident beam 5-106 from the light beam 5-118 enters the obtained focusing lens 5-110 and results in the focused light spot 5-120 on the optical medium 5-112. 然而,折射率随波长而改变。 However, the refractive index changes with wavelength. 这叫作色散。 This is called dispersion. 因而,当入射光束5-106的波长改变时,在空气和棱镜5-108之间的界面上产生的折射角和原先波长的折射角不同。 Accordingly, when the wavelength of the incident light beam 5-106 changes, at the interface between air and the prism 5-108 generate refraction angle different from the angle of refraction for the previous wavelength. 图66用点划线表示入射光束5-106的波长必变的影响。 Figure 66 with dotted lines, the wavelength of the incident light beam 5-106 will become affected. 入射光束5-106以不同的角度折射而产生光束5-122,它以不同的角度进入聚焦透镜5-110,从而在光媒质上形成聚焦光点5-124。 Incident light beam 5-106 refracts at a different angle to produce a light beam 5-122 which enters the focusing lens at different angles 5-110, a focused light spot 5-124 on the optical medium. 如图66所示,光点5-124离开了光点5-120。 As shown in Figure 66, the light spot 5-124 is displaced from the light spot 5-120. 这一由入射光束波长的改变引起的位移这里叫作横向光束漂移。 This change of displacement caused by the wavelength of the incident light beam referred to herein as lateral beam shift.

横向光束漂移可以通过不使用变形棱镜5-108来避免。 The lateral beam shift can not be avoided using the anamorphic prism 5-108. 例如,系统可以使用圆透镜以便在光介质上提供圆的光点。 For example, the system may employ a circular lens to provide a circular spot on the optical medium. 然而,要用透镜形成圆光点。 However, the use of the lens form the circular spot. 该透镜则仅聚焦椭圆光束内的一个圆的孔径。 The lens only focuses a circular aperture within the elliptical light beam. 这便不能有效地利用激光的功率,因为圆孔径外面的光束部分被丢弃。 This results in an inefficient use of the laser power, since the beam portion outside the circular aperture are discarded. 因而,不使用变形棱镜的光束成形系统不会从入射光束的椭圆度校正和散象性校正中得到好处。 Therefore, do not use the anamorphic prism for beam shaping does not benefit from the incident beam ellipticity correction and astigmatism correction. 变形棱镜的光束成形能力通过把椭圆光束扩展为圆形光束可充分利用激光功率,充分利用功率是有利的,尤其是在光盘系统中当需要增加功率用于写操作时。 The beam shaping capabilities of the anamorphic prism by expanding the elliptical beam into a circular beam can take advantage of the laser power, efficient use of power is advantageous, particularly in optical disc systems when the power required for the write operation increases.

图67是一种多元件棱镜系统5-130的常规结构,这在现有技术中是熟知的。 FIG 67 is a multi-element prism system 5-130 of conventional construction, which is well known in the prior art. 所示的系统由三个棱镜件5-132,5-134,5-136,聚焦透镜5-138以及反射型光媒质5-140构成。 The system shown is composed of three prism members 5-132,5-134,5-136, a focusing lens 5-138, and a reflective-type optical medium 5-140. 棱镜系统5-130可通过合适地选择各个棱镜件5-132,5-134,5-136的几何尺寸、折射率和色散而设计成消色差的。 The prism system 5-130 by appropriate selection of the individual prism member 5-132,5-134,5-136 geometry, refractive index and dispersion designed to be achromatic.

图67所示的棱镜系统5-130还可以通过在棱镜5-134和5-136之间提供一光束分离薄膜5-146使从光媒质5-140反回的光束反射到检测系统5-144。 The prism system 5-130 shown in Fig. 67 can also between the prism 5-134 and 5-136 provide a beam-splitting thin film 5-146 beam reflected from the optical medium 5-140 to a detection system coming back 5-144 .

如图67所示,进入的光束5-148通过棱镜5-132,5-134和5-136,然后和透镜5-138聚焦以形成光媒质5-140上的光点5-137。 67, an entering light beam 5-148 passes through the prisms 5-132, 5-134 and 5-136, and then the focusing lens 5-138 to form a spot 5-137 on the optical medium 5-140. 光束5-148通过聚焦透镜5-138从光学媒质5-140返回进入棱镜5-136,并从薄膜5-146作为光束5-150被反射。 The light beam 5-148 through the focusing lens 5-138 returned from the optical medium 5-140 enters the prism 5-136, and from the thin film 5-146 as a light beam 5-150. 然后光束5-150进入检测系统5-144。 The light beam 5-150 then enters the detection system 5-144.

如果设计成消色差的,在输入光束5-148中波长的改变不应该引起在光媒质5-140上的聚焦光点5-137的横向漂移。 If designed to be achromatic, in the input light beam 5-148 wavelength should not result in the optical medium 5-140 lateral shift in the focused light spot 5-137.

如前所述,光学系统具有一个以上的检测器是有利的。 As described above, the optical system having more than one detector is advantageous. 在光路上具有气隙的棱镜系统具有显著的优点,特别是能够提供紧凑的、能够将入射和反回光束的部分经反射进入多个检测器的消色差的棱镜系统。 Prism system with an air space in the light path has significant advantages, particularly to provide a compact, can be incident and return beams to multiple detectors reflecting portions of the achromatic prism system. 此外,通过使用空气隙可在现有的变形棱镜系统中添加对称的校正棱镜。 Furthermore, by using an air gap to add a symmetrical correcting prism to an existing anamorphic prism system. 最后,具有空气隙的整体棱镜系统可以提供稳定的、紧凑的、容易制造容易安装的棱镜组件,这是有利的。 Finally, a unitary prism system with an air space can provide a stable, compact, easy to manufacture prism assembly easy to install, which is advantageous.

为了更充分地解释在棱镜之间具有气隙的消色差棱镜系统的设计,参见图68,其中示出了二元件棱镜系统5-152,它在变形棱镜5-156上增加了色彩校正棱镜5-154。 In order to more fully explain the design of prisms having an air gap between the achromatic prism system, see Figure 68, which depicts a two-element prism system 5-152 having a chromatic correcting prism 5 increases in the anamorphic prism 5-156 -154. 校正棱镜具有n1的折射率而简单变形棱镜具有n2的折射率。 Correcting prism having a refractive index n1 and the simple anamorphic prism having a refractive index n2. 如图68所示,系统中的角度用φ,α1,α2,α3,α4,α5,α6,α7,β1,β2和βair表示。 68, the angle of the system with φ, α1, α2, α3, α4, α5, α6, α7, β1, β2 and βair representation. 从入射光束到出来的光束的偏移角叫作α,其中α=β1+βair-(α7+φ+β2)并且α7可通过重复应用Snell定律和三角形的几何形状进行计算。 Deviation angle from the incident beam to the exit beam is referenced as α, where α = β1 + βair- (α7 + φ + β2) and α7 can be calculated by the geometry of the repeated applications of Snell's law and the triangle.

选择一些设计条件以达到所希望的结果(例如通过系统的总的编移角)。 Design conditions are chosen to achieve the desired results (for example, compiled by the total system shift angle). 例如,为了设计消色差系统,该条件就是在某一波长范围内α为常数。 For example, to design an achromatic system, the condition is that within a wavelength range of α is a constant.

对于总的所希望偏移角α=A,从进入光束到射出光束,满足的条件如下:A=β1+βair-(α7+φ+β2)此外,为了使校正棱镜5-154成为对称的棱镜而没有入射光束的净扩张,从而可以如图68所示将其附加在简单的变形棱镜5-156上,条件是:φ=Sin-1[n1*Sin(β1/2)]通过选择这一条件,校正棱镜不扩张入射光束。 Conditions For a total desired deviation angle, α = A, from the entrance beam to the exit beam, satisfies the following: A = β1 + βair- (α7 + φ + β2) In addition, for making the correcting prism 5-154 a symmetrical prism and no net expansion to the incident beam, as shown in Fig. 68 which can be added to the simple anamorphic prism 5-156, on condition that: φ = Sin-1 [n1 * Sin (β1 / 2)] By selecting this condition, the correcting prism 5-154 does not expand the incident light beam. 因此,校正棱镜可以附加于现有的被选择提供合适的扩张的变形棱镜系统中。 Therefore, the correcting prism can be attached to an existing selected to provide the appropriate expansion of the anamorphic prism system.

最后,棱镜组件5-152通过合适地选择中,β1,β2,βair和玻璃的色散可以满足所有所需的设计要求。 Finally, the prism assembly 5-152 by proper selection, β1, β2, βair dispersion glass and meet all of the desired design.

在某些情况下,可能希望射出光束相对于进入光束具有显著的偏移角。 In some cases, it may be desirable for the exit beam into the light beam having a significant deviation angle. 例如90度的偏移角可能是有利的。 E.g., 90-degree offset angle may be advantageous. 这可以通过在光束出棱镜之前在棱镜5-156中提供总的内部反射来实现。 This is achieved by providing a total internal reflection in the prism 5-156 before the beam exits the prism to achieve. 这改变了上述的计算,但通过合适地选择参数仍可达到设计目标。 This changes the above calculations, but by proper selection of the parameters design goals can still be met.

应用上述的把对称的校正棱镜附加在现有的变形棱镜上的原理,设计了一种具有多个用来把反回光束部分地反射回不同检测器的表面的棱镜系统。 Applying the above principles for adding a symmetrical correcting prism to an existing anamorphic prism, a prism system was designed for the plurality of return beams reflected back to a different part of the surface of the detector. 下面说明一些实施例,它们具有进入光和射出光之间的大的偏移角,具有对不同检测系统的多个反射,是一种整体的有气隙的消色差的棱镜系统。 Some embodiments will now be described, which have entered the light emitted significant deviation angles between light, having a plurality of reflection for various detection systems, is of unitary, air-spaced, achromatic prism system.

图69表示按照本发明的有气隙的、变形的消色差的棱镜系统5-170。 Figure 69 shows according to the present invention has the air gap, anamorphic, achromatic prism system 5-170. 图69所示的棱镜系统5-170最好具有结合成整体的三个棱镜。 The prism system illustrated in FIG. 69 5-170 preferably have combined into three prisms. 如前所述,这具有使棱镜组件5-170作为一个单件安装的优点。 As mentioned earlier, this has the prism assembly 5-170 is mounted as a single advantages. 因为这些棱镜被连结在一起,它们不需要分开安装。 Because the prisms are bonded together, they need not be installed separately. 这就减小了安装时间,增加了系统稳定性,减少了安装成本,并使不同光学系统的性能差别最小。 This reduces installation time and increase system stability, reducing installation costs, and minimal performance difference different optical systems. 三个棱镜元件是平板棱镜5-172,梯形棱镜5-174和校正棱镜5-176。 The three prism elements are a plate prism 5-172, a trapezoidal prism 5-174, and a correcting prism 5-176. 图69还示出了光束5-178的光束通路,从光源5-102,气隙光束5-180,射出/反射光束5-182,第一检测器通道光束5-184到第一检测器5-185,第二检测通道光束5-186到第二检测器5-187,第三检测光束5-188到第三检测器5-189。 Figure 69 also shows the beam path beam 5-178 from the light source 5-102, an air gap light beam 5-180, an exit / reflected light beam 5-182, a first detector channel light beam 5-184 to a first detector 5 -185, a second detector channel light beam 5-186 to a second detector 5-187, and a third detector light beam 5-188 to a third detector 5-189. 通过在校正棱镜5-176和平板棱镜5-172之间提供气隙,使气隙光束5-180通过,校正棱镜5-176可被设计成对称校正器而没有对入射光束5-178的净扩张。 Through between the correcting prism 5-176 and the plate prism 5-172 provides an air gap, the air gap light beam 5-180 passes, the correcting prism 5-176 can be designed as a symmetrical corrector with no net incident light beam 5-178 expansion. 因此,校正棱镜5-176可附加于平板棱镜5-172和梯形棱镜5-174的组合体上,以便对棱镜系统5-170消色差。 Therefore, the correcting prism 5-176 can be added to the plate prism 5-172 and the trapezoidal prism assembly 5-174 in order to achromatic prism system 5-170.

图69还表示其安放位置使射出光束5-182在光介质上聚焦的透镜5-190。 Figure 69 also depicts the placement of the exit light beam 5-182 onto an optical medium, the focusing lens 5-190. 将讨论图69所示的设计细节,它们是对78522nm的设计波长为基本上消色差而设计的。 Will discuss design shown in Fig 69, which are designed for the wavelength of 785 22nm is substantially achromatic for a design. 在这一波长下,系统将具有下述特性。 At this wavelength, the system has the following characteristics.

平板棱镜5-172在图70,70A和70B中作了详细说明。 Plate prism 5-172 explained in detail in Figure 70,70A and 70B in. 图70是平板棱镜5-172的侧视图,图70A是顶视图,说明表面S1 5-200,图70B是顶视图,说明表明S2 5-202。 Figure 70 is a side view of the plate prism 5-172, Fig. 70A is a top plan view illustrating a surface S1 5-200, and Fig. 70B is a top view illustrating indicate S2 5-202. 平板棱镜具有光表面S1 5-200,光表面S2 5-202,光表面S3 5-204,表面S4 5-206以及表面S55-208。 The plate prism has the optical surface S1 5-200, the optical surface S2 5-202, an optical surface S3 5-204, a surface S4 5-206, and a surface S55-208. 在一个实施例中,表面S1 5-200和S2 5-202基本平行且分开一个距离,该距离在图70中指明为5-210。 In one embodiment, the surfaces S1 5-200 and S2 5-202 are substantially parallel and spaced apart at a distance designated in Fig. 70 as 5-210. 在本文实施例中,距离5-210的有利数字为6.27mm。 In this embodiment, the distance 5-210 is advantageously to 6.27mm. 在本实施例中表面S5 5-208和S3 5-204也基本平行。 In the present embodiment, the surface S5 5-208 and S3 5-204 are also substantially parallel. 表面S1 5-200和S3 5-204交叉并在边缘5-211(即S1/S3的边缘)以角度5-212(即S1/S3角)终止,在本实施例中其有利值是50度21′10′。 Surface S1 5-200 intersect and S3 5-204 and the edge 5-211 (i.e., S1 / S3 edge) at an angle 5-212 (i.e., S1 / S3 angle), in the present embodiment, which is advantageously 50 degrees 21 ' 10'. 表面S3 5-204和S2 5-202交叉并在边缘5-214终止;表面S2 5-202和表面S4 5 206交叉并在边缘5-216终止,表面S4 5-206和表面S5 5-208交叉并在边缘5-218终止,表面S5 5-208和S1 5-200交叉并在边缘5-220终止,如图70所示。 Surface S3 5-204 and S2 5-202 intersect and terminate at an edge 5-214; S2 5-202 and the surface of the surface S4 5 206 intersect and terminate at an edge 5-216, a surface S4 5-206 and the surface S5 5-208 intersect and terminate at an edge 5-218, a surface S5 5-208 and S1 5-200 intersect and terminate at an edge 5-220, shown in Figure 70. 在图70中表面S2 5-202。 In Figure 70, the surface S2 5-202. 具有长度5-222,而在图70A中其宽度为5-224。 Has a length 5-222, whereas in FIG. 70A having a width of 5-224. 在本实施例中,长度5-222是13.34mm,宽度5-224是8.0mm。 In the present embodiment, the length 5-222 is 13.34mm, width 5-224 is 8.0mm. 在本实施例中,棱镜的总长度5-225的有利尺寸为23.61mm,该总长度平行于表面S1从边缘5-218到边缘5-220的距离5-227最好为2.14mm,沿着垂直于表面S1 5-200和表面S2 5-202所定义的参考平面5-226测得。 In the present embodiment, the size of the total length of the prism 5-225 is advantageously 23.61mm, the total length parallel to the surface S1 5-220 from the edge 5-218 to the edge of the distance 5-227 is preferably 2.14mm, along perpendicular to the surface S1 5-200 and the surface S2 5-202 defined reference plane 5-226 measured. 图70A的平面图说明在表面S1 5-200上限定的清净(clear)孔径5-230和5-232。 Figure 70A is illustrated in plan view on the surface S1 5-200 defined clean (clear) apertures 5-230 and 5-232. 清净孔径只不过是棱镜表面上的一个区域,要求其表面满足所选的质量。 A clear aperture is simply an area on the surface of the prism surface to meet the quality requirements of the chosen. 在本实施例中,清净孔径是8.5mm乘6.5mm的圆卵。 In the present embodiment, the clear aperture is 8.5mm 6.5mm circle multiplied eggs. 最好孔5-230的中心位于使其短轴距边缘5-211一段距离5-233而使其长轴在表面S1 5-200的正中,如图70A所示。 Preferably the central aperture 5-230 is positioned so short wheelbase a distance 5-233 and the edge 5-211 long axis in the middle of the surface S1 5-200 as shown in Figure 70A. 在本实施例中,清净孔径5-232的中心使其短轴距边缘5-220一段距离5-234而其长轴位于表面S1 5-200的正中,在本实施例中最好是,距离5-233为6.15mm,距离5-234为5.30mm。 In the present embodiment, the clear aperture 5-232 is centered so short wheelbase edge 5-220 and its major axis a distance 5-234 is located in the middle of the surface S1 5-200, in the present embodiment is preferably from 5-233 is 6.15mm, the distance 5-234 is 5.30mm.

图70B所示的顶视图说明在表面S2 5-202上限定的清净孔径5-235。 Figure 70B illustrates a top view shown on the surface S2 5-202 clear aperture 5-235 defined. 本实施例中,限定清净孔径为8.5mm乘6.5mm的圆卵,其中心使得短轴离边缘5-214的距离为5-236,长轴位于表面S2 5-202的正中,如图70B所示。 The present embodiment defines this clear aperture of 8.5mm 6.5mm circle multiplied oval with its minor axis so that the center distance between the edge 5-214 to 5-236 from, the major axis is located in the middle of the surface S2 5-202, as shown in Figure 70B show. 在本实施例中,距离5-236为5.2mm。 In the present embodiment, the distance 5-236 is 5.2mm. 清净孔径5-230、5-232和5-235限定的表面部分,其表面质量最好至少是40/20,这在本行技术中是熟知的。 5-230,5-232 and clear aperture 5-235 defined surface portion, the surface quality is preferably at least 40/20, which are well known in the art of the Bank. 在所述实施例中,BK7A级高质量的退火玻璃是适用于棱镜5-172的光学材料,这在本行技术中是熟知的。 In the illustrated embodiment, BK7A grade A fine annealed glass prism 5-172 is applicable to an optical material, which is well known in the art of the Bank.

图71所示为图69所示实施例的梯形棱镜5-174的详图。 Figure 71 Figure 69 shows the embodiment shown in the detail of the trapezoidal prism 5-174. 梯形棱镜5-174具有光学表面S6 5-240,光学表面S7 5-242,光学表面S8 5-244以及光学表面S9 5-246。 Trapezoidal prism 5-174 has an optical surface S6 5-240, an optical surface S7 5-242, an optical surface S8 5-244, and an optical surface S9 5-246. 表面S6 5-240和表面S7 5-242终止并交叉在边缘5-248。 Surface S6 5-240 and the surface S7 5-242 5-248 terminate and intersect at an edge. 表面S7 5-242和表面S8 5-244交叉并终止在边缘5-250,交叉角为5-251。 Surface S7 5-242 and the surface S8 5-244 intersect and terminate at an edge 5-250, angle referenced as 5-251. 角5-251最好基本上为135度。 Angle 5-251 is substantially 135 degrees. 表面S85-244和表面S9 5-246交叉并终止在边缘5-252,在本实施例中交叉角5-254最好为50度21′。 S85-244 surface and the surface S9 5-246 intersect and terminate at an edge 5-252, in the present embodiment, the crossing angle 5-254 which is advantageously 50 degrees 21 '. 表面S9 5-246和表面S6 5-240交叉并终止在边缘5-256。 Surface S9 5-246 and the surface S6 5-240 intersect and terminate at an edge 5-256. 表面S6 5-240具有长度5-258如图71所示。 Surface S6 5-240 has a length 5-258 shown in Fig. 在本实施例中,长度5-258最好为9.5mm。 In the present embodiment, the length 5-258 is preferably 9.5mm. 表面S6 5-240和表面S8 5-244基本平行,其距离为5-260,图71。 Surface S6 5-240 and the surface S8 5-244 are substantially parallel at a distance 5-260, Fig. 在本实施例中,距离5-260为8.0mm,从垂直于表面S6 5-240和表面S8 5-244的方向测得。 In the present embodiment, the distance 5-260 is 8.0mm, from a direction perpendicular to the surface S6 5-240 and the surface S8 5-244 measured. 沿着平行于表面S8 5-244限定的平面5-262,边缘5-250和5-248离开的距离为5-261。 In a direction parallel to the plane defined by the surface S8 5-244 5-262, 5-250 and 5-248 edge spaced at a distance 5-261. 在本实施例中,距离5-261的值最好为8.0mm。 In the present embodiment, the distance value is preferably 5-261 8.0mm. 图70A是梯形棱镜5-174的顶视平面图,用于说明表面S6 5-240和S9 5-246如图71A所示,在本实施例中,梯形棱镜5-174的厚度为5-263,其值最好为8mm。 Figure 70A is a trapezoidal prism 5-174 top plan view for illustrating the surface S6 5-240, and S9 5-246 as shown in Figure 71A, in the present embodiment, the thickness of the trapezoidal prism 5-174 5-263, Its value is preferably 8mm. 如图71A所示,S6 5-240具有清净孔径5-264,它在本实施例中限定为一直径最小为6.5mm的圆形孔径,该圆形孔径位于横跨表面宽度的正中,圆心距边缘5-248的距离为5-265。 Shown in FIG. 71A, S6 5-240 has a clear aperture 5-264 is defined as a diameter in the present embodiment, a minimum of 6.5mm of circular aperture, the circular aperture centered across the width of the middle surface, the center distance The distance of the edge 5-248 5-265. 在本实施例中,距离5-265最好为4.0mm。 In the present embodiment, the distance 5-265 is preferably 4.0mm. 表面S9 5-246具有位于其中心的清净孔径5-266。 Surface S9 5-246 has a clear aperture at its center 5-266. 在本实施例中,清净孔径5-266限定为6.5mm乘8.5mm的最小圆卵。 In the present embodiment, the clear aperture 5-266 is defined as multiplication 6.5mm 8.5mm minimum oval.

图71B是梯形棱镜5-174的底视平面图,它说明分别具有清净孔径5-268和5-270的表面S7 5-242和表面S8 5-244。 Figure 71B is a bottom view of the trapezoidal prism 5-174 plan view which illustrates the surface of each has a clear aperture 5-268 and 5-270, S7 5-242 and the surface S8 5-244. 如图71B所示,梯形棱镜的长度为5-272,该长度沿参考平面5-262从边缘5-252到边缘5-248测得。 Shown in FIG. 71B, the trapezoid prism 5-272 as the length along the reference plane 5-262 from the edge 5-252 to the edge 5-248 measured. 在本实施例中长度5-272最好为16.13mm。 In the present embodiment, the length 5-272 is 16.13mm. 在一个实施例中,表面S7 5-242的清净孔径为6.5mm乘9.2mm的圆卵。 In one embodiment, the clear aperture surface S7 5-242 is multiplied 6.5mm 9.2mm round of eggs. 其该清净孔径在平面S7 5-242的中央,其短轴平行于边缘5-248、5-250且位于这两个边缘之间的中央。 The clear aperture in the plane of its central S7 5-242 with its minor axis parallel to the edge 5-248,5-250 and centrally located between the two edges. 清净孔径5-270最好是6.5mm乘6.7mm的位于表面S8 5-244中心的圆卵,其长轴在边缘5-250,5-252之间的中央且平行于边缘5-250,5-252。 Clear aperture 5-270 is preferably 6.5mm 6.7mm multiplication of the circle center of the egg surface S8 5-244 with its major axis in the center between the edge 5-250 and parallel to the edge of 5-250,5 -252. 在本实施例中,清净孔径5-264,5-266,5-268和5-270的表面质量最好为40/20,这在本行技术中是熟知的。 In the present embodiment, the clear aperture surface quality 5-264,5-266,5-268 and 5-270 is 40/20, which is well known in the art of the Bank.

这些棱镜中的许多表面具有镀层以促进棱镜的功能。 Many of the surfaces in the prisms have coatings to facilitate the function of the prism. 在本实施例中,表面S6 5-240具有抗反射镀层,在900.5度入射角时透射率≥99.8%。 In the present embodiment, the surface S6 5-240 has an anti-reflective coating, at 90 0.5 degrees angle of incidence transmittance of ≥99.8%. 表面S8 5-244的镀层对于内部入射光在10.70.5的入射角时具有透射率≥98.5%。 Surface S8 5-244 coating for internally incident at 10.7 0.5 angle of incidence having transmittance ≥98.5%. 表面S9 5-246具有低吸光薄膜镀层,对于偏振状态(Rs)(即垂直于入射平面)的反射率>90%,对于P偏振状态(Rp)的反射率在3939′0.5的入射角时为12.5%2.5%。 Surface S9 5-246 has a low extinction thin film coating with respect to polarization state (Rs) (i.e., perpendicular to the plane of incidence) reflectivity> 90% for the P polarization state (Rp) of the reflectance at 39 39 ' 0.5 of When the angle of incidence of 12.5% 2.5%. 用于图69和71-71B中的梯形棱镜的材料是BK7 A级高质量退火的光学玻璃,这种玻璃在本行技术中是熟知的。 Materials used for FIG. 69 and 71-71B is BK7 A trapezoidal prism grade A fine annealed optical glass, as is well known in the art of the Bank.

图69所示的棱镜系统5-170实施例的彩色校正棱镜5-176的细节如图72和72A所示。 The details of the color correcting prism of the prism system 5-176 shown in Fig. 69 5-170 embodiment of FIG. 72 and 72A. 如所示,彩色校正棱镜5-176具有光学表面S10 5-290,光学表面S11 5-292和表面S12 5-294,构成三角棱镜。 As illustrated, the chromatic correcting prism 5-176 has an optical surface S10 5-290, S11 5-292 and the surface of the optical surface S12 5-294, form a triangular prism. 表面S11 5-292和表面S12 5-294相交并终止在边缘5-296。 Surface S11 5-292 and the surface S12 5-294 intersect and terminate at an edge 5-296. 表面S10 5-290和表面S12 5-294相交并终止在边缘5-298。 Surface S10 5-290 and the surface S12 5-294 intersect and terminate at an edge 5-298. 最好表面S10 5-290和S11 5-292是对称的。 Preferably, the surfaces S10 5-290 and S11 5-292 are symmetrical. S12 5-294的长度为5-300,本例中为7.78mm。 S12 5-294 has a length 5-300, in this case 7.78mm. 这样,边缘5-296和边缘5-298分开的距离为5-300。 Thus, the edge 5-296 and the edge 5-298 are separated by the distance 5-300. S10 5-290和S11 5-292彼此相接的角称为5-302。 S10 5-290 and S11 5-292 angular contact with each other is called 5-302. 在实施例中角5-302最好为3820′。 In an embodiment, the angle 5-302 is advantageously 38 20 '. 表面S11 5-292和表面S10 5-290终止在离S12 5-294一段距离5-303处,在垂直于表面S12 5-294的方向上测得。 Surface S11 5-292 and the surface S10 5-290 terminate at a distance 5-303 from S12 5-294 at a direction perpendicular to the surface S12 5-294 measured. 在本实施例中距离5-303为10.5mm。 Example In the present embodiment the distance 5-303 is 10.5mm.

图72A是表面S10 5-290的图。 Figure 72A is a surface S10 5-290 of FIG. 在本实施例中,棱镜5-176的厚度为5-304,厚度5-304的值最好为8.0mm,希望表面S10 5-290具有卵形清净孔径5-306。 In the present embodiment, the thickness of the prism 5-176 5-304 5-304 thickness is preferably 8.0mm, hope surface S10 5-290 has an oval clear aperture 5-306. 在本实施例中,清净孔径5-306是一圆卵,其中心使得其长轴平行于交线5-298并与其相距5-308。 In the present embodiment, the clear aperture 5-306 is an oval with its major axis parallel to the center such that the line of intersection therewith distance 5-308 and 5-298. 其短轴在表面S10 5-290的中央,如图所示。 The minor axis is centered on the surface S10 5-290, as shown in FIG. 在本实施例中,清净孔径5-306最好限定为6.5mm乘2.8mm的圆卵,整个清净孔径5-306的表面质量最好为40/20,如本行所知。 In the present embodiment, the clear aperture 5-306 is preferably defined as multiplication oval. 6.5mm 2.8mm, and the surface quality across the clear aperture 5-306 is preferably 40/20, as known. 在本实施例中,表面S115-292也有限定于其表面上的类似的清净孔径。 In the present embodiment, the surface S115-292 have a similar clear aperture defined on its surface.

如同梯形棱镜5-174那样,彩色校正棱镜5-176在其一些表面上具有镀层以改善性能。 As with the trapezoidal prism 5-174, the chromatic correcting prism 5-176 has coatings on some of its surfaces to facilitate performance. 在一个实施例中,表面S10 5-290、S115-292的每一个都具有抗反射镀层(例如,在35.51.0的入射角下反射率≤3%,如本行人员所熟知)。 In one embodiment, the surface S10 5-290, S115-292 each one with an antireflection coating (e.g., at 35.5 1.0 angle of incidence reflectance ≤3%, such as the Bank artisan). 在本实施例中,校正棱镜5-176的材料为SF11 A级高质量的退火玻璃。 In the present embodiment, the material for the correcting prism 5-176 SF11 A grade A fine annealed glass.

当上述的棱镜被装配成图69所示的本实施例的整体棱镜系统后,对于波长为78522nm的光束的反射的图示说明如下,为讨论方便,沿棱镜系统5-170的一侧定义参考平面5-237,如图69A所示。 When the unitary prism system of the present embodiment is assembled into the above-described prism embodiment shown in FIG. 69, for a wavelength of 785 22nm illustrating the reflected beam follows, for convenience of discussion, along one side of the prism system 5-170 5-237 define the reference plane, as shown in Figure 69A. 来自光源5-102的入射光束5-178进入表面S10 5-290,入射角为5-326,且与参考平面5-237平行。 The incident beam 5-178 from the light source 5-102 enters the surface S10 5-290, an incidence angle 5-326 and parallel with the reference plane 5-237. 光束5-178射出棱镜5-176作为光束5-180进入气隙,然后通过表面S2 5-202进入棱镜5-172。 The light beam 5-178 exits the prism 5-176 into the air-gap as the light beam 5-180 and enters the prism 5-172 through surface S2 5-202. 一部分光束在S9 5-246的薄膜上反射并作为光束5-188射出表面S3 5-204。 In the portion of the beam on the reflective film S9 5-246 and 5-188 as the light beam emitted from the surface S3 5-204. 在一个实施例中,光束5-188可被导向检测系统5-189。 In one embodiment, the beam 5-188 may be directed to the detection system 5-189. 因为此反射光束是入射光束的一部分,接收光束5-188的检测系统5-189可以监视入射光的强度。 Because this reflected beam is a portion of the incident beam, the detection system 5-189 receiving the light beam 5-189 may monitor the intensity of the incident light. 未在表面S9 5-246的薄膜上反射的剩余光束进入梯形棱镜5-174,在表面S7 5-242进行内部反射并作为光束5-182通过表面S6 5-240射出。 The remaining light beam is not on the film surface S9 5-246 reflected into the trapezoidal prism 5-174, internally at the surface S7 5-242 and reflected as beam 5-182 through the surface S6 5-240 emitted.

在所述实施例中,如果光束5-178的入射角5-236是3526′,光束就射出棱镜5-174,具有从进入光束5-178到射出光束5-182的总偏移为8737′5′,射出光束平行于参考平面5-237,偏差为5′,光束5-182垂直射出表面S6 5-240,偏差为5′。 In the described embodiment, if the angle of incidence 5-236 of the light beam 5-178 is 35 26 ', the light beam exits the prism 5-174 with a from the entrance beam 5-178 to the exit beam 5-182 of total offset 87 37 ' 5', parallel to the reference plane of the exit beam 5-237, deviation of 5 ', the light beam 5-182 exits normal to the surface S6 5-240, deviation of 5'.

透镜5-190把光束5-182在光媒质5-191上聚焦。 The lens 5-190 focuses the light beam 5-182 onto the optical medium 5-191. 光束通过透镜反射回来并垂直于S6 5-240进入,在表面S7 5-242上进行内反射,然后在梯形棱镜5-174和平板棱镜5-172之间的薄膜上反射。 The beam reflected back through the lens and enters normal to the S6 5-240, reflects internally at the surface S7 5-242, and then reflects at the thin film between the trapezoidal prism 5-172 and the plate prism 5-174. 最后的光束通过表面S8 5-244作为光束5-184射出梯形棱镜5-174,偏移角为5-238。 Finally, the light beam through the surface S8 5-244 as the light beam 5-184 emitted from the trapezoidal prism 5-174 at a deviation angle 5-238. 光束5-184进入第一检测器5-185。 The light beam 5-184 enters the first detector 5-185.

从光媒质5-191返回的光束的一部分也通过薄膜,在表面S2 5-202上反射作为光束5-186从平板棱镜5-172射出。 From a part of the returning beam optical medium 5-191 also passes through the thin film, the surface reflection S2 5-202 5-186 and exits the plate prism 5-172 as the light beam. 这种反射是可得到的,因为在棱镜系统中具有气隙。 This reflection is available because of the air gap in the prism system. 在一个实施例中,光束5-184和光束5-186二者可被分别导向分开的检测系统5-185和5-187。 In one embodiment, the light beam 5-184 and the light beam 5-186 can both be directed to separate detection systems 5-185 and 5-187. 例如,检测系统5-185可以收集数据信号,检测系统5-187可以收集检测信号(例如聚焦与跟踪伺服信息)。 For example, the detection system 5-185 may collect data signals, the detection system 5-187 may collect control signals (e.g., focus and tracking servo information).

如上所述,所述实施例在常规激光光源的波长变化范围内基本上是消色差的。 As described above, the embodiments are within the range of wavelength changes from a conventional laser light source is substantially achromatic. 因而,入射光的波长变化不会显著地影响在光媒质5-191上聚焦光束的横向位置。 Thus, the wavelength of the incident light do not significantly affect the lateral position of the focused beam on the optical medium 5-191.

对于从780nm到785nm的不同波长棱镜系统5-170的性能的模拟计算如下表所示。 For the calculation of the following table from 780nm to 785nm simulating the performance of the different wavelengths of the prism system 5-170 shown in Fig. Phi是在校正棱镜上的入射角(在本实施例中为3526′)其偏差估计为0.5。 Phi is the incidence angle deviation is estimated at 0.5 (in the present embodiment is 35 26 ') on the correcting prism. 在一栏内示出了波长偏移,并对Phi0.5范围内的入射角,在各栏内示出了从棱镜系统出来的聚焦光点相应的偏移。 In one column shows the wavelength shift, and the angle of incidence within the range of Phi 0.5 , is shown in the columns from the prism system of the corresponding shift in the focused light spot. 例如,如表第一行所示,对于780nm-781.5nm的入射光束的波长偏移,在入射角Phi下,聚焦光点偏称为-0.2nm,对于入射角Phi-0.5则为2.6nm,对于Phi+0.5则为波长偏移 Phi-0.5 Phi Phi0.5780-781.5nm 2.6nm -0.2nm -2.9nm780-783nm 5.2nm -0.2nm -5.6nm780-785nm 9.0nm -0.1nm -9.0nm如上表所示,对于从780到783nm的波长偏移,在入射角Phi下,横向偏移小于1nm。 For example, as shown in the first row of the table, for a wavelength of the incident light beam is 780nm-781.5nm offset, in the incident angle of Phi, the focused spot of partial called -0.2nm, Phi-0.5 for the angle of incidence was 2.6nm For Phi + 0.5 , compared with the wavelength shift Phi-0.5 Phi Phi 0.5 780-781.5nm 2.6nm -0.2nm -2.9nm780-783nm 5.2nm -0.2nm -5.6nm780-785nm 9.0nm -0.1nm - 9.0nm shown in the above table, shift from 780 to 783nm wavelength, the incident angle of Phi, the lateral offset is less than 1nm. 而在与上述类似但没有彩色校正的实施例中,对于3nm的波长偏移,横向位移大约为200nm。 In similar to the above but without the chromatic correction embodiment, for a wavelength shift of 3nm, the lateral displacement of approximately 200nm. 从而表明这基本上是一个消色差的系统。 Thus indicating that this is basically an achromatic system.

图73说明作为本发明另一个实施例的棱镜系统5-339。 73 illustrates the present invention as another embodiment of the prism system 5-339. 此实施例具有校正棱镜5-340,平板棱镜5-342以及四边形棱镜5-344。 This embodiment has the correcting prism 5-340, a plate prism 5-342, and a quadrilateral prism 5-344. 校正棱镜5-340和平板棱镜5-342基本上和图69所示的棱镜系统5-170的校正棱镜5-176和平板棱镜5-172分别相同。 Correcting prism 5-340 and the plate prism 5-342 are both substantially the prism system 5-170 shown in Fig. 69 and the correcting prism 5-176 and the plate prism 5-172, respectively. 不过,四边形棱镜5-344和梯形棱镜5-174不同。 However, the quadrilateral prism 5-344 and the trapezoidal prism 5-174 is different.

图73的四边形棱镜5-344的细节示于图74、74A和74B中。 The quadrilateral prism 5-344 of detail shown in FIG. 73 FIG. 74,74A and 74B. 四边形棱镜5-344具有表面S13 5-346,表面S14 5-348,表面S15 5-350,和表面S16 5-352。 The quadrilateral prism 5-344 has a surface S13 5-346, a surface S14 5-348, a surface S15 5-350, and a surface S16 5-352. 表面S13 5-346,S14 5-348,S15 5-350和S16 5-352的形状相似但与梯形棱镜5-174的表面S6 5-240,S7 5-242,S8 5-244和S9 5-246不同。 Surface S13 5-346, S14 5-348, S15 5-350, and S16 5-352 are configured similarly but with the surface of the trapezoidal prism 5-174 S6 5-240, S7 5-242, S8 5-244, and S9 5- 246 is different. 表面S13 5-346和S14 5-348在边缘5-353相交,角度为5-354;表面S14 5-348和S15 5-350在边缘5-355相交,角度为5-356;表面S15 5-350和S16 5-352在边缘5-357相交,角度为5-358,如图74所示。 Surface S13 5-346 and S14 5-348 intersect at an edge 5-353 at an angle 5-354; surface S14 5-348 and S15 5-350 intersect at an edge 5-355 at an angle of 5-356; surface S15 5- 350 and S16 5-352 intersect at an edge 5-357 at an angle 5-358, as shown in 74 FIG. 最后,表面S16 5-352和S13 5-346在边缘5-359相交。 Finally, the surface S16 5-352 and S13 5-346 intersect at an edge 5-359. 在一个实施例中,角度5-354是4940′,5-356是135,5-358是5021′。 In one embodiment, the angle 5-354 is 49 40 ', 5-356 is 135 , 5-358 is 50 21'. 边缘5-353、5-355之间的距离在图74称为5-360,垂直于表面S15 5-350测得。 The distance between the edge 5-353,5-355 as 5-360 in Fig., Perpendicular to the surface S15 5-350 measured. 在一个实施例中,距离5-360为8.0mm。 In one embodiment, the distance 5-360 is 8.0mm. 另外,边缘5-353、5-359之间的距离标号为5-362,在一个实施例中,距离5-362为8.9mm,平行于S15 5-350测得。 Further, the distance between the reference edge 5-353,5-359 5-362, in one embodiment, the distance 5-362 is 8.9mm, measured parallel to the surface S15 5-350. 最后,边缘5-353、5-355之间的距离标号为5-364,沿平行于S15 5-350的平面测得。 Finally, the distance between the reference edge 5-353,5-355 to 5-364, along a plane parallel to the surface S15 5-350, measured. 在一个实施例中,距离5-364最好为8.0mm。 In one embodiment, the distance 5-364 is preferably 8.0mm.

图74A是表面S13 5-346的平面图,它也表示表面S16 5-352。 Figure 74A is a plan view of the surface S13 5-346 and also illustrates the surface S16 5-352. 图74A示出棱镜5-344的标号为5-368的厚度。 Figure 74A illustrates the thickness of the prism reference numeral 5-344 5-368. 在一个实施例中,厚度5-368为8.0mm。 In one embodiment, the thickness 5-368 is 8.0mm. 棱镜5-344最好具有沿表面S13 5-346限定的清净孔径5-370,以及沿表面S16 5-352限定的清净孔径5-372,如图74A所示。 Prism 5-344 has a surface S13 5-346 defined along the clear aperture 5-370, along the surface S16 5-352 and a clear aperture 5-372 defined, as shown in Fig. 74A. 在本实施例中,清净孔径5-370是一个圆孔径,其位于表面中央,圆心距边缘5-353的距离为5-374,在一个实施例中,清净孔径5-370是一个圆孔径,其最小直径为6.5mm,距离5-374是4.0mm。 In the present embodiment, the clear aperture 5-370 is a circular aperture, which is located in the center of the surface, the center distance from the edge 5-353 to 5-374, in one embodiment, the clear aperture 5-370 is a circular aperture, a minimum diameter of 6.5mm, the distance 5-374 is 4.0mm. 表面S16 5-352最好也具有清净孔径5-372,位于表面的中央。 Preferably the surface S16 5-352 also has a clear aperture 5-372 centered on the surface. 在一个实施例中,清净孔径5-372是6.5mm乘8.5mm的圆卵孔径,位于表面S16 5-352的中央,如图74A所示。 In one embodiment, the clear aperture 5-372 is multiplied 8.5mm 6.5mm round oval aperture centered on the center of the surface S16 5-352, as shown in Fig. 74A.

图74B是表面S14 5-348的平面图,它也表示表面S15 5-350。 Figure 74B is a plan view of the surface S14 5-348 and also illustrates the surface S15 5-350. 棱镜5-344由边缘5-353到边缘5-357的全长标号为5-380,它沿平行于S15 5-350的平面测得。 Prism 5-344 from the edge 5-353 to the edge 5-357 to 5-380 of the full-length label, it along a plane parallel to the surface S15 5-350, measured. 在一个实施例中,长度5-380为16.13mm。 In one embodiment, the length 5-380 is 16.13mm. 如图74B所示,表面S14 5-348具有位于该表面中央的清净孔径5-382,表面S15 5-350也具有位于表面中央的清净孔径5-384。 FIG. 74B, the surface S14 5-348 has a surface located at the center of the clear aperture 5-382, a surface S15 5-350 also has the clear aperture 5-384 is located in the center of the surface. 在一个实施例中,清净孔径5-382是6.5mm乘9.2mm的圆卵,清净孔径5-384是6.5mm乘6.7mm的圆卵。 In one embodiment, the clear aperture 5-382 is multiplied 9.2mm 6.5mm round eggs, the clear aperture 5-384 is multiplied 6.7mm 6.5mm round eggs.

四边形棱镜5-344最好也在其某些表面上具有涂层。 Quadrilateral prism 5-344 also has coatings on some of its surfaces. 在一个实施例中,表面S13 5-346具有的涂层对于内入射光相对于法线的入射角为4405′时的反射率≤0.2%。 In one embodiment, the surface S13 5-346 has a coating with respect to the incident light with respect to normal incidence angle 4 reflectance ≤0.2% 40 5 'time. 在同一实施例中,表面S155-350具有涂层对于内入射光相对于法线的入射角为10.70.5时的反射率≤0.5%。 In the same embodiment, the surface S155-350 coating having reflectivity of incident light with respect to the normal to the angle of incidence at 10.7 0.5 of ≤0.5%. 最后,表面S16 5-352最好具有薄膜镀层,该薄膜镀层对于法线的入射角为3939′0.5时的Rs>90%,Rp=12.5%。 Finally, the surface S16 5-352 advantageously has a thin coating, the film coating respect to the normal angle of incidence is 39 39 ' 0.5 when Rs> 90%, Rp = 12.5%. 这个薄膜镀层最好也具有对所有操作光学条件小于8的相移。 This thin film coating also has all operating and optical conditions are less than 8 phase shift.

利用图74的结构,从进入光束到射出光束总的偏转角最好为90。 The use of the structure of Figure 74, from the entrance beam to the exit beam deflection angle of the best total of 90 . 这有利于制造,因为90偏转角的安装元件比如图69的实施例中那样的87偏转角的安装元件容易制造。 This facilitates manufacturing because mounting components deflection angle of 87 as in the embodiment the mounting element 90 deflection angle such embodiment of FIG. 69 is easy to manufacture. 对于图73实施例确定的镀层和尺寸,棱镜不是完全消色差的。 For the embodiment of Figure 73 to determine the dimensions and coatings, the prism is not perfectly achromatic. 不过,图73所示的棱镜系统在设计波长附近的可接受的范围内基本上是消色差的。 However, the prism system shown in Figure 73 is within the acceptable range near the design wavelength is substantially achromatic.

图73的棱镜系统5-339的性能的模拟计算如下表所示,波长从780nm变到785nm。 Figure 73 is a prism system 5-339 of simulating the performance of the calculation in the table below, the wavelength from 780nm changed to 785nm. 在本实施例中,Phi也是3526′。 In the present embodiment, Phi is 35 26 '. 波长偏移 Phi-0.5 Phi Phi+0.5780-781.5nm 12.5nm 9.8nm 7.1nm780-783nm 25.1nm 19.6nm 14.3nm780-785nm 42.0nm 32.9nm 24.0nm由上表可见,图73的设计不如图69的设计的消色差性那样好。 Wavelength Shift Phi-0.5 Phi Phi + 0.5 780-781.5nm 12.5nm 9.8nm 7.1nm780-783nm 25.1nm 19.6nm 14.3nm780-785nm 42.0nm 32.9nm 24.0nm above table shows, the design of FIG 73 FIG 69 is better as good achromatic design. 不过,对于波长780到783nm的偏移,聚焦光点的横向位移仅有19.6nm。 However, for a wavelength shift of 780 to 783nm, the lateral displacement of the light spot focused only 19.6nm. 而和上述实施例相似但不具有消色差校正的实施例对于3nm的波长偏移其横向位移大约为200nm。 The above-described embodiment and similar but without the chromatic correction Example 3nm wavelength shift for a lateral displacement of approximately 200nm.

数据检索-转换检测用于从磁光器件中检索和存储数据的详细系统在相关的申请号为07/964,518的申请中提供了,申请日为1993年1月25日,此处把该申请作为参考就如将它全部摆出一样。 Data Retrieval - Transition Detection A detailed system for storing and retrieving data from a magneto-optical device is provided in the relevant application No. 07 / 964,518 application, the filing date of January 25, 1993, which application is as by reference as if fully set forth herein.

图75所示为示范性磁光系统的方块图,该系统可以具有读方式和写方式。 FIG 75 is a block diagram of an exemplary magneto-optical system, the system may have a read mode and a write mode. 在写方式期间,数据源6-10把数据送到编码器6-12。 During the write mode, a data source 6-10 transmits data to an encoder 6-12. 编码器6-12把数据转换成二进制代码比特。 The encoder 6-12 converts the data into binary code bits. 二进制代码比特被传送给激光脉冲发生器6-14,在那里代码比特可被转换成激励脉冲用于使激光器6-16通断。 Binary code bits are transmitted to a laser pulse generator 6-14, where the code bits may be converted to energizing pulses for turning a laser 6-16 on an off. 在一个实施例中,例如,代码比特“1”表示激光器将发出一串与代码比特图形无关的固定间隔的脉冲。 In one embodiment, for example, a code bit "1" indicates that the laser will be pulsed on for a fixed independent of the code bit pattern interval. 而代码比特“0”则表示在此间隔内激光器不发脉冲。 While a code bit "0" indicates that the laser will not be within this interval pulse. 通过调整激光脉冲的相对发生次数或扩展在其他情况下均匀的脉冲持续时间,可以增强性能,这取决于所用的特定激光器和光介质的类型,响应发出的脉冲,激光器6-16加热光介质6-18的局部化区域,借以使光介质6-18的局部区域暴露在磁通中,从而固定光介质6-18上磁材料的极性。 By adjusting the relative occurrence of laser pulse or extending uniform pulse duration in other cases, performance may be enhanced, depending on the particular type of laser and optical medium, from a pulse response, the laser 6-16 heats optical medium 6- localized region 18, whereby the optical medium 6-18 is exposed to a local region of magnetic flux that fixes the polarity of the magnetic material on the optical medium 6-18 on. 这些局部化区域通常称为“坑”,它们以磁的形式存储编码数据直到被擦除为止。 The localized areas, commonly called "pits", to store the encoded data in magnetic form until erased.

在读方式期间,激光束或其它光源从光介质6-18的表面反射。 During the read mode, a laser beam or other light source reflected from the surface of the optical medium 6-18. 反射的激光束根据光介质6-18的磁表面的极性而偏振。 The reflected laser beam of the optical medium 6-18 to a magnetic surface polarity of polarization. 反射的激光束被送到光读出器6-20,该光读出器向波形处理器6-22发出输入信号或读出信号,用来处理输入信号并恢复编码数据。 The reflected laser beam is provided to an optical reader 6-20, which sends out light read out the input signal to the waveform processor 6-22 or a read signal, for processing the input signal and recovering the encoded data. 波形处理器6-22的输出可送到译码器6-24。 The output of the waveform processor 6-22 may be provided to a decoder 6-24. 译码器6-24将编码数据变回为其原来的形式并把译码后的数据送入数据输出端口6-26根据需要进行传输或进行其它处理。 The decoder 6-24 translates the encoded data back to its original form and sends the decoded data to a data output port 6-26 for transmission or other processing as desired.

图76更详细地示出了使用GCR 8/9代码格式的数据存储和检索处理的过程。 Figure 76 shows in more detail the process of data storage and retrieval using a GCR 8/9 code format. 对于GCR 8/9代码,如图76A所示,规定一个单元(ce-ll)6-28作为一个通道比特。 For a GCR 8/9 code, as shown in FIG. 76A, a predetermined unit (ce-ll) 6-28 as a channel bit. 每个时钟周期6-42相应于一个通道比特;这样,单元6-30到6-41的每一个相应于时钟波形6-45的一个时钟周期6-42。 Each clock period 6-42 corresponds to a channel bit; thus, each unit corresponding to a clock waveform 6-30 to 6-41 of one clock period 6-45 of 6-42. 作为时钟速度的一个例子,对于以2400转/分的转速旋转,存储容量为256M的3.5″光盘,时钟周期一般为63ns或频率为15.879MHz。GCR输入波形6-47是来自图75中编码器6-12的编码的数据输出。GCR输入波形6-47相应于有代表性的通道序列“010001110101”。激光脉冲发生器6-14使用GCR数据波形6-47得出脉冲GCR波形6-65(在图76中该脉冲GCR波形还没有在时间上或持续期间上作调整以反映对特定数据图形的性能增强)。一般地说,GCR脉冲6-67到6-78发生在当GCR数据波形6-47为高时的时钟周期。脉冲GCR波形6-65被送给激光器6-16。光介质的先前的磁性已被抹去,当存在和已抹去的媒质的相反极性的外磁场时,并当激光发出足够的能量而超过媒质的居里温度时,媒质的磁化极性就反向,由GCR脉冲6-68,6-69,6-70等产生的激光脉冲在光媒质6-18上形成记录坑6-80的图形。这样,记录坑6-82到6-88就分别相应于脉冲6-68,6-69,6-70,6-71,6-73,6-76和6-77。连续的记录坑6-82到6-85可以汇合在一起从而实际上形成一个长坑。长坑具有相应于第一个记录坑6-82的前沿的前沿和相应于最后一个记录坑6-85的后沿的后沿。 As an example of clock speeds, for a rotated at 2,400 revolutions / minute with a storage capacity of 256M 3 "optical disc, typically 63ns clock period or frequency of the input waveform 6-47 is 15.879MHz.GCR encoder 75 from FIG. 6-12 encoded data output .GCR input waveform 6-47 corresponds to a representative channel sequence "010001110101." laser pulse generator 6-14 using the GCR data waveform 6-47 to derive a pulse GCR waveform 6-65 ( In Figure 76 the pulse GCR waveform in time or has not been adjusted to reflect the period of performance enhancement for specific data patterns) Generally, GCR pulses 6-67 through 6-78 occur when the GCR data waveform 6 continued. -47 is the clock period high. The pulse GCR waveform 6-65 is provided to the laser 6-16. previous magnetic optical medium has been erased, as the presence of an external magnetic field of opposite polarity and the erased medium when and when the laser is pulsed with sufficient energy to exceed the Curie temperature of the medium, the medium magnetization polarity is reversed, the laser pulses resulting from GCR pulses 6-68,6-69,6-70 the like generated in the optical medium 6- recorded pits 6-80 on the formation 18. Thus, recorded pits 6-82 through 6-88 correspond to pulse 6-68,6-69,6-70,6-71,6-73,6-76 and 6-77. Successive recorded pits 6-82 through 6-85 may merge together to effectively create an elongated pit. The elongated pit has a leading edge corresponding to the first recorded pit 6-82 and corresponding to the last frontier recording the trailing edge of the trailing edge of the pit 6-85.

用光器件例如激光读记录坑导致产生播放信号6-90。 Optical devices such as laser reading recorded pits resulting in playback signal 6-90. 在没有记录坑处播放信号6-90是低的。 In the absence of any recorded pits playback signal 6-90 is low. 在坑6-86的前沿,播放信号6-90上升,并直到坑6-86的后沿一直保持为高,在此之后下降,直到下一个坑6-87一直保持为低。 In the forefront of the pit 6-86, playback signal 6-90 rises, and until the trailing edge of the pit 6-86 remain high, declining thereafter, until the next pit 6-87 kept low.

上述的过程可以称为脉宽调制(PWM),因为播放信号6-90中的脉宽代表各1-比特之间的距离。 The above described process may be referred to pulse width modulation (PWM), the playback signal 6-90 because of the distance representative of the pulse width of between 1-bits. 这样,限定播放信号中的脉冲长度的记录坑6-80的边沿含有恰当的数据信息。 Thus, defining the recording pit playback signal pulse lengths of edges 6-80 contain the pertinent data information. 如果播放信号6-90被微分,一次导数信号的信号尖峰则相应于记录坑6-80的边沿。 If the playback signal 6-90 is differentiated, signal peaks of the first derivative signal will correspond to the edges of the recorded pits 6-80. 播放信号的一次导数的信号尖峰可能从记录坑6-80的边沿略有偏移,因为播放信号6-90是作为一种理想播放信号来表示的。 A derivative of the signal peaks may be slightly offset from the edge of the recording pit playback signal 6-80 because the playback signal 6-90 is shown as the ideal playback signal. 为了从一次导数中恢复坑边沿信息,需要检测这些信号尖峰。 In order to recover the pit edge information from the first derivative, it is necessary to detect the signal peaks thereof. 这一过程在此详细说明如下。 Such a process is described in detail below.

与此相对,大多数现有的RLL 2,7编码系统与脉冲位置调制(PPM)结合使用。 In contrast, most existing RLL 2,7 encoding system with pulse position modulation (PPM) combined. 在PPM系统中,每个坑代表“1”,当没有坑时则为“0”。 In PPM systems, each pit represents "1", and "0" when there is no pit. 坑之间的距离代表各个1比特之间的距离。 Distance between pits represents the distance between a bit. 每坑的中心相应于数据的位置。 The center of each pit corresponds to the location of the data. 为了找到坑的中心,播放信号被微分,并对一次导数进行过零检测。 In order to find the pit centers, the playback signal is differentiated and the first derivative of zero-crossing detection. 这种技术可和上述的PWM系统大不相同,在PWM系统中一次导数的信号尖峰含有恰当的脉宽信息。 This technique can be very different and the above-described PWM systems, in the PWM system signal peaks of the first derivative contain the pertinent pulse width information.

然而,利用具有RLL系统例如RLL 2,7编码系统的PWM系统来代替PPM系统是可能的。 However, with an RLL system such RLL 2,7 encoding system PWM instead of PPM system is possible. 每个通道比特可以相应于时钟波形的一个时钟周期。 Each channel bit may correspond to a clock period of a clock waveform. 如同以上使用PWM描述的GCR系统那样,可以用输入波形的变化代表“1”。 As described earlier using PWM GCR system, as can changes in the input waveform represents "1." 这样,PLL 2,7输入波形当“0”发生时可以保持为相同的状态。 Thus, PLL 2,7 input waveform when "0" occurs can be kept in the same state. 而当“1”发生时则发生由高到低或由低到高的变化。 When "1" is the event of the occurrence of high to low or low-to-high transition.

在RLL和GCR码中,和其它码一样当读取数据图形时,由光读出器6-20产生的输入信号经常是不对称的。 In both RLL and GCR codes, and other codes, when data pattems are read, the input signal from the optical reader 6-20 is often not symmetrical generated. 当不对称的信号在电路之间进行AC耦合时,平均的DC值将离开峰对峰的中点。 When an unsymmetrical signal is AC-coupled between circuits, the average DC value shifts away from the peak-to-peak midpoint. 这种不是故意的偏离中点可能引起数据视在位置的漂移,不利地影响确定数据位置的精度,和减少定时裕度或使记录的数据不能恢复。 Such unintended shifting away from the midpoint may result in the apparent position of the shift data, adversely affect the accuracy of the position determination data, and reduce timing margins or render the recorded data unrecoverable.

这一现象可以参照图77A和77B加以解释,它们表示从对称的数据图形得到的理想的输入信号S1。 This phenomenon with reference to FIG. 77A and 77B can be explained, which show an ideal input signal S1 derived from a symmetrical data pattern. 正常情况下,在数据中1和0之间的变化在输入信号的高低峰之间的中点上检测。 Under normal circumstances, changes between 1 and 0 is detected at the midpoint between high and low peaks of the input signal in the data. 从图77A可见,在输入信号S1的峰对峰的中点Mp1的上部和下部的面积A1和A2是相等的。 77A that, the input signal S1 peaks at the midpoint of the upper and lower peak Mp1 areas A1 and A2 are equal. 1和0之间的变化精确地相应(在理想系统中)于输入信号S1和峰对峰的中点Mp1的交点。 Changes between 1 and 0 correspond precisely (in an ideal system) to the intersection of the input signal S1 and the peak-to-peak midpoint of Mp1.

与此相反,图77B表示由不对称数据图形得到的输入信号S2。 In contrast, Figure 77B shows an input signal S2 derived from an unsymmetrical data pattern. 可以看出,峰对峰的中点Mp2以上的面积A1′大于其以下的面积A2′。 As can be seen, the peak-to-peak midpoint Mp2 over area A1 'is greater than or less area A2'. 因此,输入信号S2具有直流分量,使得DC基准线DCBASE移到峰对峰的中点Mp2以上。 Thus, the input signal S2 has a DC component that shifts the DC baseline DCBASE move peak midpoint of the peak Mp2 above. 当通过确定AC耦合的输入信号S2的过零点来定位1和0之间的转换时,可能发生错误,因为直流电平不和峰对峰的中点Mp2一致。 When converting the input signal by determining S2 AC coupling of the zero-crossings between 1 and 0, an error may occur because the DC level is not the peak-to-peak midpoint Mp2 consistent. DC电平不保持常数,而是根据输入信号的性质上升或下降。 The DC level does not stay constant but rises and falls depending on the nature of the input signal. 建立的DC分量越大,检测到的变换点与真正的变换点的偏差也越大。 The larger the DC buildup, the deviation of the detected change point true transition points is greater. 这样,DC分量可以引起定时裕度减小或使数据不能恢复。 Thus, DC buildup can cause timing margins to reduce or data to be unrecoverable.

图78是按照本发明用于减轻DC分量的影响的一个实施例的读通道6-200的方块图。 78 is in accordance with the present invention for mitigating the effects of DC components of an embodiment of a read channel 6-200 in a block diagram. 读通道6-200大致相应于图75的波形处理器6-22。 The read channel 6-200 roughly corresponds to the waveform processor 6-22 of Fig. 75. 它包括前置放大级6-202,微分级6-204,均衡级6-206,部分积分级6-208以及数据发生级6-210。 It comprises a pre-amplification stage 6-202, a differentiation stage 6-204, the equalization stage 6-206, the partial integration stage 6-208, and a data generation stage 6-210. 将参照更详细的图79的方块图,图84A-84D的波形图并不时参考其它的附图对读通道6-200的操作进行说明。 With reference to a more detailed block diagram of FIG. 79, a waveform diagram of FIG. 84A-84D does not refer to other drawings when the read channel 6-200 will be explained the operation.

当光媒质6-18被扫描以便读出数据时,前置放大级6-202把输入信号放大到合适的电平。 When the optical medium 6-18 is scanned for data, the pre-amplification stage 6-202 amplifies the input signal to an appropriate level. 前置放大级6-202可以包括本行熟知的前置放大器6-203。 Pre-amplification stage 6-202 may include the Bank's known preamplifier 6-203. 作为一个替代的办法前置放大器6-203也可以放于别处,例如放在光读出器6-20内。 As an alternative approach to the preamplifier 6-203 can be put elsewhere, for example on the optical reader 6-20 inside. 图84A所示为一示范性被放大的播放信号6-220。 Figure 84A is an exemplary amplified playback signal 6-220.

图79A所示的前置放大级6-202的输出被送到微分级6-204。 Figure 79A pre-amplification stage 6-202 shown in the output is supplied to the differentiation stage 6-204. 微分级6-204可以包括微分放大器6-212,例如以本行熟知的方式由电容器6-213构成的视频微分放大器。 The differentiation stage 6-204 may include a differential amplifier 6-212 such as a video differential amplifier in a well known manner by a capacitor bank constituted 6-213. 图80A所示为微分级6-204的有代表性的频率响应曲线。 Figure 80A is a representative of the differentiation stage 6-204 of the frequency response curve. 微分级6-204有效地增加了被放大的播放信号6-202的高频分量的相对幅值。 The differentiation stage 6-204 effectively increases the amplified playback signal 6-202 relative amplitude of high frequency components. 微分级6-204的输出波形示于图84B中。 The differentiation stage 6-204 of an output waveform shown in Fig. 84B.

微分级6-204的后面是均衡级6-206,如图79A所示。 The differentiation stage 6-204 is the equalization stage 6-206, as shown in FIG. 79A. 均衡级6-206提供附加的滤波,从而修正总的通道传递函数并提供更可靠的数据检测。 The equalization stage 6-206 provides additional filtering so as to modify the overall channel transfer function and provide more reliable data detection. 均衡级6-206对微分后的输入信号整形,从而均衡高低频分量的幅值产生较平滑的信号用于下级处理。 The equalization stage 6-206 shapes the differentiated input signal so as to even out the amplitudes of high and low frequency components and generate a smoother signal for later processing. 均衡滤波器通常既修正信号频谐也修正信号频谱。 Equalizing filters often also corrected correction signal frequency harmonic signal spectrum. 这样,经过微分的输入信号波形的改善(即减少失真)通常伴随有信噪比的降低。 Thus, an improved shape of the differentiated input signal (i.e., a reduction in distortion) is usually accompanied by a degradation of SNR. 因而,均衡级6-206的设计涉及到在努力将噪声减至最小和以可接收的硬件成本提供无失真信号之间的折衷。 Accordingly, the equalization stage 6-206 involves a design in an effort to minimize noise and to provide an acceptable hardware cost of a compromise between distortion-free signal. 一般说,均衡器设计取决于要被补偿的码间干扰量,调制码,所使用的数据恢复技术,信噪比,以及噪声频谱的形状。 In general, equalizer design depends on the inter-symbol interference to be compensated amount, the modulation code, the data used to restore the shape of technology, signal to noise ratio, and the noise spectrum.

当读存储在磁光盘中的数据时线性码间干扰的基本部分是由有限的模拟读通道带宽和因存储密度的增加而导致的输入信号幅值的滚降(roll-off)而引起的。 A substantial portion of the read stored data in a magneto-optical disk of linear intersymbol interference is caused by limited bandwidth of the analog read channel and increased storage density of the resulting roll-off of input signal amplitude (roll-off) caused. 因而,均衡级6-206可以包括一个或几个线性滤波器,该滤波器修正读通道的传递函数,从而提供更可靠的数据检测。 Accordingly, the equalization stage 6-206 may include one or more linear filters which modify the read channel transfer function so as to provide more reliable data detection. 均衡级一般作为读通道的一部分来实现,但是在某些条件下,均衡滤波的一部分也可作为写通道的一部分来实现。 Equalization stage as part of the read channel to achieve, but under certain conditions, part of the equalization filtering can be performed as part of the write channel to achieve.

为了分析的目的,播放信号可认为是一串双极性具有单位幅值和持续时间T的矩形脉冲。 For purposes of analysis, the playback signal can be considered as a series of bipolar having unit amplitude and duration T of the rectangular pulse. 另一种办法是播放信号可被认为是一串在每一磁通反向的位置上的双向阶跃函数。 Another approach is to broadcast a signal that can be considered at each flux reversal location bidirectional step function. 其中阶跃幅值和脉冲幅值一致。 Which is consistent step amplitude and pulse amplitude. 当输入信号加于均衡级6-206时,时钟信息以及对于每个时钟单元或二进制数位(binit)的脉冲极性可从均衡级6-206的输出信号中导出。 When the input signal is applied to the equalization stage 6-206, clocking information as well as pulse polarity for each clock cell or binary digits (binit) can be derived from the output signal of the equalization stage 6-206. 在理论上,时钟和极性信息可使用理想波形恢复均衡器导出,它提供具有与输入信号的位中间(mid-binit)和位边界(binit boubdary)值相似的输出信号。 In theory, clocking and polarity information may be derived using an ideal waveform restoration equalizer, which provides an output signal and the input signal bit intermediate (mid-binit) and the bit boundaries (binit boubdary) having similar values. 输出信号的过零点发生在位边界处以便精确地再生时钟。 The output signal of the zero crossing occurs at position boundaries in order to regenerate a clock accurately. 如果过零时刻和方向是已知的,则从信号过零点中可提取时钟的数据。 If the zero-crossing time and direction are known, from the signal zero crossings can be extracted clock data.

在一个实施例中,均衡级6-206包括从一组波形恢复均衡器中选出的一个均衡器。 In one embodiment, the equalization stage 6-206, including a group selected from a waveform restoration equalizer equalizer. 波形恢复均衡器一般产生类似于输入波形或播放波形的二进制序列的信号。 Waveform restoration equalizer generates a signal similar to the input or playback waveform of a binary sequence. 所得信号的原则是矩形脉冲的拐角被弄圆,因为在通道中信号谐波被消弱。 The resultant signal is a rectangular pulse corners are rounded, as in the channel signal harmonics are attenuated. 所得信号也可以呈现某些输出信号幅值的改变。 The resultant signal may also exhibit some output signal amplitude.

产生最小带宽输出信号的均衡器是一个理想的低通滤波器,具有对最小截止频率的响应为一而对较高频率的响应为零。 Minimal bandwidth equalizer output signal is an ideal low pass filter, responsive to the minimum cutoff frequency and no response at higher frequencies to zero. 虽然这种理想的低通滤器在实际上不能实现,但关于残留对称(vestigialsymmetry)的Nyquist理论认为可以修改锐截止(sharp cut off)最小带宽滤波器而仍旧保持输出脉冲在所有的位中间单元时刻过零。 Although such an ideal low-pass filter can not be achieved in practice, but the Nyquist theory of residual symmetry (vestigialsymmetry) is thought to modify the sharp cut-off (sharp cut off) while still maintaining the minimum bandwidth filter output pulse all bits in the intermediate unit time zero-crossing. 为实现这一结果,被均衡的通道的高频滚降最好是对称的并使半幅(half ampeitude)点位于最小带宽滤波器截止频率上。 To achieve this result, the high frequency is of the equalized channel is preferably symmetrical roll and half width (half ampeitude) point at the minimum bandwidth filter cutoff frequency.

可由均衡级6-206中的滤波器呈现的一种类型的滚降特性是一种上升的余弦滚降,所以称为上升的余弦均衡器。 One type of roll-off characteristic by a filter in the equalization stage 6-206 is presented in a raised cosine roll-off, the name raised cosine equalizer. 上升的余弦滚降传递函数可以近似地实现,并比最小带宽滤波器具有改善的响应。 A raised cosine roll-off transfer function is approximately realized, and has an improved response over the minimum bandwidth filter. 输出脉冲在时刻nT具有零值,但边瓣(sidelobe)阻尼振荡的幅值被减小了。 Output pulses have a zero value at times nT, but the sidelobe (sidelobe) damped oscillation amplitude is reduced.